Skip to main content

Full text of "General calendar"

See other formats


UNI 
MA 


ANNUAL  CALENDA 

SESSION    1910-1911 


m 


I 


!*•"•        ■  ' 


E3B5I 


i  * 


#w  <— > 


</ 


3! 


\1 


'<\>  sir  ' 


*^ 


PT*T^      ^3W 


gg!   iCD    LLQ    «J3 


J1S 


<— a  u. 


> 


/ 


ca 

-Q 

O 

+■> 

*Ot 

c 

0 

s 

01 

<i 

H 

o 

~0 

C 

r 
< 

v. 

at 

<*G 

'5 

*-*- 

< 

^ 

CALENDAR 


University    of   Manitoba 


ERRATA 


Page  74 — Under    Course    in    Mathematics.    Third    Year,    Course    3:      "Solid 
Analytical  Geometry"  should  read  "Geometry." 

Page  74 — Under  Course  in  Mathematics.  Third  Year,  Course  7:     "Problems 
on  1.  2.  3,  4.  6"  should  read  "Problems  on  1,  2.  :i.   1." 

Page  74 — Under  Course  in  Mathematics,  Fourth  Year,  Course  7:     "page  107" 
should  read  "page  10s." 

Page  74 — Under  Course  in  Mathematics.  Fourth  Year.  Course  9:     "Problems 
on  1.  2.  3,  4.  5,  7"  should  read  "Problems  on  I,  2,  3,  I.  5." 

Page  152— I'nd.-r     11.      Mathei  Differential      Equations:      Add     "See 

Course  17.  page  104. I'wo  hours  per  week,  Firsl  Term  "  should 

read  "Three  hours  per  week,  First  Term." 


WINNIPEG 
Printed  for  U  •  lity  bj  i 


t    k     »—■■»     i  afeaA      W    ww       ftMk      its  vO 


CALENDAR 


University    01   Manitoba 


WINNIPEG 


Incorporated   by   the   Act    of   the    Manitoba 
Legislature,    1877 


1910  -  191 1 


WINN  in  I  . 
Printed  for  the  Universitj  bj  i 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 


Registrars   of   Colleges   

University  Almanac,   1910-11  ■ 

Powers  of  University,  Its  Government,  etc 

Executive  Officers  of  University  10 

Governing  Bodj    of  University  " 

Convocation  13 

Board   of   Studios  H 

Standing  Committees,    1909-10   16 

University    Faculty    16 

Scope  of  University  instruction  .......                                 17 

Obituary — Late   Professor  Cochrane  17 

University  Examiners,  1910  18 

Requirements  for  Matriculation — 

For  Arts                                                                       24 

For  Medicine                                                 35 

For     Kimineering    37 

For  Law    38 

Miscellaneous    ...                               38 

Curriculum  in  Arts — 

First    Year   42 

Second  Year  j' 

Third  and  Fourth  Years  55 

Third  and  Fourth  Year — 

General  Course  j>6 

Course  in  Classics   59 

Course  in  Modern  Languages  60 

Course  in  Philosophy  (English)  64 

In   Philosophy  (Latin) 65 

Course  in   Political   Economy  and  History  66 

Course  in  English  and  History  

Course   In   Political  Economy  and   English  68 

Course  in  History  and  French  and  German  6!' 

Course  in  Political  Economy  and  French  and  German  71 

Course    in    Mathematics                    7t 

Courses   in   Natural   and    Physical  Science 75 

Departue  m    .if   Classics    78 

Department   of  Hebrew   and   Scripture   ...  82 

Department    of    English   82 

Department   of   French    87 

Department  of  German                           91 

Department    of    Philosophy    (English)    

Department    of   Philosophy    (Latin)    

Department   of  History  96 
Department    "f   Political    Economj 

Department    of    Mathematics  102 

Department    of    Physics 

Department    of    Botany  109 

Department  of  Geology  and   Mineralogy  112 

nent    of  <  !hemist  ry  l ' : 

Department    of   Physiology   and   Zoology  116 

Department  "f  Bacteriology  and  Pathology    I 

Curriculum   in  Medicine — 

For  Doctor  of   Medicine 

For  m.i Bter  of  Surge l  ' 

Fur  Lie-use   t"    I 'ract  li  ■■ 


Curriculum  in  Engineering — 

General    Statement 138 

Course    in    Civil    Engineering    - 141 

Course  in   Electrical  Engineering  150 

Miscellaneous  Curricula — 

Curriculum    in    Law    158 

Curriculum    in   Pharmacy   160 

Curriculum  in  Commercial  Education  162 

Curriculum  in  Agriculture 164 

Extension  Courses  166 

Local   Lectures    - 168 

General  Regulations — 

Examinations — 

Undergraduate    170 

Matriculation    170 

Supplemental  171 

Conditions  of  Examination  172 

Appeals    173 

Conditioned   Students   174 

Equivalent  Examinations  175 

Admission    Ad    Eundem     Statum    and    Ad    Eundem 

Gradum     176 

Attendance   on   Lectures   and   Practical   Work 176 

Prizes   and   Scholarships    177 

Special    Prizes    \°f 

Travelling   Scholarship    18<- 

Rhodes'    Scholarship    I84 

Medals     -- 190 

Degrees    in   Absentia    191 

Grading  of  Degrees   J 

University   Dress   191 

Fees    1"2 

Degrees  Granted,  1909-10   195 

Students   Examined,    1910    198 


All  communication*  I  curricula,   unlvei  idtng 

and  Instruction  are  !•■  be  addi  r  >>f  the  University,  while  all 

corre6porn!.  i  Instruction,  tdressed 

to  the  Registrar  or  Secretary  ol  th<    Collegi    concerned. 

REGISTR  \K  OF  THE  UNIVERSTl  Y 

W.  J.  SPENCE,  B.A. 

RECTI  K  OF  ST.   BONIFA1  E  (  "I.I  1 

Rev.  T.  FIUATRAULT,  S.J. 

SECRETARY   OF  ST.  John's   COLLEGF 

Very  Rev.  DEAN  C<  ><  >MBES,  M.A. 

REGIS!  RAR  OF    MAN  !  rOBA   (  OLL] 

F.  W.  CLARK,  B.A. 

REGIS!  RAR  '>:     WESLEY   I  OLLEGE 

Rev.  A.  STEWART,  D.D. 

REGISTRAR  OF  MANITOBA   MEDICAL  COLLEl 

E.  S.  P<  »I'II.\.M.  M.A.,  M.D.,  CM. 

REGIS1  R  \I<  OF   TilK  i  "!  [.EGE  OF  PHARMA1  V 

W.  1).  MACDl  IUGA1  !. 

SECRETARY   "i     I  Hi:    UNIVERSITY    FACULTY 

E.  1'.  FETHERST*  INHAUGH,  B.S(  . 


KEGILTKAR  (il    I  UK  M  "iNITOBA  AGRN  i   1. 1  URAL  COLLEGI 

S.  LARKIN,  I 


ALMANAC,  1910-1911 


L910    AUGUST 
16 — Tu     Last  daj  for  receiving  applications  for  the  September 
Examinations. 

SEPTEMBER 

7 — W      Board  of  Studios  meets  at  4  p.m. 

Opening  of  ballets  and  declaring  result  of  election  of 

ten  Representatives  of  Convocation  t'>  Council. 

15 — Th     Supplemental  and  Matriculation  Examinations  begin. 

22 — Th     Registrar  to  be  notified  on  or  before  this  date  of 

appointments  of  Representatives  to  the  Council 

and  to  the  Board  of  Studies. 

OCTOBER 
3 — M      University  lectures  begin. 
5 — W      Board  of  Studio  meets  at  4  p.m. 
6 — Th     University   Council   meets   at   3  p.m.        Election  of 
Vice-Chancellor   and    of    Representative    to   the 
Board  of  Studies.     Appointment  of  Committees. 
Bursar's  yearly  statement. 
14 — Fr      University  held  day. 

NOVEMBER 

2 — \Y      Board  of  Studies  meet-  at  4  p.m. 
29 — Tu     First  Essay  in  Modern  Language  Course  (English), 
to  be  written  at  the  University  Building,  2  p.m. 

DECEMBER 
7 — W      Board  of  Studies  meets  at  4  p.m. 
8 — Th     University    Council    meets    at    3    p.m.       Election  of 

Registrar. 
14 — W      Payment  <<i  fir-t  moiety  of  Scholarships. 
22 — Th     University  Lectures  close. 

1911  -JANUARY 

3 — Tu     University  Lectures  begin. 

-I — W      Hoard  of  Studies  meet-  at  4  p.m. 

7 — S        Essays  of  the  First  and  Second  Years  to  be  written 

at  the  University  Building,  2  p.m. 
17 — Tu     Second    Essay    in    the    Modern    Language    Coui 

I  French  t,  to  be  written  at  the  Universit)   Build- 
ing, 2  p.m. 

FEBRUARY 

1 — \Y      Hoard  of  Studies  meet-  at  4  p.m. 

9 — Th     University   Council  meet-  at  3  p.m.     Appointmenl 
of  Examiners. 


8 

MARCH 
1 — W      Last  day  for  receiving  Theses  for  the  M.A.  degree. 

Board  of  Studies  meets  at  4  p.m. 
7 — Tu     Third  essay  in  the  Modern  Language  Course  (Ger- 
man), to  be  written  at  the  University  Building, 
2  p.m. 
9— Th     Most  Rev.  R.  Machray,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  Archbishop  of 
Rupert's  Land,  First  Chancellor  of  the  Univer- 
sity, died.  1904. 
18 — S        Last  day  for  receiving  applications  for  Examinations 
in  Arts,  Law,  Medicine,  Engineering  and  Agricul- 
ture. 

APRIL 
5 — W      Board  of  Studies  meets  at  4  p.m. 
6 — Th     University  Council  meets  at  3  p.m.      University  lec- 
tures  close   and   University   Examiners  meet   at 
5  p.m. 
17 — M      Examinations  in  Arts,  Law,  Medicine  and  Engineer- 
ing begin 
22 — S        Last  day  for  receiving  applications  for  the  Matricu- 
lation Examinations,  and   for  Special  Examina- 
tion of  candidates  for  Travelling  Scholarship. 
N.B. — The  Practical  Examinations  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine 
will  be  held  in  April,  at  a  date  to  be  selected  by  the  Board 
of  Studies. 

MAY 
3 — W      Board  of  Studies  meets  at  4  p.m. 

10 — W      Payment  of  second  moiety  of  the  following  Scholar- 
ships :    Matriculation,  First  Year  in  Law,  First 
and    Second    Years    in    Arts    and    Engineering, 
First,  Second  and  Third  Years  in  Medicine. 
11  —  Th     University  Council  mets  at  3  p.m.,  to  consider  Re- 
ports of  Examinations. 
12 — Fr      Conferring  of  Degrees  at  3  p.m.     Meeting  of  Con- 
vocation. 
18 — Th     Payment  of  second  moiety  of  the  following  Scholar- 
ships :  Second  Year  in  Law,  Third  Year  in  Arts 
and  Engineering,  Fourth  Year  in  Medicine. 
22 — M       Matriculation  Examinations  begin.       Special  Exam- 
ination of  candidates  for  Travelling  Scholarship 
begins. 

JUNE 
7 — W      Board  of  Studies  meets  at  4  p.m. 
8 — Th     University  Council  meets  at  3  p.m. 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MANITOBA 

The  University   of  Manitoba,  established  by  Act  of  the 
Local  Legislature  in   1877,  has  the  sol< 
I  >egrees  in  Arts,  Law,  Meok  ine,  Engineering  and  Agrk  i 
ture  in  the  Province  of  Manitoba. 

Degrees  in  Divinity  maj  be  granted  by  the  various  coll 
affiliated  with  the  University*  provided  that  all  candidates  for 
the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Divinity,  nol  graduates  of  this  Mi- 
an}- other  University,  shall  have  passed  a  satisfactor)  examin- 
ation on  the  subjects  of  the  First  and  Second  Years  in  Arts 
as  prescribed  by  the  University,  Greek  bring  compulsory. 
Such  graduates  in  Divinity  haw  in  the  University  the  same 
rights  and  privileges  as  other  gradual 

The  Government  of  the  University  is  vested  in  the  Chan- 
cellor, appointed  by  the  Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council,  and 
a  Council  of  sixty-five  members,  composed  of  representatives 
from  each  of  the  affiliated  Colleges,  the  members  of  Convoca- 
tion, the  Coll<  g  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Manitoba,  the 
Provincial  Government,  and  the  Faculty  of  the  University. 


COLLEGES    AFFILIATED    WITH    THE     UNIVERSITY 


St.  Boniface  College,  St.  Baniface,  in  connection  with  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church.  Rector — Rev.  Father  Filiat- 
rault.  S.J.,  St.  Boniface  Colli  ; 

St.  John'.  ge,  Winnipeg,  in  connection  with  the  Church 

of  England.  // 'arden—  Most  Rev.  Archbishop  Mathe- 
son,  D.D.,  D.C.L.,  •  Bishop's  Conn,  St.  Cross  St.  and 
Machray  Ave. 

Maniti  liege,  Winnipeg,  in  connection  with  the  Presby- 

terian Church  in  Canada.     Principal — Rev.  Win.   Patrick 
M.A.,  D.D.,  Manitoba  Lodge,  Ellice  A. 

Wesley  College,  Winnipeg,  in  connection  with  the  Methodisl 
Church   in  Canada.       Principal — Rev.     |.    \Y.    Sparling 

M.A..  D.D.,   159  Kennedy  St. 

Manitoba  Medical  College,  Winnipeg.     Dean—W    II    Chown 

B.A.,  M.D.  CM..  263  Broadway  .V, 
Mamtoha  College  of  Pharmacy,  Winnipeg.      Principal — II.  E 

Bletcher,  Phm.B.,  Alton  Block,  Ellice  Ave. 

Maim.  gri'cultural  College,  Winnipeg.     Principal     \\ .    I. 

Black,  B.S.A.,  Principal's  Residence,  Manitoba  Agricul- 
tural Coll< 


10 


VISITOR 

THE  HON.   SIR  DANIEL  HUNTER  McMILLAN, 

Lieutenant-Governor  of  Manitoba 


CHANCELLOR 

MOST  REV.  S.  P.  MATHESON,  D.D.,  D.C.L.,  Archbishop  of 

Rupert's  Land 

VICE-CHANCELLOR 

THE  HON.  JOSEPH  DUBUC,  B.C.L.,  LL.D.,  formerly  Chief  Justice 

of  Manitoba 

HON.   BURSAR 
J.  A.  M.  AIKINS,  M.A.,  K.C. 

REGISTRAR 
W.  J.  SPENCE,  B.A. 

SOLICITOR 
I.  PITBLADO,  M.A.,  LL.B. 


11 

GOVERNING  BODY  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1909-1910 


Chairman 

Most  Rev.  S.  P.  MATHESON,  D.D..   D.C.L.,  Archbishop  of  Rupert's 
Land. 

Vice-Chairman 

Hon.  JOS.  DUBUC,  B.c.1-..  LL.D. 

Representatives  of  St.  Boniface  College 

Rev.  TELESPHORB  FILIATRAULT,  S.J.,  Rector. 

Rev.  A.  A.  CHERRIER,  Pt. 

Rev.  JOSEPH  BLAIX.  S.J. 

The  Hon.  JOSEPH  DUBUC,  B.C.L.,  LL.D. 

J.  K.  BARRETT,  LL.D. 

J.  A.  DEVINE,  M.A..  M.D.,  B.C.L. 

JOSEPH  BERNIER,  MA. 

Representatives  of  St.  John's  College 

Very  Rev.  DEAX  COOMBES.  .MA. 

Ven.  ARCHDEACON  FORTIN,  B.A..  D.D. 

Rev.  CANON  MURRAY.  .MA. 

Rev.  CANON  PHAIR,  MA. 

Hon.  T.  MAYNE  DALY,  K.<  . 

J.  A.  MACHRAY,  M.A..  LL.3. 

Rev.  CANON  TALBOT,  MA. 

Representatives  of  Manitoba  College 

Rev.  "WILLIAM  PATRICK,  M.A.,  D.D.,  Principal. 

Rev.  GEORGE  BRYCE.  M.A.,  LL.D. 

Rev.  THOS.  HART,  M.A.,  D.D. 

Rev.  G.  B.  WILSON.  MA.,  LL.B  ,  Ph.D. 

Rev.  E.  GUTHRIE  PERRY,  B.A.,  Ph.D. 

EDWARD  BROWN.  Esq. 

GEORGE  H.  ROSS,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

Representatives  of  Wesley  College 

Rev.  J.  W.  SPARLING,  M.A.,  D.D.,  Principal. 

J.  A.  M.  AIKINS,  M.A..  K.C. 
W.  SANFORD  EVANS.  MA. 
Rev.  ANDREW  STEWART,  D.D. 
J.  H.  ASH  DOWN,  Esq. 
W.  P.  OSBOKNK.  MA. 
R.  T.  RILEY,  Esq. 

Representatives  of  Manitoba  Medical  College 

H.  H.  CHOWN,  B.A..  M.i> ..  L.R  C  P.,  Dean  of  Faculty. 
S.  W.  PROWSE,  B.A.,  M.D.  F.R.C.8. 
E.  S.  POPHAM,  M.A.,   M.D..  CM. 


12 
Representatives  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons 

C.  W.  CLARK,  M.D. 
A.  W.  MOODY.  M.D. 
T.  M.  MILROY,  M.D. 
J.  N.  HUTCHISON,  M.D. 

Representatives  of  Convocation 

GORDON  BELL,  B.A.,  M.D.,  CM. 

F.  W.  CLARK,  B.A. 

R.  R.  COCHRANE,  B.A. 

D.  M.  DUNCAN,  M.A. 
J.  R.  JONES,  M.D. 

E.  LOFTUS,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

D.  McINTYRE,  M.A.,  Superintendent  of  Winnipeg  Schools. 
W.  A.  McINTYRE,  B.A.,  LL.D.,  Principal  of  Normal  School. 
I.  PITBLADO,  M.A.,  LL.B. 
J.  HALPENNY,  B.A.,  M.D.,  CM. 

Representatives  of  the  Provincial  Government 

The  Hon.  the  MINISTER  OF  EDUCATION   (ex  officio). 
The  Hon.   Mr.  JUSTICE  RICHARDS 

F.  H.  PHIPPEN,  Esq. 
W.  A.  DONALD,  Esq. 
H.  H.  GOULTER,  Esq. 
R.  FLETCHER,  B.A. 
H.  R.  HOOPER,  B.A. 
S.  CARSON  LEE,  B.A. 

Representatives  of  the  College  of  Pharmacy 

H.  E.  BLETCHER,  Phm.B.,  Principal. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  Esq. 
A.  R.  LEONARD,  Esq. 

Representatives  of  the  University  Faculty. 

A.  H.  REGINALD  BULLER,  B.Sc,  Ph.D.,  D.Sc. 
E.  E.  BRYDONE-JACK,  B.A.,  CE.   (Renss). 

Representatives  of  the  Manitoba  Agricultural  College 

W.  J.  BLACK,  B.S.A..  Principal. 

G.  A.  SPROULE,  B.A. 
S.  A.  BEDFORD,  Esq. 
HUGH  DYER,  Esq. 
WALTER  JAMES,  Esq. 
J.  PARENT,  Esq. 
ALEX.  MORRISON,  Esq. 


u 


CONVOCATION 


Convocation  c<msi>t>  of  the  Chancellor,  the  Vice-Chancel- 
lor, the  members  of  the  University  Council,  all  University 
graduates  in  Manitoba  registered  in  1877,  all  graduates  of  the 
University  and  graduates  in  Theology  from  an)  of  the  colleges 
affiliated  with  the  University. 

The  annual  meeting  of  Convocation  is  held  on  the  day  of  the 
inferring  of  degree-  in  May  by  the  University,  at  the  close  of 
the  public  exercises,  at  which  time  nominations  of  candidates 
for  representation  on  the  Council  are  mad.  . 


14 


THE  BOARD  OF  STUDIES 


The  general  superintendence  of  all  examinations  is  entrusted 
to  a  Board  called  the  Board  of  Studies,  composed  of  members 
of  the  Council  elected  annually,  as  follows :  Two  by  each  of  the 
affiliated  Colleges  in  Arts,  two  by  the  Graduate  Representa- 
tives, one  by  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Mani- 
toba, one  by  Manitoba  Medical  College,  one  by  the  Council, 
and  two  by  the  University  Faculty. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  Board,  also,  to  report  to  the  Council, 
when  they  see  fit,  on  the  studies  of  the  University,  and  other 
matters  connected  therewith,  and  generally  to  discharge  all 
duties  that  may  be  assigned  them  by  the  Council. 


Members  of  the  Board,  1909-1910 

Rev.  Father  Cherrier,  Chairman. 
W.  J.  Spence,  Secretary. 


Rev.  Father  Blain 

Very  Rev.  Dean  Coombes 

Rev.  Canon  Murray 

Rev.  Dr.  Bryce 

Prof.  F.  W.  Clark 

Rev.  Dr.  Stewart 

Prof.  W.  F.  Osborne 


Dr.  H.  H.  Chown 
Dr.  T.  M.  Milroy 
Dr.  J.  R.  Jones 
Mr.  D.  M.  Duncan 
Air.  Daniel  Mclntyre 
Prof.  R.  R.  Cochrane 
Prof.  A.  11.  R.  Buller 


15 


STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

1909-1910 

University  Land  Board 

Most   Rev.   Archbishop   Matheson,   Chairman. 

Mr.  J.  A.  M.  Aikins  Mr.  I.  Pitblado 

Rev.  Dr.  Sparling  Mr.  J.  A.  Machray 

Rev.  Dr.  Bryce 

R.  H.  Shank-,  Secretary. 


Finance  Committee 

Rev.    Dr.  Sparling.    Chairman. 

Mr.  J.  A.  M.  Aikins  I  >r.  J.  K.  Barrett 

Prof.  R.  R.  Cochrane  Rev.  Dr.  Bryce 

Mr.  J.  A.  Machray  Rev.  Dr.  Patrick 

Mr.  R.T.Riley  Mr.  E.  Loftus 
Dr.  E.  S.  Popham 

\Y.  J.  Spence.  Secretary. 


Rhodes  Scholarship  Committee 

Hon.  Joseph  Dubuc,  Chairman. 
Hon.  Mr.  Justice  Richards  Hon.  Mr.  Judge  Myers 

Dr.  H.  H.  Chown  Mr.  D.  M.  Duncan,  Secretary 


Building  and  Grounds  Committee 

Prof.  E.  E.  Brydone-Jack.  Chairman. 
Rev.  Dr.  Stewart  Dr.  J.  llalpenny 

Mr.  Geo.  H.  Ross  Mr.  R.  Fletcher 

Prof.  R.  R.  Cochrane 


Library  Committee 

Professor   Buller,   Chairman. 
Rev.  Canon  Murray  Prof.  1".  \\ .  Clark 

Rev.  Dr.  Wilson  Prof.  \V.  K.  I  (-home 

Prof.  E.  E.  Brydone-Jack  Dr.  J.  R.  Join 

Librarian  — Mr-.  \Y.  II.  Thompson. 


16 
UNIVERSITY  FACULTY. 


Frank  Allen,  M.A..  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.C.,  Chairman. 
Edward  I'.  Fetherstonhaugh,   B.Sc,  A.M.  Can.  Soc.  C.E., 

Secretary. 

Frank  Allen,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.Q Professor  of  Physics 

Gordon  Bell,  B.A.,  M.D.,  CM Professor  of  Bacteriology 

and  Pathology. 

A.  H.  Reginald  Buller,  B.Sc,  Ph.D.,  D.Sc Professor  of 

Botany 

Matthew  A.  Parker,  B.Sc,  F.C.S Professor  of  Chemistry 

Swale  Vincent,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  M.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P., 

Professor  of  Physiology  and  Zoology 

Ernest  E.  Brydone-Jack,  B.A.,  C.E.,  M.  Can.  Soc.  C. !•'... 

M.  Am.  Soc.  C.E Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Edward  P.  Fetherstonhaugh,  B.Sc,  A.M.  Can.  Soc.  C.E 

Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Arch.  Brown  Clark,  M.A Professor  of  Political  Economy 

Ai  exander  W.  Craweord,  M.A.,  Ph.D. ....Professor  of  English 

Chester  B.  Martin,  B.A.   (Oxon.) .Professor  of  History 

Neil  Bruce  Mac/Lean,  ALA Professor  of  Mathematics 

Henry  I'.  Armes,  B.Sc.,  Ph.D Lecturer  in  Chemistry 

A.  T.  Cameron,  M.A.,  B.Sc Lecturer  in  Physiology 

R.  K.  McClung,  M.A.,  D.Sc Lecturer  in  Physics 

John   W.  Dorsev,  E.E Lecturer  in  Electrical  and  Mechanical 

Engineering 

George  I  Iai. stead,  M.Sc.- Lecturer  in  Materials  and  Hydraulics 

Leslie  I.  Johnston]-.,  U.S.  Lecturer  in  Surveying  and  Geodesy 

Lesslie  R.   Thomson,    B.A.Sc.—  .--Lecturer  in   Drawing  and 

Design 

Charles  J.  Triggerson,  M.A.,  Ph.D Lecturer  in  Zoology 

and  Demonstrator  in  Physiology 

Robert  C.  Wallace,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  Ph.D Lecturer  in  Geology 

and  Mineralogy 
Lloyd  A.  II.  Warren,  M.A Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

T.  A.  Neelin,  B.A Demonstrator  in  Physics 

BalduR  Olson,  B.A -Demonstrator  in  Chemistry 


I 


17 


INSTRUCTION  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY 


Instruction  in  the  University  is  at  present  given  only  in  the 
Natural  and  Physical  Sciences,  in  Civil  and  Electrical  Engin- 
eering, in  the  Higher  Mathematics  and  in  English,  History  and 
Political  Economy. 

In  all  departments  other  than  those  in  which  the  University 
offers  teaching,  students  may  obtain  the  necessary  instruction 
either  at  one  of  the  colleges  affiliated  with  the  University,  or 
at  some  other  recognized  institution  of  learning. 


in 


Robert  Rutherford  Cochrane,  born  August  9th,  1850 
Sullivan  Township,  Grey  County,  Ontario;  from  1866  to 
1875  a  teacher  in  country  schools,  from  1875  to  1881,  "/ 
Ottawa;  graduated  in  1885  from  the  University  of  Toronto 
with  honors  in  Mathematics  and  Physics;  from  1886  to  1888, 
Principal  of  Perth  Collegiate  Institute:  in  1888,  first  f 
fessor  and  head  of  the  Department  of  Mathematics  in  Wes- 
ley College,  Winnipeg,  being  intimately  associated  with  Prin- 
cipal J.  W.  Sparling  in  laying  the  foundations  of  the  new 
institution:  in  1904,  on  the  organization  of  the  Faculty  of  the 
University  of  Manitoba,  its  first  professor  of  Mathematics. 
and  Chairman  of  the  University  Faculty,  a  position  which 
he  held  until  his  death  on  April  3rd,  1910. 


18 
UNIVERSITY  EXAMINERS,  1910 


Arts 


Classics:  Very  Rev.  Dean  Coombes,  ALA. ;  A.  T.  Hawley, 

M.A. ;  Rev.  T.  Hudon,  S.J. ;  R.  O.  Jolliffe,  B.A. ;  F.  W. 

Clark,  B.A. ;  Rev.  J.  W.  AIatheson,  M.A. ;  R.  A.  Mac- 
Lean,  B.A. 
Mathematics  (First  Year)  :  Rev.  J.  F.  Cross,  M.A. ;  William 

Tier,    M.A. ;    N.    R.    Wilson,    M.A.,    Ph.D.;    Rev.    A. 

Leveille,  S.J. ;  N.  B.  MacLean,  M.A. 
Higher  and  Engineering  Mathematics:  R.  R.  Cochrane,  B.A. ; 

N.  B.  MacLean,  ALA.;  Frank  Allen,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Physics  (Special  Courses)  :  Frank  Allen,  AI.xA.,  Ph.D. ;  R. 

K.  McClung,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 
Physics  (General  Course)  :  Frank  Allen,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Rev. 

'  J.  Blain,  S.J.;  Rev.  J.  F.  Cross,  M.A. 
Philosophy:  Rev.  J.  W.  Sparling,  ALA.,  D.D. ;  Rev.  Canon 

Murray,  M.A. ;  Rev.  A.  B.  Baird,  M.A.,  D.D. ;  Rev.  P. 

Bournival,  S.J. ;  Rev.  James  Elliott,  B.A.,  Ph.D. ;  Rev. 

J.  Dick  Fleming,  M.A.,  B.D. ;  W.  A.  Corbett,  ALA.. 

LL.B. ;  A.  B.  Clark,  ALA. 
English:  W.  F.  Osborne,  M.A. ;  Rev.  Canon  Phair,  M.A. ; 

B.  A.  Smyth-Piggott,  Ph.B.;  A.  W.  Crawford,  M.A., 

Ph.D. ;  R.  H.  Rowland,  B.A. 
French:  W.  F.  Osborne,  ALA.;  A.  D.  Baker,  ALA.;  Rev.   }. 

Filion,  S.J.;  A.  AL  Bothwell,  M.A. 
German:  A.   D.   Baker,   ALA.;   C.   F.   Ward,   ALA.;   A.    M. 

Bothwell,  ALA. 
History  (Special  Course)  :  Chester  AIartin,  B.A.   (Oxon.) 

A.  B.  Clark,  M.A. 
Political   Economy    (Special   Course)  :   A.    B.    Clark,    ALA. 

Chester  AIartin,  B.A.  '(Oxon.). 
History  (First  and  Second  Years)  :  Rev.  S.  G.  Bland,  D.D. 

Rev.  A.  B.  Baird,  ALA.,  D.D. ;  Rev.  J.  W.  AIatheson, 

ALA.;  Rev.  A.  Dugre,  S.J. 
Botany:    A.    H.    R.    Buller,    B.Sc,    Ph.D.,    D.Sc;    Swale 

Vincent,  M.D.,  D.Sc. 
Geology:    A.    H.    R.    Buller,    B.Sc,    Ph.D.,    D.Sc;    Swale 

Vincent,  M.D.,  D.Sc. 
Zoology:  Swale  Vincent,  M.D.,  D.Sc;  A.  H.  R.  Buller, 

B.Sc,  Ph.D.,  D.Sc. 
Chemistry:  M.  A.  Parker,  B.Sc,  F.C.S.;  H.  P.  Armes,  B.Sc. 

Ph.D. 


19 

Physiology:  Swale  Vincent,  M.lv.  D.Sc;  W.  A.  Gardner, 
"  B.A.,  M.D.,  CM.;  A.  T.  Cameron,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

Icelandic:  Rev.  R  J.  BERGM  \\\.  B.A. ;  REV.  F.  II  UXJRIMSSON. 

Swedish:  Emil  Lundkvisi  :  Rev.  F.  I.  Bergmann,  B.A. 
Hebrew:  Rev.  a.  Stewart,  D.D.;  Rev.  E.  G.  Perry,  B.A., 

Ph.D. 
Scripture:  Rev.  A.  Stewart.  I  Ml;  Rev.   I'..  G.   I'i.kkv.  II. A  . 
Ph.D.;  Rev.  Canon  Talbot,  M.A. 

Law 

A.  N.  McPherson,  M.\„  LL.B.;  D.  W.  McKerchar,  M.A.. 

LL.B.;  David  Forrester,  M.A..  I.I..I'..:  E.  Loftus,  M.A.. 

LL.B.;  W.  A.  Corbett,  M.A..  LL.B.;  George  II.  Ros 

B.A.,  LL.B. 

Medicine 
Physics:  Frank  Allen,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Rev.  J.  F.  Cross.  M.A. 
Zoology:  Swale  Vincent,  M.D.,  D.Sc;  A.   II.  R.   Buller, 

B.Sc,  Ph.D..  D.Sc. 
Chemistry:  M.  A.   Parker,   B.Sc,   F.C.S.;   II.  E.  Bletcher, 

Phm.B. 
Theoretical  Anatomy  (First  Year):  E.  J.  EvATT,  M.B.,  B.S 

A.  Paling,  M.B.,  B.S. 
Practical  Anatomy   {First    Year):  E.   T.   Evatt,   M.!'...    B.S.; 

R.  W.  Kenny,  M.D.,  CM. 
Theoretical   Anatomy    {Second    Year):    E.    J.    Evatt,    M.B., 

B.S.;  A.  Paling.  M.B.,  B.S. 
Practical  Anatomy  {Second  Year):  E.  ].  Evatt,  M.B.,  B.S. ; 

R.  B.  Mitchell,  B.A.,  M.D.,  CM. 
Practical  and  Applied  Anatomy  \  Third  Year)  James  PullaR. 

B.A.,  M.D.,  CM.;  J.  G.  Lehmann,  M.D..  CM. 
Physiology:  Swale  Vincent,  M.D..  D.Sc;  W.  A.  Gardner, 

B.A.,  M.D.,  CM.;  A.  T.  Cameron,  M.A..  B.Sc 
Bacteriology  and  Pathology:  Gordon  Bell,  B.A.,  M.D..  CM  ; 

S.  J.  S.  Peirce,  B.A.,  M.D.,  CM. 
Histology :  C.  H.  Vrooman,  M.D.,  CM.;  I.  I!.  Leeming,  M.D. 
Therapeutics:  I.  A.  Devine,  M.A.,  M.D.,  B.CL. ;  R.  S.  Thorn- 
ton, M.B.,  CM. 
Materia  Medico  and  Pharmacy:  C   C.   Field,   M.D.,   CM.; 

Fred  A.  Young,  B.A.,  M.B. 
Medical  Jurisprudence:  William    ROGERS,   B.A.,   M.D.,  CM.; 

J.  G.  Munroe,  M.D..  CM. 
Sanitary  Science:  A.    |.   DOUGLAS,   B.A.,   M.D.,  CM.;  JaJ 

Patterson.  M.D.,  CM. 
Theoretical  Medicine:   Willi  wi    CHESTN!   i.    M.D.,  CM.;   R. 
F.  Ri  M.D. 


20 

Clinical   Medicine:    E.    S.    Popham,    M.A.,    M.D.,    CM.;    C. 

Hunter,  M.A.,  M.D. 
Theoretical  Surgery:  J.  McKenty,  M.D.,  CM.;  J.  S.  Mathe- 

sox.  M.D.,  CM. 
Clinical  Sun/cry:   J.  O.  Todd,  M.D.,  CM.;  W.  R.  Nichols, 

M.D.,  CM. 
Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Children:  J.  A.  MacArthur,  M.D., 

CM.;  John  Tees,  M.D.,  CM. 
Gynaecology:  J.  S.  Gray,  M.D.,  CM.;  D.  S.  MacKay,  M.D.. 

CM. 
Ophthalmology    and    Otology:    S.    W.    Prowse,    E.A.,    M.D., 

F.R.S.C. ;  Raymond  Brown,  M.D. 
C.  M.  Degree:  H.  H.  Chown,  B.A.,  M.D.,  CM.;  H.  C.  Cun- 
ningham, M.D.,  CM. 

Engineering 

E.  E.  Brydone-Jack,  B.A.,  C.E.  (Renss.)  ;  E.  P.  Fether- 
stonhaugh,  B.Sc. ;  A.  K.  Grimmer,  M.Sc. 

Agriculture 

English  :  G.  A.  Sproule,  B.A. ;  J.  C.  Hooper,  ALA. 

Physics:  F.  G.  Churchill,  B.S.A. ;  G.  W.  Morden,  M.A., 
Doct.Ing. 

Geology:  F.  G.  Churchill,  B.S.A. ;  F.  W.  Brodrick,  B.S.A. 

Meteorology:  F.  G.  Churchill,  B.S.A.;  G.  W.  Morden, 
M.A.,  Doct.  Ing. 

Entomology:  h.  W.  Brodrick,  B.S.A.;  C.  H.  Lee,  B.A. 

Horticulture  and  forestry:  F.  W.  Brodrick,  B.S.A. ;  C.  PL 
Lee.  B.A. 

Botany:  C.  LI.  Lee,  B.A. ;  J.  C.  Hooper,  M.A. 

Bacteriology:  C.  H.  Lee,  B'.A.  ;  J.  C.  Hooper,  M.A. 

Zoology:  C.  H.  Lee,  B.A. ;  J.  C  Hooper,  M.A. 

Animal  Husbandry:  F.  W.  Peters,  B.S.A.;  W.  L  Black, 
B.S.A. 

Field  Husbandry.  S.  A.  Bedford;  W.  J.  Black,  B.S.A. 

Chemistry:  G.  W.  Morden,  M.A.,  Doct.Ing.;  F.  G.  Church- 
ill, "B.S.A. 

Civics:  W.  J.  Black,  B.S.A.;  G.  A.  Sproule,  B.A. 

Veterinary  Science:  F.  Torrance,  B.A.,  D.V.S. ;  F.  W. 
Peters,  B.S.A. 

Dairying :  J.  W.  Mitchell,  B.A. ;  W.  Crowe. 

Agricultural  Engineering:  L.  J.  Smith,  B.S. ;  F.  G.  Church- 
ill, B.S.A. 


-'1 

Matriculation 

Classics:  F  W.  Clark,  B.A.;  Rev.  I.  W.  Matheson,  M.A.: 

Rev.    1.  Cox,  S.I.:  D.   M .   Dun<  \\.   M.A.:  W.    I.   Ro 

B.A.;  P.  C.  Dobson,  B.A. 
Mathematics:  Rev.   I.   F.  Cross,   M.A.:   R.   Fletcher,   B.A.; 

\    R.  Wilson,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  William  Tier,  M.A.;  Ri 

A   Leveille,  S.J.;  W.  X.  Finlay,  B.  \. 
Science:  Alex.  McIntyre,  M.A.;  William  Tier,  M.A.:  X. 

R.  Wilson,  M.A..  Ph.D.;  R.  T.  Hodgson,  B.A. 
English:  Rev.  A.  Sn.w  \ki.  D.D. ;  Rev.  Canon  Phair,  M.A. ; 

S.  K.  Lang,  B.A.;  George  Young,  B.A.;  <  >.  T.  Gamey. 
French:  A.  D.  Baker,  M.A.;  C.  F.  Ward,  M.A.;  Rev.  John 

Filion,  S.I.:  Miss  A.  I..  Brunstermann. 
German:  A.  D.   Baker,  M.A.:  Miss  A.  I..   Brunstermann; 

R.  H.  Rowland,  B.A. 
Icelandic:  Rev.  F.  J.  Bergmann,  B.A.;  Rev.  F.  Hallgrims- 

-   \. 
Szvedish:  Emu.  Lundkvist;  Rev.  F.   I.  Bergmann,  B.A. 
Historv:  S.  I.  McKee,  B.A.,  I.L.D.:  A.  'I'.  Cowley,  M.A.:  D. 

McDougall,  B.A.;  Rev.  W.  J.  Melvin,  B.A.,  B.D. 


SUPPLEMENTAL  AND  MATRICULATION 
EXAMINATIONS,  SEPTEMBER,  1910 


Classics:  R.  O.  Jolliffe,  B.A.;  Rev.  Canon  Talbot,  M.A.; 

D.  M.  Duxcax.  M.A. 
Mathematics:  William   Tier,  M.A.;  X.   I'..  MacLean,  M.A 
Elementary  Science:  Alex.  McIntyre,  M.A.;  Frank  Alli 

M.A..'  Ph.D. 
Chemistry.  M.  A.  Parker,  B.Sc,  F.C  S.;  S.  Carson  Lee,  B.A. 
English :Rev.  Canon  Phair,  M.A.;  C  W.  Laidlaw,  B.A. 
French:  A.  D.  Baker,  M.A.;  Rev.  J.  Filion,  SJ. 
German:  A.  1).  Baker,  M.A.;  R.  II.  Rowland,  B.A. 
History.  Rev.  S.  G.  Bland,  D.D. ;  A.  T.  Cowi  i  v,  M.A. 
Philosophy:  Rev.  Canon  Murray,  M.A.;  Rev.  James  Ellio 

B.A.."  Ph.D. 


Reqiiniiremeiftte  for  Maftricnalaftioini 
Iimto  A©  Uimiveirsnfty  ©IF 


24 

MATRICULATION  FOR  ARTS 


Subjects  of  Examination 

(a)  All  English-speaking  candidates  for  this  examination 
shall  take  the  following  fixed  subjects: 

English, 
History, 
Mathematics, 
Latin. 
And  any  two  of  the  following  optional  subjects : 
Greek, 
French, 
German, 
Icelandic, 
Swedish, 
Elementary  Science  (  Botany  and  Physics). 

(b)  L/examen  d'immatriculation  pour  les  candidats  de 
langue  francaise  comprend  le  Franeais,  l'Histoire,  les  Mathe- 
matiques,  le  Latin,  et  deux  quelconques  des  sujets  suivants :  le 
Grec,  I' Anglais,  l'Allemand,  ITslandais,  le  Suedois,  et  la  Science 
filementaire. 

Division  of  Examination  Into  Stages 

The  subjects  of  this  curriculum  of  studies  may  be  taken  at 
any  regular  examination,  at  one  time,  or  may  be  divided  into 
two  parts  as  below,  which  may  be  taken  at  successive  examina- 
tions. They  must,  however,  be  taken  in  the  order  as  here 
given : 

Part  I. — English  Grammar,  Composition,  History,  Arithme- 
tic, Algebra  and  Geometry,  Elementary  Latin,  Botany,  and  the 
elementary  grammar  of  the  language  option  or  options  which 
the  candidate  intends  to  select  for  Part  II. 

Part  II. — English,  Mathematics,  Latin,  and  any  two  of  the 
following  options: — Greek,  French,  German,  Icelandic,  Swed- 
ish, Physics. 

Candidates  presenting  themselves  for  the  lull  examination 
at  one  time  shall  not  be  required  to  take  the  elementary  papers 
on  Composition,  Algebra  and  Geometry,  Latin,  Greek,  French, 
German,  Icelandic  or  Swedish  of  Part  I. 

Examination  by  Subjects 

Candidates  who  are  not  prepared  to  write  on  the  full  course 
may  offer  themselves  at  any  regular  examination  in  the  whole 


25 

of  any  subject  or  subjects  of  both  parts  of  this  programme, 
such  as  all  the  English  (including  History),  or  all  the  Mathe- 
matics, etc..  and  on  passing  a  satisfactory  examination  they 
shall  receive  credit  therefor;  but  no  such  candidate  taking  the 
examination  according  to  subjects  shall  be  allowed  to  proceed 
with  the  First  Year  until  he  has  been  examined  in  all  the  sub- 
jects and  has  satisfied  the  examiners  in  all  save  one  subject. 

Standing  Required 

One  hundred  marks  are  assigned  for  each  paper  of  Part  I. 
Matriculation  and  Part  II.  Matriculation. 

A  candidate  in  order  to  pass  in  English  must  have  40  per 
cent,  in  each  paper.  To  pass  in  any  other  paper  a  candidate 
must  have  34  per  cent,  of  the  marks  in  that  paper,  and  to  pass 
the  whole  examination,  and  be  placed  in  Third  Class,  he  must 
have  40  per  cent,  or  more  on  the  aggregate  of  the  marks  of  the 
required  papers.  If  he  fail  to  obtain  40  per  cent,  he  shall  be 
required  to  take  the  whole  examination  again.  To  obtain 
Second  Class  standing  he  must  have  50  per  cent,  or  more  on 
the  aggregate  of  the  required  papers.  To  obtain  First  Class 
standing  he  must  have  67  per  cent,  or  more  on  the  aggregate 
of  the  required  papers. 

Candidates  taking  the  examination  by  subjects,  in  order  to 
secure  any  credit,  shall  be  required  to  pass  in  half  the  papers 
they  elect  and  to  attain  an  average  standing  of  40  per  cent,  on 
all  the  papers  they  elect. 

Supplemental  Examinations 

Candidates  who  fail  in  not  more  than  two  papers  of  Part  I., 
Matriculation,  c.nd  not  more  than  two  papers  of  Part  II.  Matri- 
culation, may  take  a  supplemental  examination  in  the  papers  in 
which  they  have  failed,  providing  they  have  obtained  the 
requisite  standing  on  the  aggregate  of  the  marks.  In  case  of  a 
student  failing  in  not  more  than  two  papers  of  Part  I.,  he  may 
take  these  papers  when  writing  on  Part  II. 

Ordinary  candidates  who  have  failed  in  not  more  than  two 
papers,  and  candidates  taking  the  examination  according  to 
subjects,  who  have  been  examined  in  all  the  subjects  and 
have  satisfied  the  examiners  in  all  save  one  subject,  may,  as 
conditioned  students,  offer  themselves  for  the  examination  of 
the  First  Year;  but  such  conditions  must  in  each  case  be  re- 
moved before  the  commencement  of  the  Second  Year.  (  This 
regulation  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  regulations 
relating  to  Supplemental  Examinations.  Seepages  171  to  174). 

Karli  paper  of  the  Matriculation  Examination  shall  be  con- 
sidered a  separate  subject  in  determining  failures. 


26 

General  Regulations 

Each  paper  of  the  Matriculation  Examination  shall  be  of 
three  hours'  duration. 

The  Matriculation  Examination  is  held  in  May  of  each  year, 
commencing  on  the  fourth  Monday,  and  in  September,  com- 
mencing on  the  third  Thursday.  The  examination  in  May  is 
held  in  the  University  Building  and  at  local  centres  as  provided 
for  under  the  University  Rules  and  Regulations ;  the  Septem- 
ber examination  is  held  at  the  University  Building  only. 

Students  passing  the  Matriculation  Examination  with  first 
class  grade  "B"  or  higher  standing  may  obtain  from  the  De- 
partment of  Education  for  Manitoba  a  Second  Class  non- 
professional Teacher's  Certificate,  upon  passing  examinations 
in  Bookkeeping,  Agriculture,  Music,  Drawing  and  Botany.  A 
third  class  non-professional  certificate  is  granted  to  students 
making  Second  Class  standing  in  the  Matriculation  Examina- 
tion. Students  falling  below  Second  Class  standing  receive  no 
recognition  whatever  under  the  regulations  of  the  Department 
of  Education. 


PART  I. 


English  and  History 

Grammar — West's  English  Grammar;  or 

Grammaire  Francaise ;  Larive  et  Fleury. 

Composition — An  essay  on  one  of  several  themes  set  by  the 
examiners.  In  order  to  pass  in  this  subject,  legible 
writing,  correct  spelling  and  punctuation,  and  proper 
construction  of  sentences  are  indispensable.  The  can- 
didate should  also  give  attention  to  the  structure  of  the 
whole  essay,  the  effective  ordering  of  the  thought,  and 
the  accurate  employment  of  a  good  English  vocabulary. 
About  two  page^  of  foolscap  is  suggested  as  the  proper 
length  for  the  essay;  but  quality,  not  quantity,  will  be 
mainly  regarded. 
As  a  guide  to  teaching,  Sykes'  "Elementary  Composition"  is 

recommended. 
The  following  texts  are  prescribed  as  affording  models  of 
style  and  material  for  work  in  composition.     A  general 
knowledge  of  their  contents  is  required.     One  or  more 
of  the  subjects  for  essay  will  be  taken  from  them: 

1911.  Macaulay's  Essay  on  Clive. 

1912.  Macaulay's  Essay  on  Warren  Hastings. 


27 

History — Wrong's  British   Nation.       Clement's  History  of 
Canada ;  or 
Drioux — Histoire    d'Angleterre,    et    Bourgeois — His- 
toire  du  Canada. 
The  English  and  History  papers  ivill  be  examined  for  spel- 
ling,  and  the  examiners  will  include  in  their  report  a  statement 
of  the  standing  of  each  candidate  in  this  subject.      Students 
found  deficient   in   this  respect  will   be  required   to   pass  an 
examination  in  dictation  before  proceeding  with  their  course. 

Mathematics 

Arithmetic  and  Mensuration — Advanced  Arithmetic,  omitting 
progressions  and  logarithms  (Lyman  or  Hamblin  Smith, 
New  Edition). 

Algebra  and  Geometry — Hall  and  Knight's  Elementary  Alge- 
bra, Chaps.  I. — XVII.,  inclusive,  together  with  a  know- 
ledge of  graphs  sufficient  for  the  solution  of  equations 
of  the  first  degree. 

Baker's  Elementary  Plane  Geometry,  Inductive  and  Deduc- 
tive. Stress  will  be  laid  on  ability  to  construct  figures 
accurately. 

In  the  demonstration  of  theorems  the  starting  point  shall  be 
the  definitions  given  in  the  prescribed  texts. 


Latin 

Hagarty's  Introductory  Latin  Grammar,  pages  1  to  311. 


40. 


Greek 

Burgess  and  Bonner,  Elementary  Greek,  to  end  of  Exercise 


French 

High  School  French  Grammar  (Fraser  and  Squair),  Part  I. ; 
also  unspecified  passages  of  easy  French. 

Or  for  French  students — Harvey's  English  Grammar  (pages 
1  to  104). 


German 
High    School    German    Grammar    (Van    der    Smissen    and 
Fraser,   1909  Edition),  pages   1  to  132;  also  unspecified  pas- 
sages of  easy  German. 


28 

Icelandic 

Wimmer's  Icelandic  Grammar,  pages  19  to  90.  Translation* 
of  easy  passages  from  English  into  Icelandic  and  from  Ice- 
landic into  English.  Dictation  and  orthographical  exercises. 
Selections  from  Melsled's  Modern  Authors. 


Swedish 

Sundin  s  Swedish  College  Grammar.  Translation  of 
Swedish  into  English  and  English  into  Swedish:  Writing 
Swedish  from  dictation  Short  essays.  Selection  from  Mod- 
ern Authors  composed  for  Swedish  Schools,  Parts  II.  and  IV. 

Elementary  Science 

Botany — Elements  of  Botany,  Bergen. 

|  From  the  1904  and  1906  editions  of  Bergen's  Botany  the 
following  pages  are  to  he  omitted:  210  (Classification  of  Cryp- 
tograms) to  262.     The  appendix  will  be  examined  on.] 


PART  II. 


English 

1.  Rhetoric  and  Composition — 

(a)  The  investigation  of  rhetorical  principles  along  the 
lines  laid  down  in  Genung's  "Outlines  of  Rhetoric." 

(  b  )  An  Essay  on  one  of  several  themes  set  by  the  examiners. 
In  order  to  pass  in  this  subject,  legible  writing,  correct  spelling 
and  punctuation,  and  proper  construction  of  sentences  are  in- 
dispensable. The  candidate  should  also  give  attention  to  the 
structure  of  the  whole  essay,  the  effective  ordering  of  the 
thought,  and  the  accurate  employment  of  a  good  English  voca- 
bulary. About  two  pages  of  foolscap  is  suggested  as  the 
proper  length  for  the  essay;  but  quality,  not  quantity,  will  be 
mainly  regarded. 

(  hitlines  of  Rhetoric — Genung  ( Ginn  &  Co.). 

The  marks  shall  be  divided  as  follows:  25  per  cent,  for  Prin- 
ciples of  Rhetoric  and  7?  per  cent,  for  the  Essay. 

2.  Literature — Intelligent  comprehension  of,  and  familiarity 
with,  the  prescribed  texts  shall  be  required,  and  the  candidate 
shall  be  expected  to  have  memorized  some  of  the  finest  pas- 


sages. 


29 

1911.  Shakespeare:  Macbeth. 
Scott  :  Ivanhoe. 

Wordsworth:  Michael;  Three  Years  She  Grew  in 
Sun  and  Shower ;  She  Was  a  Phantom  of  Delight ; 
There  is  a  Flower,  the  Lesser  Celandine ;  Ethereal 
Minstrel,  Pilgrim  of  the  Sky;  The  Green  Linnet; 
To  the  Cuckoo ;  With  Little  Here  to  Do  or  See. 

1912.  Shakespeare:  Merchant  of  Venice. 
Scott  :  Quentin  Durward. 
Coleridge:  Ancient  Mariner. 

The  English  papers  will  be  examined  for  spelling,  and  the 
examiners  will  include  in  their  report  a  statement  of  the  stand- 
ing of  each  candidate  in  this  subject.  Students  found  deficient 
in  this  respect  will  be  required  to  pass  an  examination  in  dicta- 
tion before  proceeding  with  their  course. 

FRENCH    EQUIVALENTS. 

In  lieu  of  the  English  the  following  will  be  the  French 
equivalents  for  French-speaking  candidates : 

1.  (a)  Principes  de  Litterature :  Mestre  (pages  13-218.  et 
413-433).  Principes  generaux,  genres  en  prose  et  versification 
franqaise. 

(b)  Un  essai  d'  a  pen  pres  deux  pages,  grand  format,  sur 
un  des  sujets  indiques  par  les  examinateurs.  L'  ecriture  devra 
etre  lisible,  l'orthographe  et  la  ponctuation  correctes,  et  la  con- 
struction des  phrases  soignee.  II  faudra  aussi  faire  attention 
au  plan  general  de  la  composition,  a  l'ordonnance  des  idees, 
et  a  la  propriete  des  termes.  Sa  valeur  dependra  plutot  de  la 
qualite  que  de  la  quantite. 

On  allouera  25%  pour  les  principes  de  litterature  et  75% 
pour  l'essai. 

Extraits  en  Prose :  Moliere,  Mdme.  de  Sevigne,  La  Bruyere, 
etre  bien  compris  du  candidat  et  lui  etre  familiers ;  il  devra 
aussi  avoir  appris  par  coeur  quelques-uns  des  plus  beaux  pas- 
sages. 

1910.  Modeles  Franqais  :  Proces,  Tome  II. 

Portraits  en  Prose:  Moliere,  Mdme.  de  Sevigne,  La  Bruyere,. 
Hamilton,  Fenelon,  Le  Sage,  Buffon,  J.  J.  Rousseau,  Joseph 
et  Xavier  de  Maistre,  Thiers,  Veuillot  et  Daudet. 

Extraits  Poetiques:  Corneille,  Racine,  Regnard,  Lamartiner 
Delavigne,  Hugo,  Coppee. 

Racine:  Esther. 

1911.  Modeles  Franqais,  comme  en  1910. 
Racine:  Les  Plaideurs. 


30 

Mathematics 

1.  Algebra — Hall  and  Knight's  Elementary  Algebra,  8th 
edition,  Chapters  I-XXYIII.,  XXX.  to  par/  235,  XXXII.- 
XXXV.,  including  graphs  for  equations  of  first  and  second 
degrees. 

2.  Geometry — Baker's  Theoretical  Geometry  for  Schools  to 
page  209. 

In  demonstrating  a  proposition  whose  proof  is  given  in  the 
prescribed  text  no  use  shall  be  made  of  a  proposition  which  in 
the  said  text  follows  the  required  proposition. 

In  the  demonstration  of  theorems  the  starting  point  shall  be 
the  definitions  given  in  the  prescribed  texts. 


Latin 

Translation  into  English  of  passages  from  prescribed  texts. 

Translation  at  sight  (with  the  aid  of  vocabularies)  of 
passages  from  some  easy  prose  author,  to  which  special  im- 
portance will  be  attached.  Candidates  will  be  expected  to  have 
supplemented  the  reading  of  the  prescribed  texts  by  additional 
practice  in  the  translation  of  Latin. 

Grammatical  questions  on  the  passages  from  prescribed 
texts  shall  be  set,  and  such  other  questions  as  arise  naturally 
from  the  context. 

Translation  into  Latin  of  sentences  and  of  easy  narrative 
passages  based  upon  the  prescribed  prose  texts. 

The  following  are  the  prescribed  texts  : — 

Caesar:  Bellum.  Gallicum,  Book  IV.,  Chapters  20-38,  and 
Book  V.,  Chanters  1-23. 

Vergil;  JEneid,  Book  I.,  11.  1-510. 

Two  papers  as  follows  : — 

(1)  Vergil  and  Csesar. 

(2)  Latin  Grammar,  Prose  Composition  and  Sight  Trans- 
lation. 

[N.B. — Robertson  and  Carruthers'  ''Matriculation  Latin" 
(1909  Edition)  contains  all  the  work  prescribed  for  Part  II.  in 
Authors  and  Prose  Composition.] 


Greek 


Translation  into  English  of  passages  from  prescribed  texts. 

Translation  at  sight  (with  the  aid  of  vocabularies)  of 
passages  from  some  easy  prose  author,  to  which  special  im- 
portance will  be  attached.    Candidates  will  be  expected  to  have 


31 

supplemented  the  reading  of  the  prescribed  texts  by  additional 
practice  in  the  translation  of  Greek. 

Grammatical  questions  on  the  passages  from  prescribed 
texts  shall  be  set,  and  such  other  questions  as  arise  naturally 
from  the  context. 

Translation  into  Greek  of  sentences  and  of  easy  narrative 
passages  based  upon  the  prescribed  prose  texts. 

The  following  is  the  prescribed  text : — 

Selections  from  Xenophon,  Anabasis  I.,  in  White's  Be- 
ginner's Greek  Book,  and  Anabasis  II. 

Two  papers  as  follows : — 

(1)  Xenophon. 

(2)  Greek  Grammar,  with  simple  Prose  Composition,  based 
on  White's  Beginner's  Greek  Book,  pp.  1-148  and  Lessons  lix, 
lxii,  lxv,  lxviii,  lxx,  lxxii,  lxxiv,  lxxvii,  lxxix,  lxxxi,  and  also 
the  paradigms  on  pages  282-301. 

Sight  Translation. 


French 


1.  (a)    Grammar. — High    School    French    Grammar,    Part 
II.,  pages  129  to  233  inclusive,  „with  the  associated  exercises. 

(b)  Composition.- — (1)  Translation  into  French  of  short 
sentences  as  a  test  of  the  candidate's  knowledge  of  grammatical 
forms  and  structure,  and  the  formation  in  French  of  sentences 
of  similar  character;  and  (2)  translation  of  easy  passages  from 
English  into  French. 

(c)  Sight  Translation. — Translation  of  unspecified  pas- 
sages from  easy  French  Authors. 

2.  Authors. — An  examination  on  the  following  texts: 

1910.  Souvestre:  Un  Philosophe  sous  les  Toits. 

1911.  Enault:  Le  Chien  du  Capitaine  (Heath  &  Co.) 
Labiche:  Le  Voyage  de  Monsieur  Perrichon  (Ginn 

&Co.) 

ENGLISH  EQUIVALENTS. 

In  lieu  of  the  French  the  following  will  be  the  English  for 
French-speaking  students : 

1.  (a)    Grammairc — Harvey's    Practical    Grammar    of    the 
English  Language,  pp.  1-135.     (Amer.  Book  Co.) 

(b)  Composition — (1)  Traduire  du  frangais  en  anglais 
quelques  phrases  assez  courtes,  qui  montrent  que  le  candidat 
sait  appliquer  les  regies  de  la  grammaire;  construire  quelques 
phrases  anglaises  du  meme  genre.  (2)  Traduire  en  anglais 
quelques  passages  faciles  de  prose  franchise. 

2.  Auteurs — Version  tiree  d'auteurs  anglais  faciles  a  com- 


32 

prendre   et   non    connus   d'avance.      Examen   sur   les   auteurs 
prescrits  : 

Dickens — A  Christmas  Carol. 

Irving — Sketch  Book.     (Hachette). 


German 

1.  (a)    Grammar — High  School  German  Grammar  (Van  der 
Smissen  and  Fraser,  1909  Edition),  pages  1-223. 

(b)  Composition — ( 1)  Translation  into  German  of  short 
English  sentences  as  a  test  of  the  candidate's  knowledge  of 
grammatical  forms  and  structure,  and  the  formation  in  German 
of  sentences  of  similar  character;  and  (2)  translation  of  easy 
passages  from  English  into  German. 

(c)  Sight   Translation. — Translation  of   unspecified  pas- 
sages from  easy  German  Authors. 

2.  Authors. — An  examination  on  the  following  texts: — 

1910.  Zschokke,  Der  Zerbrochene  Krug;  Heine,  Lorelei, 

Du  bist  wie  eine  Blume  ;  Uhland,  Schafers  Sonn- 
tagslied,  Das  Schloss  am  Meer ;  Chamisso,  Das 
Schloss  Boncourt ;  Claudius,  Die  Sterne,  Der 
Riese  Goliath ;  Gqethe,  Mignon,  Erlkonig,  Der 
Sanger;  Schiller,  Der  Jungling  am  Bache. 
Hauff  :  Das  Kalte  Herz. 

1911.  Gerstacker:  Germelshausen  (Holt  &  Co.) 
Muller:  Im  Wartesalon  erster  Klasse ;  and 
Pohl:    Die    Schulreiterin    (found    in    Manley    and 

Allen's   "Four   German   Comedies,"   published  by 
Ginn  &  Co.) 


Icelandic 

1.    (a)    Grammar. 

(b)  Composition — (1)  Translation  into  Icelandic  of 
idiomatic  expressions  and  phrases  in  English.  Construction 
of  sentences  in  Icelandic  as  a  test  of  knowledge  of  grammatical 
forms  and  structure;  (2)  translation  of  passages  from  Ice- 
landic into  English. 

(c)  Sight   Translation. — Translation   of   unspecified   pas- 
sages from  easy  Icelandic  Authors. 

3.  Authors. — An  examination  on  the  following  texts: — 

iqio.— TON    THORODDSEN.      fsland,      Til      fslendinga, 
Dalitil   firSasaga;  GRfMUR  THOMSEN,     Jolnasumbl,     A 

Gkesivollum.      Skuli    fogeti.      Skulaskeifi,      KirkjugarSsvisur, 
Glamur,   Skofnungur;    ARNASON  og  GRtMSSON,    Alfa- 


do 


dans,  Gilitrutt,  Djakninn  a  Myrka,  Fra  Saemundi  froQa,  Seint 
fyllist  salin  prestanna,  Jon  fra  Geitaskar5i,  Sagan  af  Hlini 
konungssyni;  BENEDICT  GROXDAL,  .£skan,  Prome- 
theves,  Hret,  Heim.  Hugsun,  Hug-run,  Ur  Heljarslofiaror- 
ustu  :  FALL  OLAFSSOX,  Litli  fossinn,  SumarkveSja,  Syst- 
urminning;  GUDBR.  \  IGFUSSON,  Timatal,  Or  FerSasogu ; 
GfSLI  BRYNJOLFSSON,  tJr  Faraldi  Gratur  Takobs  yfir 
Rakel,  Endurminningar,  Visur;  STIENGRIMUR  THOR- 
5TEINSSON,  GilsbakkaljoS.  Haustkvold,  KveSja,  Vorhvot, 
etc.:  MATTH.  JOCHUMSSOX,  Lofsongur,  iMngvalla- 
minni,  GuSbrandur  Holabiskup,  Egbert  Olafsson,  Nyarsosk, 
Sorg. 

t9ii. — BJARNI  THORAREXSEX,  FljotshliB,  Herhv5t, 
Herganga,  Island,  Si°runarlj6S,  S?emundur  Holm,  Eviaf  jalla- 
jdkull,  I>6rarinn  OfjorS;  GfSLI  BRYNJ6LFSSON,  Hvot, 
Veturinn,  BruSkaupsvisa.  Frevjukettirnir,  Oddur  HjaltaJin; 
BloRX  GU XXLAUGSSOX."  Ur  Xjolu,  Jon  Bjarnason; 
SVEIXBTORN  EGILSSON.  SumarkveSja,  KvseSi.  SkilnaS- 
arvisur,  Ur  IlionskviSu ;  SIGURDUR  BREIDFTORD.  tJr 
rimum;  BALDVIX  EIXARSSOX,  Armann  a  albingi ; 
T6MAS  SyEMTXDSSOX.  Fiolnir;  J6XAS  HALLGRf MS- 
SOX,  island,  Visur  fslendinea,  Gunnarsholmi,  KveSja  fs- 
lendinga,  SkjaldbreiSur,  Bjarnl  Thorarensen,  sira  T>orsteinn 
Helgason,  Asta,  OhrsesiS,  GrasaferS,  Ur  gamajibrefi ;  KOX- 
RAD  GfSLASON,  Sagan  af  Arna-Birni  ogf  mer,  A?rip  af 
rseSu,  Urn  nam  forntungu  vorrar;  J6N  SIGURDSSOX,  tJr 
ritgjorfium;  PALL  MELSTED,  Beniamin  Franklin  og 
George  Washington, 


Swedish 

1.  fa)    Grammar — Beckman's  Advanced  Swedish  Grammar. 

(b)  Composition — Translation  from  Swedish  into  English 
and  from  English  into  Swedish  of  idiomatic  expressions. 
Writing  of  short  essays. 

2.  Authors — Translation  of  easy  passages  from  modern 
authors.     Examination  on  the  following  texts : 

iqio.  KELLGREX,  Den  nya  skapelsen  ;  A.  F PYX  ELL, 
Slog-et  vid  Lvtzen;  E.  G.  GF.ITEP,  Manhem,  Ur  minncn ; 
T.  O.  WALLIX.  I'-lick  till  graven.  Tal  till  svenska  bibelsall- 


34 

skapet  1886,  Host  betragtelse ;  SJOBERG,  fVitalisJ  For- 
sakelse,  Ensligens  sang-,  Den  baste  vannen,  Frid,  Stagnelius ; 
ATTERBOM,  Ur  lycksaligthetens  6;  DALGREX  Varsan^; 
GRAFSTROM,  Xorrland.  Sensetivan,  Harpan ;  VEXXER- 
BERG,  Ur  gluntarna,  En  solnedgang;  V.  RYDBERG, 
Dexippos,  Ur  romerska  kejsare  i  marmor,   fTiberius,/. 

191 1.  FRAXTZfiXT,  Manniskans  anlete,  Afskedssang  af 
1  evaringsman  ;  A.  M.  LEXGREX',  Pojkarna,  Den  glada  fe- 
sten,  Portratterna.  Froken  luliana;  C.  M.  BELLAIAX, 
Haga,  Fiskarfanget;  KARL  DAVID  AF  WIRSEX.  Sikars 
Brunn,  Kalian,  Seltagande,  Pelarskogen  i  San  Paolo,  Sverige ; 
E.  SEHLS'TEDT,  Snosparven,  Yaren  kommer.  Visa;  Z. 
TOPELIUS,  Min  moder.  Vintergatan;  P.  VIKXER.  Min 
moders  testamente ;  B.  E.  MALMSTROM,  Ur  minnestal 
ofver  E.  G.  Geijer,  Angelika,  Hvi  suckar  det  sa  tungt  uti 
skogen,  Odmjuken  er ;  C.  A.  XTCAXDER,  Yagen,  Mitt  lif. 
min  sang,  min  dod. 


Elementary  Science 

Physics — High  School  Physical  Science,  Part  I.     (Revised 
edition.) 


35 


MATRICULATION  FOR  MEDICINE 


Subjects  of  Examination 

All  candidates  for  the  Matriculation  Examination  for  Medi- 
cine must  take  the  following  fixed  subjects : 

1.  Latin. 

2.  Mathematics,  embracing  Arithmetic.  Algebra  and  Geome- 

try. 

3.  English. 

4.  History. 

5.  Botany. 

6.  Physics. 

Division  of  Examination 

The  subjects  enumerated  above  may  be  taken  in  one  exam- 
ination at  one  time,  or  in  two  parts,  at  successive  examinations, 
as  outlined  for  Arts  Matriculation,  or  by  subjects  or  groups  of 
subjects  as  in  the  case  of  Arts  Matriculation.  (See  pages  24 
and  25). 

Scope  of  Work  and  Standing  Required 

In  the  case  of  each  of  the  subjects  of  this  examination  the 
work  prescribed  shall  be  the  same  as  that  for  Parts  I.  and  II. 
of  the  Arts  Matriculation  Examination,  and  the  same  standard 
shall  be  required  to  entitle  the  candidate  to  pass. 

Each  paper  of  the  examination  shall  be  considered  as  a 
separate  subject  in  determining  failures. 

Accuracy  in  Spelling  is  required.  Students  found  deficient 
in  this  respect  will  be  required  to  pass  an  examination  in  dicta- 
tion before  they  ivill  be  allozved  to  proceed  with  their  course. 

Supplemental  Examinations 

The  same  regulations  respecting  Supplemental  Examinations 
prevail  as  in  the  case  of  Arts  Matriculation,  except  that  only 
fully  matriculated  students  shall  be  allozved  to  present  them- 
selves for  any  hit/her  examination.  Candidates,  however,  who 
present  teachers'  certificates  not  covering  Latin  may  as  condi- 
tioned students  proceed  with  their  course  with  the  view  of 
subsequently  obtaining  full  Matriculation  standing.    Such  con- 


36 

dition  must    be  removed    before    the  commencement  of    the 
Second  Year. 

General  Regulations 

Each  paper  of  the  Matriculation  Examination  for  Medicine 
shall  be  of  three  hours'  duration. 

The  Matriculation  Examination  for  Medicine  shall  be  held 
twice  a  year,  viz.:  in  May,  beginning  on  the  fourth  Monday, 
and  in  September  beginning  on  the  third  Thursday.  There 
shall  be  no  Supplemental  Examination  granted  except  at  these 
dates. 


Equivalent  Examinations 

In  place  of  the  above  Matriculation  Examination  the  Univer- 
sity has  agreed  to  accept  the  Matriculation  of  the  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  Provinces  of  Quebec  and 
Ontario;  the  Medical  Students'  registration  certificate  of  the 
Medical  Council  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland ;  the  non-profes- 
sional Second-Class  Teachers'  Certificates  of  Manitoba, 
Ontario,  Saskatchewan  and  Alberta;  also  the  Ontario  High 
School  Intermediate  and  Junior  Leaving  Examinations ;  except 
that  the  Latin  and  the  compulsory  Elementary  Science  of  the 
Matriculation  Examination  of  the  University  must  be  taken 
by  those  who  have  not  taken  these  subjects  in  the  said  High 
School  or  Teachers'  Examination. 

Holders  of  certificates  of  educational  value  from  other  in- 
stitutions than  those  mentioned  will  receive  such  standing  as 
the  Council  of  the 'University  may  see  fit  to  grant. 

A  Bachelor  of  Arts  of  any  University  in  His  Majesty's 
Dominions  is  admitted  to  the  study  of  medicine  without 
further  examination. 


37 


MATRICULATION  FOR  ENGINEERING 


In  order  to  take  the  regular  course  leading  to  a  degree  in 
Civil  or  Electrical  Engineering,  a  student  must  pass  a 
Matriculation  Examination  in  the  following  subjects: 

1.  Mathematics — 

(a)  Arithmetic — As  in  Arts,  save  that  special  attention  will 

be  given  to  Mensuration.   See  page  27. 

(b)  Algebra — As    in    Arts,    with    the    addition    of    Indices, 

Surds,  Permutations  and  Combinations,  Binomial 
Theorem,  Logarithms,  Theory  of  Quadratic  Equa- 
tions (as  in  Hall  &  Knight's  Elementary  Algebra, 
omitting  Chapters  40  to  43,  inclusive).  See  pages 
27  and  30.     (Separate  paper.) 

(c)  Geometry — As  in  Arts,  with  the  addition  of  Book   V. 

and  "Additional  Propositions."  See  pages  27  and  30. 
(Separate  paper.) 

(d)  Trigonometry — Measurement    of    Angles,    Trigonome- 

tric Ratios,  Functions  of  One  Angle,  Two  Angles  and 
Multiple  Angles,  etc.  (as  in  Hall  tX;  Knight's  Trigo- 
nometry, Chapters  1  to  18,  inclusive). 

2.  English — As  in  Arts.    See  pages  26  and  28-29. 

3.  1  Iistory — As  in  Arts.    See  page  27. 

4.  Science — 

(a)  Botany — Elements  of  Botany — Bergen. 

(b)  Physics- — High   School     Physical     Science     trait     l.i, 

revised  edition. 

5.  A  Foreign  Language — Any  one  of  the  following:   Latin, 

Greek,  French.  German.     See  pages  17  ami  30-32. 


38 

When  the  work  is  common,  the  examination  in  each  of  these 
subjects  is  the  same  as  for  Arts.  All  standards  and  regula- 
tions of  the  Arts  Matriculation  prevail  in  Engineering  Matricu- 
lation.   See  pages  24  to  26. 


MATRICULATION    FOR    LAW. 


In  order  to  enter  upon  the  course  of  study  for  the  Degree 
in  Law,  a  student  must  pass  a  Matriculation  examination,  the 
subjects  of  which  are  the  same  as  those  required  for  Matricu- 
lation for  Arts.      (See  pages  24  and  26  to  33).     The  same 


standards   and   regulations   prevail   as 
(See  pages  24  to  26). 


in   Arts    Matriculation. 


Entrance  requirements  for  other  courses  offered  by  the 
University  of  Manitoba  are  outlined  below  as  follows :  For 
candidates  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Pharmacy  on  page 
160;  for  students  taking  the  course  in  Commercial  Education 
on  page  162  ;  for  students  of  the  advanced  course  in  Agriculture 
on  page  164. 


Cumnrncualiuiinra  inn 


40 

CURRICULUM  IN  ARTS 


FIRST  YEAR 


Note  1. —  All  English-speaking  candidates  for  this  examination 
shall  take  the  following  fixed  subjects:  English,  Mathematics,  Latin, 
History,  and  any  two  of  the  following  options:  Greek,  French.  Ger- 
man, Icelandic,  Swedish,  Physics. 

Note  2. — L'examen  pour  les  candidats  de  langue  franqaise  com- 
prend  le  Franqais,  les  Alathematiques,  le  Latin,  l'Histoire,  et  deux 
quelconques  des  sujets  suivants:  le  Grec,  l'Anglais,  l'Allemand, 
l'lslandais,  le  Suedois,  la  Physique. 

For  students  of  the  First  Year,  classes  are  provided  by  the 
University  only  in  the  subject  of  Physics.  Instruction  in  all 
other  subjects  must  be  obtained  at  one  of  the  affiliated  Colleges 
or  at  some  other  educational  institution. 


English 

(1)  English  Verse — Critical  reading  of  the  following: 
1910 — Shakespeare:  The  Tempest. 

1911 — Shakespeare:  King  John,  Romeo  and  Juliet. 

(2)  1910 — English  Prose,  Rhetoric  and  Composition.       The 

following  are  prescribed : 

Sherman's  "Analytics  of  Literature,"  Chapters  I-X, 
inclusive,  and  XIV,  XV,  XVI,  XXI,  XXII, 
XXIII,  XXIV  (Ginn  &  Co.). 

"Modern  English  Prose,"  Carpenter  and  Brewster, 
pages  1-108  (The  Macmillan  Co.) 

1911 — History  of  English  Literature,  Prose  and  Composi- 
tion.     The  following  are  prescribed: 

Long's  "History  of  English  Literature,"  Chapters  I- 
VIII,  inclusive  (Ginn  &  Co.). 

"Modern  English  Prose,"  Carpenter  and  Brewster, 
pages  108-214  (The  Macmillan  Co.). 

The  examination  will  include  an  essay,  to  be  composed  on 
one  of  a  number  of  assigned  subjects,  which  will  be  based  on 
the  prescribed  prose  selections. 


41 

In  addition  to  the  above,  there  will  be  required,  during  the 
term,  from  each  student  of  the  First  Year,  an  essay.  This 
must  be  written  in  the  University  Building,  in  the  presence  of 
one  examiner  or  more,  at  2  p.m.  on  the  7th  day  of  January, 
1911.  The  essay  is  not  to  exceed  one  thousand  words  nor  fall 
below  five  hundred  in  length. 

[N.B. — Non- collegiate  students  are  not  required  to  write 
this  essay.] 

The  subject  of  the  essay  for  1910-11  shall  be: 
Longfellow's  "The  Golden  Legend." 

FRENCH    EQUIVALENTS 

(For  French-speaking  students). 

(1)  Etude  critique  des  autcurs: 

1911 — Mouere:  L'Avare;  Le  Bourgeois  Gentilhomme. 

1912 — Corneille  :  Polyeucte. 
Racine:  Athalie. 

(2)  Prose,  Littcraturc  ct  Composition  : 

1911 — Verest:  Manuel  de  Litterature,  pp.  126-441. 
Proces:  Modeles  Franqais,  Tome  III. 

L'examen  doit  comprendre  tin  essai  stir  tin  de  plusieurs 
stijets  proposes  au  choix  du  candidat  en  imitation  des  auteurs 
indiques. 

De  plus,  dans  le  courant  de  l'annee  scolaire,  chaque  candidat 
ecrira,  dans  tine  salle  de  l'Universite,  une  composition  qui  devra 
etre  remise  au  Registraire  le  7  Janvier,  1911.  Cette  composi- 
tion devra  renfermer  au  moins  cinq  cents  mots  et  ne  pas 
depasser  mille. 

Stijet  de  Composition: 

191 1 — "Cremazie." 


Mathematics 

(1)   Geometry — Baker's  Geometry  for  Schools,  Book  \ '.,  and 
propositions  13,  14,  15,  18,  19  and  20  in  appendix. 


42 

In  demonstrating  a  proposition  whose  proof  is  given  in  the 
prescribed  text,  no  use  shall  be  made  of  a  proposition 
which  in  the  said  text  follows  the  required  proposition. 

Analytic  Geometry  of  point,  line  and  circle  for  rectangular 
axes.      (Baker's  Analytic  Geometry  for  Beginners.) 

(2)  Algebra — Hall  and  Knight's  Elementary  Algebra,  Chap- 

ters XXX,  XXXI,  XXXVI- XXXIX,  XLII,  XLIV. 

(3)  Trigonometry — Hall  and  Knight,  Chapters  I-XVIII,  in- 

clusive, as  far  as  page  207.     Xo  questions  will  be  set 
involving  a  knowledge  of  circular  measure. 

In  the  demonstration  of  theorems  the  starting  point  shall 
be  the  definitions  given  in  the  prescribed  texts. 


Latin 


(1)  Authors — 

1910— Horace:  Selected  Odes,  omitting  9,   14,  31.   (Wick- 
ham,  Clarendon  Press). 

Cicero:  In  Catilinam  I.,  and  Pro  Archia. 

1911_Horace:  Selected  Odes,  omitting  9,  14.  31.     (Wick- 
ham,  Clarendon  Press). 

Cicero:  Pro  Lege  Manilia. 

(2)  Grammar—  Bennett:    With    special    reference   to    Parts 

[-IV. 

Composition — Bradley — Arnold's  Latin  Prose  Composi- 
tion (  Exercises  1-35),  with  simple  continuous  prose 
passages. 

Sight  Translation. 


43 
History 

Wolfson's  "Essentials  in  Ancient  History   (pp.  57- 
417);  or, 

Abbe  P.  Gagnol:  "Histoire  de  la  Grece  Ancienne," 
et  "Histoire  Romaine." 


Greek 

(1)  Authors — 

1910 — Homer:  Odyssey  VII.     (Merry,  Clarendon   Press). 

Lysias:  Contra  Eratosthenem.     (Shuckburgh,  Mac- 
millan  &  Co.) 

1911 — Homer:  Odyssey  IX.     (Merry,  Clarendon  Press.) 

Lucian:  Vera  Historia,  Books  I  and  II.       (Jerram, 
Clarendon  Press.) 

(2)  Grammar — Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar,  with   special  re- 

ference to  Parts  I  and  II. 

Composition — Pitman's  Greek  Prose  Composition.   (Mac- 
millan  &  Co.) 

Sight  Translation. 


French 


(1)  Grammar,  Composition,  Dictation  and  Sight  Translation. 

High  School  French  Grammar.  A  study  of  the 
irregular  verbs,  and  pages  233-336,  inclusive,  with 
associated  exercises. 

(2)  Authors — An  examination  on  prescribed  texts: 

1910— Augier:  Le  Gendre  de  M.  Poirier.    (Heath  &  Co). 
Bazin  :  Contes  Choisis.     (Heath  &  Co.) 


44 

1911 — George  Sand:  La  Mare  au  Diable.     (Heath  &  Co.) 
Moliere:  Le  Bourgeois  Gentilhomme.        (Heath  & 
Co.) 

ENGLISH    EQUIVALENTS 

(For  French-speaking  students.) 

(1)  Grammaire,    Composition,   Dictee   et    Traduction   a   pre- 

miere -iite.     Harvey's  Practical  English  Grammar 
(de  la  page  105  a  la  page  192). 

(2)  Hxamen  sur  les  auteurs: 

1910 — Shakespeare  :  Macbeth. 

Goldsmith  :  The  Deserted  Village. 

1911 — Shakespeare-  Julius  Caesar.    ( 
Newman:  Callista. 


German 


(1)  Grammar,  Composition,  Dictation  and  Sight  Translation — 

High  School  German  Grammar.  (Van  der  Smissen 
and  Fraser.  1909  edition.) 

Pope's     "German     Composition,"   Part  I,  is  recom- 
mended. 

(2)  An  examination  on  prescribed  texts: 

1910 — Keller:  Kleider  Machen  Leute.      (Heath  &  Co.) 
Freytag:  Die  Journalisten.     (Ginn  &  Co.) 

1911 — Hillern  :  Hoher  als  die  Kirche.    (Ginn  &  Co.) 
Lessing:  Minna  von  Barnhelm.     (Ginn  &  Co.) 


Icelandic 

(  1  )  Grammar  and  Composition.  Writing  Icelandic  from  dic- 
tation. Translation  from  Icelandic  into  English, 
and  from  English  into  Icelandic.  Writing  of 
short  essays  and  digests  of  books. 


45 
(2)   An  examination  on  prescribed  texts 

1910 — Godasogur  og  forneskjusogur. 
Egils  Saga. 

1911— Laxdaela. 
Eyrbyggja. 


Swedish 


(1)  Grammar  and  Composition.  Translation  from  English 
into  Swedish  and  from  Swedish  into  English. 
Writing  of  essays. 

I  2  )   Examination  on  prescribed  texts  : 

Esaias  Tegner:  Frithiof's  Saga. 
Swedish  Literature  from  1772  to  1830. 
Karl  Wartburg  :  Svensk  Literaturhistoria. 
A.   Ekerman  :    Lasebok    till    Svenska    Literaturhis- 
torian. 


Physics 
This  subject  will  be  treated  as  outlined  on  pages  105  to  106. 


Each  paper  of  this  examination  shall  be  regarded  as  a  sepa- 
rate subject  in  considering  failures. 

A  candidate,  in  order  to  pass  in  any  paper,  must  have  34 
per  cent,  of  the  marks  in  that  paper,  and  to  pass  the  whole  ex- 
amination and  obtain  Third  Class  standing  he  must  have  40 
per  cent,  of  the  aggregate  of  the  marks  assigned.  If  he  fail  to 
obtain  40  per  cent,  he  shall  be  required  to  take  the  whole  exam- 
ination again. 

To  obtain  Second  Class  standing  he  must  have  50  per  cent, 
of  the  aggregate  of  the  marks  assigned. 

To  obtain  First  Class  standing,  grade  B,  he  must  have  67 
per  cent,  of  the  aggregate  of  the  marks  assigned. 


46 

To  obtain  First  Class  standing,  grade  A,  he  must  have  80 
per  cent,  of  the  aggregate  of  the  marks  assigned. 

Candidates  who  may  have  failed  in  not  more  than  two 
papers  in  the  examination  may,  as  conditioned  students,  pro- 
ceed with  their  course,  with  the  view  of  subsequently  obtain- 
ing the  full  standing  of  the  First  Year;  but  all  conditions  from 
the  examination  of  the  First  Year  must  be  removed  before  the 
commencement  of  the  Third  Year.  (This  regulation  should 
be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  regulations  relating  to  Supple- 
mental Examinations.     (See  page  171). 

Note — A  student  passing  the  examination  of  the  First  Year  with 
First  Class  grade  "B"  or  higher  standing  may  obtain  from  the 
Department  of  Education  for  Manitoba  a*  First  Class  non-profes- 
sional Teacher's  Certificate.  A  student  passing  with  Second  Class 
standing  may  obtain  a  Second  Class  non-professional  Certificate.  In 
each  case  the  applicant  for  a  certificate  must  satisfy  the  require- 
ments of  the  Department  in  Bookkeeping,  Agriculture,  Music, 
Drawing  and  Botany. 


47 
SECOND  YEAR 


Note  1. — All  English-speaking  candidates  for  the  examination  of 
the  Second  Year  shall  take  the  following  fixed  subjects:  English. 
Philosophy,  Latin,  History,  and  any  two  of  the  following  options: 
Greek,  French,  German,  Icelandic,"  Swedish,  Mathematics,  Chemistry, 
Biology. 

Students  intending  to  take  the  Mathematical  Course  or  the 
Natural  Science  Course  are  recommended  to  choose  as  their  options 
two  of  the  following:  Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Biology. 

Xote  2. — L'examen  de  la  deuxieme  annee  pour  les  candidats  de 
langue  frangaise  comprend  le  Francais,  la  Logique,  le  Latin,  l'His- 
toire,  et  deux  quelconques  des  sujets  suivants:  le  Grec,  l'Anglais, 
1'Allemand,  l'lslandais,  le  Suedois,  les  Matheniatiques,  et  la  Chimie. 

For  students  of  the  Second  Year,  classes  are  provided  by  the 
University  oidy  in  the  sirfjjects  of  Mathematics,  Chemistry  and 
Biology.  Instruction  in  all  other  subjects  must  be  obtained  at 
one  of  the  affiliated  Colleges  or  at  some  other  educational 
institution. 

English. 

( 1 )   English  I  'erse — 

1910 — Critical  reading  of  the  following: 

Shakespeare:  Hamlet. 
1911 — Rapid  critical  reading  of  the  following: 

Milton:  Lycidas ;  L/Allegro  :  II  Penseroso. 

Dryden  :  Alexander's  Feast. 

Pope  :  The  Rape  of  the  Lock. 

Goldsmith  :  The  Deserted  Milage. 

Gray:  The  F>ard. 

Burns:  Tarn  o'  Shanter. 

Wordsworth  :  Lines  Composed  a  few  miles  above 
Tintern  Abbey;  Resolution  and  Independence;  The 
Ilappv  Warrior;  Ode  on  Intimations  of  Immor- 
tality. 

Coleridge  :  Christabel ;  Kubla  Khan. 

Byron:  Canto  III.  of  Childe  Harold's  Pilgrimage. 

Keats  :  The  Eve  of  St.  Agnes. 

Tennyson  :  The  Lady  of  Shallott ;  Oenone ;  Mort 
d'Arthur. 


48 

Browning:  My  Last  Duchess;  The  Bishop  Orders 
His  Tomb  at  St.  Praxed's. 

Arnold:  The  Scholar  Gypsy. 

(The  above  poems  are  contained  in  "The  English 
Parnassus,"  edited  by  Dixon  and  Grierson,  and 
published  by  the  Clarendon  Press,  Oxford.) 

(2)   History  of  Literature,  Prose  and  Composition — 

1910 — Stopford  Brooke:  Primer  of  English  Literature. 

Carpenter  and  Brewster:  Modern  English  Prose, 
pages  215-329.   (The  Macmillan  Co.) 

1911 — Long:  History  of  English  Literature  (Ginn  &  Co.) 
Chapter  IX  to  end. 

Carpenter  and  Brewster:  Modern  English  Prose, 
pages  330  to  end.      (The  Macmillan  Co.) 

This  examination  will  include  an  essay  to  be  composed  on 
one  of  a  number  of  assigned  subjects,  which  will  be  based  on 
the  prescribed  prose  selections. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  there  will  be  required,  during  the 
term,  from  each  student  in  the  Second  Year  one  essay.  This 
must  be  written  in  the  University  Building,  in  the  presence  of 
one  examiner  or  more,  at  2  p.m.,  on  the  7th  day  of  January. 
The  essay  is  not  to  exceed  1,000  words,  or  fall  below  five 
hundred  in  length.  (Non-collegiate  candidates  are  not  re- 
quired to  write  this  essay.) 

The  subject  of  the  essay  for  1911  shall  be: 
The  Morality  Play,  "Everyman." 

FRENCH    EQUIVALENTS. 

(For  French-speaking  students). 
(1)  Etude  critique  des  auteurs: 


49 

1810. — Proces  :  Modeles  Franqais,  Tome  IIT.  Extraits  en 
Poesie ;  Lamartine,  Hugo.  Musset,  Gilbert,  La- 
prade.  Sully  Prudhomme,  A.  Chenier,  Moliere. 

Moliere:  Les  Precieuses  Ridicules. 

1911. — Proces:  Modeles  Franqais,  Tome  III.  Extraits  en 
Poesie;  Lamartine,  Hugo,  Musset,  Gilbert,  La- 
prade,  Sully  Prudhomme,  A.  Chenier. 

Moliere:  Les  Precieuses  Ridicules. 

Corneille:  Le  Menteur. 

(2)   Prose,  Rhctoriquc  et  Composition. 

1910 — Yekest  :  Manuel  de  Litterature,  Livre  I\r.,  L'Elo- 
quence  (pages  532-669). 

Lacordaire  :  Eloge  du  General  Drouot. 

Rivarol  :  De  Tuniversalite  de  la  langue  f ranqaise. 

Bossuet  :  Oraison  funebre  de  Conde. 

1911 — Verest:  Manuel  de  Litterature,  Livre  III.,  Chapitre 
3.  La  Poesie  dramatique  (pp.  441-499)  ;  Livre 
IV..  L'eloquence  (pp.  532-669.) 

Bossuet:  Sermon  sur  l'ambition.  (Lebarq.) 

Bourdaloxe:  Sermons  choisis.  (Hatsfeld.) 

Lacordaire:  Eloge  funebre  de  Daniel  O'Connell. 

Joubert  :  Pensees,  maximes  et  essais. 

L'examen  doit  comprendre  un  essai  sur  un  de  plu.sicurs 
sujets  proposes  au  choix  du  candidat  en  imitation  des  autcurs 
indiques, 

De  plus,  dans  le  courant  de  l'annee  scolaire,  chaque  candidat 
ecrira,  dans  une  salle  de  l'Universite  une  composition,  qui 
devra  etre  remise  au  Registrairc  le  7  Janvier.  Cette  composition 
devra  renfermer  au  moins  cinq  cents  mots  et  ne  pas  depasser 
mille. 

Le  sujet  pour  1911 — "L'eloquence  parlementaire." 


50 
Philosophy 

(1)  Logic — Creighton:  Introduction  and  Part  I.;  or  Russo. 

(2)  Ethics — Janet:  Elements  of  Morals. 


Latin 

(1)  Authors— 

1910—  Horace:    Epistles    I.,    omitting   3,    5.    8.    9.    17,    18 
(Shuckburgh,  Pitt  Press  Series.) 

Livy:  Book  XXII. 

1911 — Cicero:  De  Senectute. 
Vergil  :  Aeneid  VI. 

(2)  Grammar — Bennett,   with   special   reference  to   Parts   V. 

and  VI. 
Composition — Bradley-Arnold's  Latin  Prose  Composition 
(completed).     Continuous  Prose. 

Sight  Translation. 


History 


Adams:  "European   History"    (The  Macmillan  Co.) 
pp.  17-51  and  173-558. 

Or  Jean  Moeller:  "Histoire  du  Moyen-Age,"  "His- 
toire  Moderne,"  et  "Histoire  Contemporaine." 


Greek 


(1)   Authors — 

1910 — Euripides:  Hecuba.      (Heberden,  Clarendon  Press.) 
Homer:  Iliad  III.    (Monro,  Clarendon  Press.) 
Plato:  Laches.    (Tatham,  Macmillan  &  Co.) 

1911— Euripides:  Alcestis.    (Hadley,  Pitt  Press.) 
Homer:  Iliad  I.     (Monro.) 
Plato:  Apology.     (Adam,  Pitt  Press.) 


51 

(2)   Grammar — Goodwin's     Greek     Grammar,     with     special 
reference  to  Parts  III-V. 
Composition — Sidgwick's  Greek  Prose,  Part  I. 

Sight  Translation. 


French 


(1)  Grammar  and  Composition,  Dictation  and  Sight  Transla- 

tion. 

(2)  An  examination  on  prescribed  texts: 

1910 — la  Fontaine:  Fables,  Books  IX-XII,  inclusive. 

De  Vigny:  La  Canne  de  Jonc.    (Heath.) 

Cremazie  and  Frechette:  Poems  in  "Les  Fleurs  de 
la  Poesie  Canadienne." 

1911— La  Fontaine:  Fables.  Books  III  and  IV. 

Beaumarchais:   Le    Barbier   de    Seville    (Heath    & 
Co.) 

Feuillet  :    Roman    d'un    Jeune    Homme    Pauvre 
(Heath  &  Co.) 

ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS. 

In  lieu  of  the  above  French,  the  following  shall  be  the 
English  for  French-speaking  students : 

(  1  )  Grammaire  et  Composition.  Dictee  et  Traduction  a 
premiere  vue.  Harvey's  Practical  English  Grammar  (de  la 
page  192  a  la  fin.) 

(2)   Examen  sur  les  auteurs : 

1910 — Milton  :  Paradise  Lost,  Book  I. 
Shakespeare:  Julius  Caesar. 

1911 — Milton:  Paradise  Lost,  Book  I. 
Shakespeare  .  Coriolanus. 


52 
German 

(1)  Grammar  and  Composition,  Dictation  and  Sight  Trans- 
lation. 

(2)  An  examination  on  prescribed  texts: 

1910— Heine:  Die  Harzreise,  with  lyrical  selections.    (Ginn 
&  Co.) 
Schiller:  Die  Jungfrau  von  Orleans.     (Holt  &  Co.) 

1911 — Keller:  Romeo  and   Tulia  auf  dem  Dorfe.    (Heath 
&  Co.) 
Schiller :  Wilhelm  Tell.     (Heath  &  Co.) 


Icelandic 

(1)  Grammar  and  Composition.    Dictation,  Translation  and 
Essays. 

(2)  Examination  on  prescribed  texts: 

1910 — Sremundar  Edda,  complete,  ed.  Finnur  Jonsson. 
Collateral  Reading:  The  prose  part  of  Snorra 
Edda. 

1911 — Ssemundar  Edda,  Heroic  Lays,  ed.  Finnur  Jonsson. 
Bokmenta  Saga,   Finnur  Jonsson. 


Swedish 

(1)   Grammar  and  Composition.    Translation  and  Essays. 

(2)    Examination  on  prescribed  texts: — 
Karl  Snoilsky:  Svenska  bilder. 
J.  O.  Walin:  Dodens  angel. 

Swedish  literature  from  1830  to  the  present  time. 
Karl  Wartburg:  Svensk  literaturhistoria. 
A.  Ekerman  :  Lasebok  till  Svenska  literaturhistorien. 


53 
Mathematics 

(1)  Algebra— Hall  and  Knight's  Higher  Algebra,  Chapters  1, 
2,  3,  6,  8,  9,  10,  12.  13,  14,  17,  18.  (Two  hours  per 
week  during  the  first  term.) 

Trigonometry — Hall  and  Knight's  Plane  Trigonometry 
(4th  edition  or  later  editions),  chapters  19  to  23,  inclu- 
sive.    (Two  hours  per  week  during  the  first  term.) 

(2)  Solid  Geometry — Hall  and  Stevens'  School  Geometry, 
Part  VI.,  omitting  from  Section  36  to  the  end.  (Two 
hours  per  week  during  the  second  term.) 

Analytical  Geometry — Baker's  Analytical  Geometry, 
chapters  6  to  9,  inclusive.  (Three  hours  per  week  dur- 
ing the  second  term.) 

Two  papers  will  be  set, — one  on  Algebra  and  Trigono- 
metry, and  one  on  Geometry. 


Chemistry 

This  course  consists  of  about  fifty  lectures  and  twenty-five 
periods  of  laboratory  work,  and  will  be  treated  as  outlined 
in  the  syllabus  on  page  113. 


Biology 

Botany — (See  syllabus,  pages  109-110). 

The  following  books  of  reference  are  recommended: 

A  Text-book   of    Botany,    Strasburger.      (The     Macmillan 
Company.) 

Principles  of  Botany,  Bergen  and  Davis.    (Ginn  &  Co.) 


54 

Flowers,  Fruits  and  Leaves,  Sir  John  Lubbock.    (The  Mac- 
millan  Company.) 

Zoology — (See  syllabus,  page  122). 


Each  paper  of  this  examination  shall  be  regarded  as  a  separate 
subject  in  considering  failures. 

The  same  percentages  are  required  as  for  the  examination  of 
the  First  Year. 

No  student  shall  be  allowed  to  present  himself  for  examination 
in  Chemistry,  in  Mathematics,  in  Biology  or  in  Physics  of  this  Year 
who  does  not  present  from  the  University  Faculty,  or  from  an 
affiliated  college  where  such  work  is  done  in  the  college,  a  certifi- 
cate of  having  attended  75  per  cent,  of  the  lectures  delivered  in 
said  subject.  This  regulation,  however,  shall  not  affect  any  non- 
collegiate  candidate  for  examination. 

Candidates  who  have  failed  in  not  more  than  two  papers  in  this 
examination  may,  as  conditioned  students,  proceed  with  their  course, 
with  the  view  of  subsequently  obtaining  the  full  standing  of  the 
Second  Year,  but  such  conditions  must  be  removed  before  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Fourth  Year.  (This  regulation  should  be  read  in 
conjunction  with  the  regulations  relating  to  Supplemental  Exami- 
nations.    See  page  169.) 


55 


THIRD  AND  FOURTH  YEARS 


After  completing  the  First  and  Second  Years  a  student 
may  proceed  to  a  Degree  in  Arts  by  pursuing  any  one  of  the 
following  Courses,  viz: 

(a)  A  General  Course. 

(b)  A  Course  in  Classics. 

(c)  A  Course  in  Modern  Languages. 

(d)  A  Course  in  Philosophy. 

(e)  A  Course  in  Political  Economy  and  History. 

(f )  A  Course  in  English  and  History. 

(g)  A  Course  in  Political  Economy  and  English. 

(h)  A  Course  in  History  and  French  and  German. 

(i )  A  Course  in  Political  Economy  and  French 
and  German. 

(j  )  A  Course  in  Mathematics. 

(k)  A  Course  in  Natural  and  Physical  Science 
(Any  one  of  four  divisions). 


56 


GENERAL  COURSE. 


Third  Year. 

Note  1. — All  English-speaking  students  shall  take  the  following 
fixed  subjects  :  English,  Philosophy,  Latin  or  Greek,  Physics.  And 
one  of  the  following  options  :  Greek  or  Latin  (the  one  not  already 
taken),  French,  German,  Hebrew,  Scripture,  Mathematics. 

Note  2. — French-speaking  students  will  substitute  French  for 
English  in  the  fixed  subjects,  and  English  for  French  in  the  optional 

subjects.  / 


1.  English.   See  Courses  3  and  4,  pages  83  and  84. 

2.  French.   (For  French-speaking  students.)    See  Course  7, 
page  90. 

3.  Philosophy.    See  Course  13,  page  95. 

4.  Philosophy.     (  For  French-speaking  students.)  See  Course 
9,  page  96. 

5.  Latin. 

(a)  Authors.    See  Course  13,  page  81. 

(b)  Sight  Translation. 

6.  Greek. 

(a)  Authors.     See  Course  15.  page  81. 

(b)  Sight  Translation. 

7.  Physics.    See  Course  1.  page  105. 

8.  French. 

(a)  Composition. 

(b)  Authors.     See  Course  4,  page  89. 


57 
9.  English.     (For  French-speaking  students). 

(a)  Composition. 

(b)  Auteurs.    See  Course  10.  page  87. 

10.  German. 

(a)  Composition. 

(b)  Authors.     See  Course  4,  page  92. 

11.  Hebrew.    See  course  1,  page  82. 

12.  Scripture  (English  Text). 

(a)  Old  Testament.    See  Course  3,  page  82. 

(b )  New  Testament.    See  Course  5,  page  82. 

13.  Mathematics.    See  Course  6B,  page  104. 


Fourth  Year. 


Note  1. — All  English-speaking-  collegiate  students  for  this  exam- 
ination shall  take  the  following-  fixed  subjects:  English.  Philosophy. 
Latin  or  Greek,  Science,  and  any  one  of  the  following  options:  Greek 
or  Latin  (the  one  not  already  taken),  French,  Gorman,  Hebrew, 
Political  Economy,  Scripture. 

Note  2. — French-speaking  students  will  substitute  French  Cor 
English  in  the  fixed  subjects,  and  English  for  French  in  the  optional 
subjects. 

Note  3. — Non- collegiate  students  shall  take  the  following  fixed 
subjects:  English,  Philosophy,  Latin  or  Greek,  and  any  two  of  the 
following  options:  Greek  or  Latin  (the  one  not  already  taken),  French, 
German,  Hebrew,  Political  Economy,  Scripture,  Science. 

1.  English.  See  Courses  6  and  7.  pages  85  and  86. 


58 

2.  French.    (For  French-speaking  students.)    See  Course  7, 
page  90. 

3.  Philosophy.    See  Course  13,  page  95. 

4.  Philosophy.    (For  French-speaking  students).   See  Course 
9,  page  96. 

5.  Latin. 

(a)  Authors.    See  Course  13,  page  81. 

(b)  Sight  Translation. 

6.  Greek. 

(a)  Authors.    See  Course  15,  page  81. 
I  b  )    Sight  Translation. 

7.  Science. 

(a)  Astronomy.     See  Course  20,  page  104. 

(b)  Geology.    See  Course  1,  page  112. 

8.  French. 

fa)    Composition. 

(b)   Authors.     See  Course  4,  page  89. 

9.  German. 

(a)  Composition. 

(b)  Authors.    See  Course  4,  page  92. 

10.  Hebrew.   See  Course  2,  page  82. 

1 1.  Political  Economy.   See  Course  3,  page  101. 

12.  Political  Economy.     (For  French-speaking  students).  See 
Course  10,  page  96. 


59 

13.  Scripture. 

(a)  Old  Testament.    See  Course  3.  page  82. 

(b)  New  Testament.    See  Course  5,  page  82. 


COURSE  IN  CLASSICS 


Third  Year. 

1.  Greek  History.    See  Course  9,  page  80. 

2.  Roman  History.     See  Course  11,  page  80. 

3.  Epic  Poetry.    See  Course  1.  page  78. 

4.  Latin  Prose. 

5.  Greek  Prose. 

6.  Latin  and  Greek  Sight  Translation. 

Also    for   Examination   of    1911    and    every   alternate   year 
thereafter : 

7.  Greek  and  Roman  Comedy.   See  Course  4.  page  79. 

8.  Roman  Satire  and  Epigram.   See  Course  5,  page  79. 

9.  Greek  Antiquities. 

Or  for  Examination  of  1912  and  every  alternate  year  there- 
after: 

7.  Greek  Tragedy.    See  Course  2.  page  78. 

8.  Latin  Lyric  Poetry.    See  Course  3.  page  7X. 

9.  Roman  Antiquities. 


60 
Fourth  Year. 

1.  Greek  History.   See  Course  10,  page  80. 

2.  Roman  History.    See  Course  12,  page  81. 

3.  Literary  Criticism.    See  Course  6.  page  79. 

4.  Greek  Philosophy.    See  Course  7,  page  80. 

5.  Roman  Philosophy.     See  Course  8,  page  80. 

6.  Latin  Prose. 

7.  Greek  Prose. 

8.  Latir.  and  Greek  Sight  Translation. 

Also    for   Examination   of    1911    and    every   alternate   year 
thereafter : 

9.  Greek  and  Roman  Comedy.    See  Course  4,  page  79. 

10.  Roman  Satire  and  Epigram.    See  Course  5,  page  79. 

11.  Greek  Antiquities. 

Or,    for    Examination    of    1912    and    every    alternate    year 
thereafter: 

9.  Greek  Tragedy.    See  Course  2,  page  78. 

10.  Latin  Lyric  Poetry.    Sec  Course  3,  page  78. 

11.  Roman  Antiquities. 


COURSE  IN  MODERN  LANGUAGES. 


Third  Year. 


I.     ENGLISH. 
1.  Chaucer  and  the  Popular  Ballad.  See  Course  1,  page  82. 


61 

2.  Spenser.    See  Course  2,  page  83. 

3.  Milton.    See  Course  3,  page  83. 

4.  Shakespeare.    See  Course  4,  page  84. 

5.  History  of  Literature.   See  Course  8,  page  86. 

II.     FRENCH. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  6,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.   See  Course  3.  page  89. 

3.  Composition.  Translation  at  Sight  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.   See  Course  5,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  2,  page  88. 

3.  Composition,  Translation  at  Sight  and  Oral. 

III.     GERMAN. 
(A)   For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.    See  Course  6,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  4,  page  92. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(T>)   For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.  See  Course  5.  page  93. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  2,  page  91. 

3.  Composit;on.  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 


62 
Fourth  Year. 


I.  ENGLISH. 

1.  The  Poetry  of  Wordsworth,  Coleridge  and  Shelley.    (See 
Course  5,  page  84. 

2.  The  Poetry  of  Tennyson  and  Browning.     See  Course  6, 
page  85. 

3.  Nineteenth  Century  Prose.    See  Course  7 ',  page  86. 

4.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  9,  page  87. 

II.  FRENCH. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.    See  Course  6,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  3,  page  89. 

3.  Composition,  Translation  at  Sight  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.    See  Course  5,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.     See  Course  2,  page  88. 

3.  Composition,  Translation  at  Sight  and  Oral. 

ITT.     GERMAN. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  6.  page  93. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  4,  page  92. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 


63 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.   See  Course  5,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  2,  page  91. 

3.  Composition.  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

A  student  in  order  to  pass  the  examination  of  the  Course 
in  Modern  Languages  must  ohtain  40  per  cent,  of  the  aggre- 
gate marks  given  for  all  the  papers  of  the  course.  Failing  to 
obtain  this  percentage  the  student  shall  be  required  to  again 
present  himself  for  examination  on  all  the  subjects  of  the 
year,  at  a  subsequent  regular  examination. 

A  student  obtaining  an  average  of  40  per  cent,  on  the  whole 
course,  but  failing  to  obtain  40  per  cent,  of  the  marks  given 
for  any  one  of  the  three  languages,  shall  be  required  to  write 
on  all  the  papers  of  that  language  again ;  but  a  student  obtain- 
ing more  than  40  per  cent,  on  the  aggregate  of  the  papers  of 
any  language  and  not  obtaining  34  per  cent,  of  the  marks  on 
any  paper  shall  be  required  to  write  on  such  paper  again. 

The  papers  on  Composition,  etc.,  in  both  French  and  Ger- 
man, shah  receive  60  marks  for  Grammar  and  Composition, 
20  marks  for  Conversation,  and  20  marks  for  Sight  Transla- 
tion. 

In  each,  year  of  this  course  three  essays  shall  be  written  1>\ 
each  candidate;  one  on  a  subject  connected  with  the  work  in 
English,  one  on  a  subject  connected  with  the  work  in  French, 
and  one  on  a  subject  connected  with  the  work  in  German. 
These  essays  are  to  be  written  in  the  University  Building,  in 
the  presence  of  one  examiner  or  more,  and  given  to  the  Regis- 
trar. No  student  shall  be  allowed  to  write  on  the  annual 
examination  unless  the  essays  have  been  passed  by  the  exam- 
iners as  '"satisfactory." 


Subjects  of  Essays  for  1910-11  : 
English — 

"The  Literary  Influence  of  Bishop  Percy's  'Reliques  of  An- 
cient English  Poetry.'  " 


64 

Date:  Tuesday,  Nov.  29th,  1910,  at  2  o'clock  p.m. 

French — 

"A   Comparison  Between   French   and   English   Realism  as 
Represented  by  Balzac  and  George  Eliot." 

Date:  Tuesday,  Jan.  17th,  1911,  at  2  o'clock  p.m. 

German — 

"A  Comparison  between  Marlowe's    Doctor    Faustus    and 
Goethe's  Faust,  Part  I." 

Date:  Tuesday,  March  7th,  1911,  at  2  o'clock  p.m. 


COURSE    IN    PHILOSOPHY    (ENGLISH) 


Third  Year. 

1.  History  of  Philosophy,  Ancient  and  Mediaeval.  See  Course 
1,  page  94. 

2.  Metaphysics — Locke  and  the  transition  through  Berkeley 
to  Hume.    See  Course  3,  page  94. 

Also  for  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

3.  Ethics.    See  Course  8,  page  95. 

4.  Political  Science.    See  Course  10,  page  95. 
Or  for  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

3.  Logic.    See  Course  6,  page  94. 

4.  Psychology.    See  Course  7,  page  94. 

5.  Metaphysics.  See  Course  4,  page  94. 


65 
6.  Political  Science.    See  Course  11,  page  95. 

Fourth  Year. 

1.  History  of  Philosophy.  Modern.    See  Course  2,  page  94. 

2.  Metaphysics.    See  Course  5  ,page  94. 

3.  Philosophy  of  Religion.    See  Course  9,  page  95. 
Also  for  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

4.  Ethics.    See  Course  8,  page  95. 

5.  Political  Science.    See  Course  10,  page  95. 
Or  for  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

4.  Logic.    See  Course  6,  page  94. 

5.  Psychology.     See  Course  7,  page  94. 

6.  Metaphysics.    See  Course  4,  page  94. 

7.  Political  Science.    See  Course  11,  page  95. 


COURSE  IN  PHILOSOPHY   (LATIN) 


Third  Year. 


(A)   For  the  Examination  of  1911  and  every  alternate  year 
thereafter: 

1.  Philosophia  Moralis.    See  Course  1,  page  95. 

2.  Histoire  de  la  Philosophic    See  Course  5,  page  96. 

3.  Economie  Politique.    See  Course  6,  page  96. 

4.  Chimie.    See  Course  7,  page  96. 


66 

(B)    For  the  Examination  of  1912  and  every  alternate  year 
thereafter: 

1.  Logica.     See  Course  2,  page  95. 

2.  Metaphysica.    See  Course  3,  page  96. 

3.  Histoire  de  la  Philosophic    See  Course  4.  page  96. 

4.  Phvsique.     See  Course  8,  page  96. 

Fourth  Year. 

(A  )    For  the  Examination  of  1911  and  every  alternate  year 
thereafter : 

1.  Philosophia  Moralis.    See  Course  1,  page  95. 

2.  Histoire  de  la  Philosophic.     See  Course  5.  page-  96. 

3.  Eonomic  Politique.    See  Course  6,  page  96. 

4.  Chimie.     See  Course  7.  page  06. 

B.  For  the  examination   of   1912  and   every  alternate  year 
thereafter  : 

1.  Logica.     See  Course  2.  page  ('5. 

2.  Metaphysica.     See  Course  3,  page  96. 

3.  Histoire  de  la  Philosophic    See  Course  4.  page  96. 

4.  Physique.    See  Course  8,  page  96. 


COURSE   IN   POLITICAL  ECONOMY   AND   HISTORY 

Third  Year. 
1.     POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 
1.   Economic  Theory.     See  Course  1A,  page  98. 


67 
2.  Economic  History — Mediaeval.    See  Course  IB,  page  100. 

II.     HISTORY. 

1.  British  Political  History  from  the  Roman  Period  to  the 
Reform  Bill.    See  Course  1A,  page  97. 

2.  British  Constitutional  History  from  the  Roman  Period  to 
the  Reform  Bill.     See  Course  IB,  page  97. 

Fourth  Year. 

I.     POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

1.  Economic  Theory.    See  Course  2A,  page  101. 

2.  Economic  History — Modern.     See  Course  2B.  page  101. 

II.     HISTORY. 

1.  A  period  of  General  History.  The  period  selected  for 
1910-11  is  1400-1600.    See  Course  2A,  page  98. 

2.  A  period  of  Canadian  History.  The  period  from  which 
various  phases  will  be  selected  for  consideration  during  1910- 
11  is  1763-1867.    See  Course  2B,  page  98. 


COURSE  IN  ENGLISH  AND  HISTORY. 

Third  Year. 
I.     ENGLISH. 

1.  Chaucer  and  the  Popular  Ballad.    See  Course  1,  page  82. 

2.  Spenser.    See  Course  2,  page  83. 

3.  Milton.    See  Course  3.  page  83. 

4.  Shakespeare.    See  Course  4,  page  84. 

5.  Historv  of  Literature.     See  Course  8.  page  86. 


68 
II.     HISTORY. 

1.  Briish  Political  History  from  the  Roman  Period  to  the 
Reform  Bill.    See  Course  1A,  page  97. 

2.  Bri^'sh  Constitutional  History  from  the  Roman  Period  to 
the  Reform  Bill.    See  Course  IB,  page  97. 

Fourth  Year. 

I.  ENGLISH. 

1.  The  Poetry  of  Wordsworth,  Coleridge  and  Shelly.  (See 
Course  5,  page  84. 

2.  The  Poetry  of  Tennyson  and  Browning.  See  Course  6, 
page  85. 

3.  Nineteenth  Century  Prose.    See  Course  7,  page  86. 

4.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  9,  page  87. 

II.  HISTORY. 

1.  A  priod  of  General  History.  The  period  selected  for 
1910-11  is  1400-1600.    See  Course  2A,  page  98. 

2.  A  period  of  Canadian  History.  The  period  from  which 
various  phases  will  be  selected  for  consideration  during  1910-11 
is  1763-1867.    See  Course  2B,  page  98. 


COURSE  IN  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  AND  ENGLISH. 


Third  Year. 

I.     POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

1.  Economic  Theory.    See  Course  1A,  page  98. 

2.  Economic  History.    Mediaeval.    See  Course  IB,  page  100. 


69 
II.     ENGLISH. 

1.  Chaucer  and  the  Popular  Ballad.    See  Course  1,  page  82. 

2.  Spenser.    See  Course  2,  page  83. 

3.  Milton.    See  Course  3,  page  83. 

4.  Shakespeare.    See  Course  4.  page  84. 

5.  History  of  Literature.     See  Course  8,  page  86. 

Fourth  Year. 
I.     POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

1.  Economic  Theory.     See  Course  2A,  page  101. 

2.  Economic  History — Modern.     See  Course  2B,  page  101. 

II.     ENGLISH. 

1.  The  Poetry  of  Wordsworth,  Coleridge  and  Shelley.     See 
Course  5,  page  84. 

2.  The  Poetry  of  Tennyson  and  Browning.    See  Course  6, 
page  85. 

3.  Nineteenth  Century  Prose.    See  Course  7 ,  page  86. 

4.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  9.  page  87. 


COURSE  IN  HISTORY  AND  FRENCH 
AND    GERMAN. 

Third  Year. 

I.     HISTORY. 

1.  British  Political  History   from  the  Roman  Period  to  the 
Reform  Bill.    See  Course  1A,  page  97. 

2.  British  Constitutional  History  from  the  Roman  Period  to 

the  Reform  Bill.     See  Course  IB.  page  97. 


70 

II.  FRENCH. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  6.  page  90. 

2.  Authors.    Course  3,  page  89. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  5,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.     See  Course  2,  page  88. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

III.  GERMAN. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  6,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.     See  Course  4.  page  92. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  5,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.     See  Course  2.  page  91. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

Fourth  Year. 

I.     HISTORY. 

1.  A  period  of  General  History.     The  period   selected   for 
1010-1 1  is  1400-1600.     See  Course  2A,  page  98 


71 

2.  A  period  of  Canadian  History.  The  period  from  which 
various  phases  will  be  selected  for  consideration  during  l'MO-ll 
is  1763-1867.    See  Course  2B,  page  98. 

II.     FRENCH. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  I  [istory.     See  Course  6,  page  90. 

2.  Anthors.    See  Course  3,  page  89. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter  : 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     vSee  Course  5.  page  90. 

2.  Anthors.     See  Course  2.  page  88. 

3.  Composition.  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

TIL     GERMAN. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  Hi  story.     See  Course  6,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.     See  Course  4.  page  92. 

3.  Composition.  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  5,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.     See  Course  2.  page  91. 

3.  Composifion,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 


COURSE    IN    POLITICAL    ECONOMY    AND 
FRENCH    AND    GERMAN. 

Third  Year. 

I.     P<  JLITICAL  EC(  >N<  >MY. 

1.  Economic  Theory.     See  Course  1A,  page  98, 


72 
2.  Economic  History — Mediaeval.    See  Course  IB,  page  100. 

II.  FRENCH. 

(A)  For  19il  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.   See  Course  6,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  3,  page  89. 

5.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter  : 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.    See  Course  5,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  2,  page  88. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

III.  GERMAN. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.    See  Course  6,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.    See.  Course  4,  page  92. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  5,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  2,  page  91. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

Fourth  Year. 

1.     POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 
1.  Economic  Theory.    See  Course  2A,  page  101. 


73 
2.  Economic  History — Modern.    See  Course  2B,  page  101. 

II.     FRENCH. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.     See  Course  6,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.     See  Course  3,  page  89. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.    See  Course  5,  page  90. 

2.  Authors.     See  Course  2,  page  88. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

III.     GERMAN. 

(A)  For  1911  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.    See  Course  6,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  4,  page  92. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 

(B)  For  1912  and  every  alternate  year  thereafter: 

1.  Literary  and  Political  History.    See  course  5,  page  93. 

2.  Authors.    See  Course  2,  page  91. 

3.  Composition,  Sight  Translation  and  Oral. 


74 
COURSE  IN  MATHEMATICS. 


Third  Year. 

1.  Higher  Algebra  and  Theory  of  Equations.     See  Course 
12.  page  103. 

2.  Plane  and  Spherical  Trigonometry.     See  Course  13.  page 
103,  and  Course  5B,  page  lu4. 

3.  Solid  Analytical  Geometry.     See  Course  14,  page  104. 

4.  Infinitesimal  Calculus.     See  Course  6B,  page  104. 

5.  Physics.     See  Course  2.  page  107. 

6.  Physics.    See  Course  6,  page  108. 

7.  Problems  on  1,  2,  3,  4,  6. 


Fourth  Year. 

1.  Differential  Calculus.     See  Course  15,  page  104. 

2.  Integral  Calculus.     See  Course  16,  page  104. 

3.  Differential  Equations.    See  Course  17,  page  104. 

4.  Analytical  Statics.    See  Course  18,  page  104. 

5.  Particle  Dynamics.     See  Course  19,  page  104. 

6.  Physics.     See  Course  3,  page  107. 

7.  Physics.     See  Course  7,  page  107. 

8.  Astronomy.     See  Course  20,  page  104. 

9.  Problems  on  1.  2,  3.  4,  5,  7. 


/  0 

COURSES  IN  NATURAL  AND  PHYSICAL 
SCIENCE. 

DIVISION  A. 

Third  Year. 

1.  Mathematics. 

2.  Physics. 

3.  Chemistry. 

4.  Geology  and  Mineralogy. 


Fourth  Year. 


1.  Mathematics. 

2.  Physics. 

3.  Chemistry. 

or  Geology  and  Mineralogy 


1.  Mathematics. 

2.  Chemistry. 

3.  Physics. 

4.  Astronomv. 


1.  Mathematics. 

2.  Physics. 

3.  Astronomv. 


1.    Physics. 


DIVISION  B. 

Third  Year. 


Fourth  Year. 


DIVISION  C. 

Third  Year. 


76 


2.  Chemistry. 

3.  Botany. 

4.  Geology  and  Mineralogy. 


Fourth  Year. 


1.  Physics. 

2.  Chemistry. 

3.  Botany. 

or  Geology  and  Mineralogy, 


1.  Physics. 

2.  Chemistry. 

3.  Botany. 

4.  Physiology. 


DIVISION  D. 
Third  Year. 


Fourth  Year. 

1.  Physiology. 

2.  Chemistry. 

3.  Physics, 
or  Botany. 

Note. — The  scope  of  the  work  in  the  various  subjects  of  the 
above  courses  is  not  as  yet  fully  outlined.  The  student  intend- 
ing to  enter  upon  the  work  of  the  Third  Year  in  any  of  them 
would  do  well  to  consult  at  as  early  a  date  as  possible  the 
professors  in  charge  of  the  various  subjects  required. 

Instead  of  the  courses  in  Natural  and  Physical  Science,  as 
outlined  above  for  the  Fourth  Year,  the  following  will  be  given 
in  1910-11: 

1.  Chemistry — 

(a)    Inorganic. 


77 

(b)  Organic.    See  Course  3,  page  114. 

(c)  Practical  Chemistry.    Seepage  115. 

3.  Botany.    See  Course  2.  page  111. 

4.  Any  two  of  the  following : 

(a)  Geology.    See  page  112. 

(b)  Astronomy.     See  Course  20,  page  104. 

(c)  Physiology,  as  for  Second  Year  students  in  Medi- 

cine.   See  pages  116-118,  120  and  121. 

No  student  shall  be  allowed  to  take  any  Third  or  Fourth 
Year  examination  in  the  courses  in  Natural  and  Physical 
Science  who  does  not  present  from  the  Faculty  of  the  Uni- 
versity, or  from  an  affiliated  College  of  the  University,  where 
such  work  is  done  in  the  college,  a  certificate  of  having  attended 
75  per  cent,  of  the  lectures  delivered  in  each  subject  of  such 
course. 


78 
DEPARTMENT  OF   CLASSICS. 


Instruction  in  this  Department  is  provided  only  in  the  affili- 
ated Colleges. 

X.B. — The  content  of  the  collateral  reading  will  enter  into  the 
examination. 

1.  Epic  Poetry. 

Homer:     Iliad,  Books  VI.,  IX.,  XVIII. .  XXII.,  XXIV. 

Odyssey,  Books  VII.-XII. 

Vergil:     Aeneid,  Books  I..  IV. -VIII. 

Collateral  Reading — 

Jebb  :     Introduction  to  Homer. 

Sellar  :     Roman  Poets  of  the  Augustan  Age — 
Vergil,  cc.  8,9.  10,  11. 

2.  Greek  Tragedy 

Aeschylus:     Prometheus  Vinctus. 

Sophocles:     Oedipus  Tyrannus,  Antigone,  Philoctetes. 

Collateral  Reading — 

Barnett:     Greek  Drama,  cc.  1,  2,  3  (Temple  Primers'). 
Mculton  :     Ancient  Classical  Drama,  cc.  1,  3. 
Jei5B  :     Classical  Greek  Poetry,  cc.  6.  7. 

3.  Latin  Lyric  Poetry. 

Horace  :     Odes. 

Catullus:     Selections  (Simpson). 

Collateral  Reading — 

Se;  lar  :     Roman  Poets  of  the  Republic,  c.  15. 

Roman  Poets  of  the  Augustan  Age — Horace, 
cc.  1 .  6. 


79 

Shorey:     Odes  and  Epodes  of  Horace;  The  Introduc- 
tion.    (Sanborn,  Boston). 

4.  Greek  and  Roman  Comedy. 

Aristophanes:     Birds,  Clouds. 
Terence  :     Andria. 
Plautus  :     Trinummus. 

Collateral  Reading — 

Moulton  :     Ancient  Classical  Drama,  cc.  7,  8,  9,  11. 

J  ebb  :     Classical  Greek  Poetry,  c.  7. 

Sellar  :     Roman  Poets  of  the  Republic,  cc.  6,  7. 

5.  Roman  Satire  and  Epigram. 

Horace  :     Satires,  I.,  omitting  2  and  8. 

Satires,  II.,  1,  2,  5,  6. 
Juvenal:     Satires,  1,  3,  5,  7,  8,  10. 
Martial:     Post's  Selections,  Books  I.-IV. 

Collateral  Reading — 

Sellar:     Roman  Poets  of  the  Augustan  Age,  Horace, 
cc.  1,  2. 

DjLl:     Roman  Society  from  Nero  to  Marcus  Aurelius, 
cc.  1,  2.   (The  Macmillan  Co.) 

Boissier:     The  Poet  Martial,  from  "Tacitus  and  other 

Roman  Studies."      (Constable,  London.) 

6.  Literary  Criticism. 

Aristotie:     Poetics.  (Butcher.  I 
Horace  :     De  Arte  Poetica. 
Quintilian  :     Book  X. 

Collateral  Reading — 


80 

Butcher  :     Aristotle's  Theory  of  Poetry  and  Fine  Art; 
The  Essays. 

7.  Greek  Philosophy. 

Plato:     Republic,  I.— IV.,  X. 
Phaedo. 

Collateral  Reading — 
Jowett  :     Introductions  to  Republic  and  Phaedo. 

8.  Roman  Philosophy. 

Cicero  :     De  Officiis. 

Lucretius:     De  Rerum  Natura,  L,  III.,  V. 

Collateral  Reading — 

Mayor  :     Ancient  Philosophy. 

9.  Greek  History.     500  B.C.  to  431  P..C. 

(a)  Holm  :  History  of  Greece,  Vol.  II.,  cc.  1-21. 

(b)  Herodotus:     VII.-IX. 
Thucydides  •     I. 

10.  Greek  History.     431  B.C.  to  338  B.C. 

(a)  Holm  :     History  of  Greece,  Vol  II.,  c.  22,  to  Vol. 

III.,  c.  19. 

(b)  Thucydides:     II.,  VI.,  VII. 
Demosthenes  :     Philippic  I. 

Olynthiacs. 
Aristotle  :  Constitution  of  Athens. 

11.  Roman  History.     146  B.C.  to  50  B.C. 

(a)   How  and  Leigh:     History  of  Rome. 


81 

Pelham  :     Outlines  of  Roman  History,  Book  III., 
c.  3,  Book  IV. 

(b)   Cicero:     Select  Letters,  Watson,  Parts  1,  2. 

Sallust  :     Catiline. 

12.  Roman  History.    49  B.C.  to  37  A.D. 

(a)  Mommsen  :     Book  V.,  c.  9  to  end. 
Shuckburgh  :     Augustus. 

(b)  Cicero:     Select  Letters — Watson.  Parts  3,  4,  5. 

Philippic  II. 
Caesar  :     Civil  War,  I.,  1—29 ;  1 1 1 . 

MONUMENTUM    ANCYRANUM. 

Tacitus  :     Annals,  I.,  II. 

13.  Cicero:     Cicero  in  his  Letters,  I. — XL.    (Tyrrell,  Mac- 

millan  &  Co.) 

Plautus  :    Captivi    and    Trinummus.      (Morris,    Ginn 
&  Co.) 

14.  Horace:     Satires,  Book  I.,  1,  3,  4,  5,  6,  9,  10.     (Gow, 

Pitt  Press.) 
Tacitus:   Annals   I.   and   II.      (Furneaux,    Clarendon 
Press). 

15.  Demosthenes:  Olynthiacs  I.-III.  (Glover,  Pitt  Press) 
Homer:     Odyssey,     Books     XXII.-XXIY.       (Merry, 

Clarendon  Press.) 
Gospel  of  Mark  :     (Cambridge  Greek  Testament. ) 
Herodotus:     Book  VI.     (Strachan,  Macmillan  &  Co.) 

16.  Tiiucydides:  Book  II.  (Marchant,  Macmillan  &  Co.) 
Aristophanes:  Clouds.  (Merry,  Clarendon  Press.) 
Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.     (Cambridge  Greek  Testa 

ment.) 

Aeschylus:     Prometheus  Vinctus.    (Mather,  Allyn  & 

Bacon.) 


82 
DEPARTMENT  OF  HEBREW  AND  SCRIPTURE. 


Instruction  in  this  Department  is  provided  only  in  the  affili- 
ated Colleges. 

1.  Hebrew  Grammar:  Davidson  (to  end  of  regular  verbs)  ;  or 

Harper. 

2.  Hebrew  Grammar:  Davidson   (completed);  or  Harper. 

3.  Old  Testament:  Proverbs,  Nahum,  Habakkuk,  Zephaniah, 

Obadiah  (Cambridge  Bible). 

4.  Old  Testament:  Psalms  I.,  II.,  VIII.,  XIX.,  XX.,  XXII.. 

XXIII.,  XXIV.,    XXVI.,  XXIX.,    XXXVI.,    Haggai, 
Zechariah,  Malachi  (Cambridge  Bible). 

5.  New   Testament:    Ephesians    and    Galatians     (Cambridge 

Bible). 

6.  New  Testament:  James,  Peter  and  Jude  (Cambridge  Bible). 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH. 


Alexander  W.  Crawford,  M.A.,   Ph.D Professor 

Instruction  in  this  Department  is  provided  also  in  the  affili- 
ated Colleges. 

1.  Chaucer  and  the  Popular  Ballad. 

Chaucer  : — 

The  Prologue  to  the  Canterbury  Tales. 

Nonne  Priestes  Tale. 

Prioresses  Tale. 

(Two  volumes  in  the  edition  of  Morris  and  Skeat,  Claren- 
don Press.) 

The  Ballads  contained  in  "A  Ballad  Book,"  edited  by 
Katharine  Lee  Bates. 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note. — This  is  to  be  read  concurrently  with  the  above.   The 
content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Chaucer,  by  A.  W.  Pollard. 


83 

Chapters  I.,  VI.,  VIII.,  in  T.  R.  Lounsbury's  Studies  in 
Chaucer. 

Article  on  The  Ballad  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica. 

The  following  ballads    (for  purposes  of  comparison)   by 
modern  poets : — 

Longfellow's  The  Wreck  of  the   Hesperus,  and   The 
Skeleton  in  Amour. 

D.  G.  Rossetti's  Sister  Helen. 

Kipling's  The  Gift  of  the  Sea. 

2.  Spenser. 

Edmund  Spenser: — 

Astrophel. 

The  Faerie  Queene.  Book  I. 

An  Hymne  in  Honor  of  Beautie. 

An  Hymne  of  Heavenly  Beautie. 

The  Epithalamion. 

(Macmillan's  one-volume   edition  of   Spenser's  poem-   i- 
recommended.) 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note. — This  is  to  be  read  concurrently  with  the  ahoic.   The 
content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Life  of  Spenser,  by  Dean  Church. 

Spenser,  the  Poet  and  Teacher,  and  Heroines  of  Spenser 
in  Dowden's  Transcripts  and  Studies. 

3.  Milton. 

John  Milton  : — 
The  Sonnets. 

L'Allegro,  and  II  Penseroso. 
Paradise  Lost,  Books  I.-III. 
The  Prose  of  Milton,  edited  by  Or.  Richard  Garni 


84 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note. — This  is  to  be  read  concurrently  with  the  above.   The 
content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Life  of  Milton,  by  Mark  Pattisox. 

Essay  on  Milton  by  Edward  Dowden  in  Transcripts  and 
Studies. 
4.  Shakespeare: — 

As  You  Like  It. 

Henry  V. 

Antony  and  Cleopatra. 

Othello. 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note. — This  is  to  be  read  concurrently  with  the  above.   The 
content  of  it  zvill  enter  into  the  examination.) 

A  Life  of  William  Shakespeare,  by  Sidney  Lee. 
5.  The  Poetry  of  Wordsworth,  Coleridge  and  Shelley. 

Wir.iAM  Wordsworth  : — 

We  are  Seven,  Lucy  Gray,  The  Pet  Lamb,  Ruth,  Hart- 
Leap  Well,  The  Affliction  of  Margaret,  The  Leech- 
Gatherer,  The  Brothers,  My  Heart  Leaps  Up,  To  the 
Daisy,  Three  Years  She  Grew  in  Sun  and  Shower,  To 
the  Cuckoo,  She  Was  a  Phantom  of  Delight,  To  a 
Highland  Girl,  Stepping  Westward,  The  Solitary 
Reaper,  Character  of  the  Happy  Warrior,  Ode  on  In- 
timations of  Immortality,  Influence  of  Natural  Objects, 
Lines  Composed  a  Few  Miles  Above  Tintern  Abbey, 
The  French  Revolution  (as  it  appeared  to  enthusiasts 
at  its  commencement),  Nutting,  To  Mary  Wordsworth. 

Samuel  Taylor  Coleridge: — 

The  Poems  contained  in  "The  Golden  Book  of  Coleridge" 
(edted  by  Stopford  A.  Brooke  and  pubilished  by  J.  M. 
Dent  &  Co.) 

Percy  Bysshe  Shelley: — 

Ozymandias,  Lines  Written  Among  the  Euganean  Hills, 
Stanzas  Written  in  Dejection  Near  Naples,  Ode  to  the 


85 

West  Wind.  To  a  Skylark,  The  Cloud,  A  Lament :  O 
Wrorld,  O  Life,  O  Time;  Adonais,  Epipsychidion. 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note. — This  is  to   be  read  concurrently  with   the  above. 
The  content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

F.  W.  H.  Myers,  Wordsworth. 

Matthew  Arnold,  Essay  on  Wordsworth  (Preface  to 
Selections  in  the  "Golden  Treasury"  Series.) 

H.  D.  Traill,  Coleridge. 

J.  A.  Symonds,  Shelley. 

•6.  The  Poetry  of  Tennyson  and  Browning. 

Alfred  Lord  Tennyson  : — 

The  Lady  of  Shallott,  Sir  Galahad,  The  Epic;  and  the 
following  Idylls:  The  Coming  of  Arthur,  Lancelot  and 
Elaine,  The  "Holy  Grail,  The  Last  Tournament,  Guini- 
vere,  The  Passing  of  Arthur. 

In  Memoriam. 
CEnone,  Ulysses,  Lucretius. 
St.  Simon  Stylites. 
Becket. 

"You  ask  me  why,  tho'  ill  at  ease,"  "Love  thou  thy  Land." 
Robert  Browning: — 

My  Last  Duchess,  The  Flight  of  the  Duchess,  The  Los1 
Leader,  The  Last  Ride  Together,  By  the  Fireside,  The 
Statue  and  the  Bust,  Pictor  Ignatus,  Era  Lippo  Lippi, 
Andrea  del  Sarto,  The  Bishop  Orders  His  Tomb  at  St. 
Praxed's,  A  Toccatto  of  Galuppi's,  Abt  Vogler.  Pros 
pice,  "Childe  Roland  to  the  Dark  Tower  Came,"  A 
Grammarian's  Funeral,  An  Epistle  Containing  the 
Strange  Medical  Experience  of  Karshish,  the  Aral. 
Physician,  Calihan  upon  Setebos,  Saul.  Rabbi  Ben  Ezra, 
Confessions.  In  a  Balcony,  Old  Pictures  in  Florence. 


86 

(The  above  poems  are  all  contained  in  an  edition   pub- 
lished by  Thomas  Y.  Crowell  &  Co.) 

Collateral  Reading. 

i  Note. — This  is  to   be   read  concurrently  zvith   the  above. 
The  content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Stopfokd  A.  Brooke,  Tennyson,  His  Art  and  Relation  to 
Modern  Life. 

William  Sharp,  Robert  Browning. 


7 .  Nineteenth  Century  Prose. 
George  Eliot  : — 

Scenes  of  Clerical  Life. 
Adam  Bede. 

William  Makepeace  Thackeray  :— 

Vanity  Fair. 

John  Ruskin  : — 

The  Crown  of  Wild  Olive. 
Unto  This  Last. 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note. — This  is  to  be  read  concurrently  with  the  above.   The 
content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Leslte  Stephen,  George  Eliot. 

Anthony  Trollope,  Thackeray. 

Frederic  Harrison,  Ruskin. 

8.  History  of  Literature. 


87 

(a)  History  of  English  Literature. 

Stopford  Brooke's  Primer  of  English  Literature  (to 
be  read  down  to  the  period  of  Elizabeth  |. 

Elizabethan  Literature,  by  Professor  George  Saints- 
bury. 

(b)  History,  Soeial  and  Political. 

The  Age  of  Elizabeth,  by  M.  Creightox  (Epochs  of 
Modern  History  Series,  Longmans). 

The     Reformation     in     England,   by    G.    C.     Perry 
(Epochs  of  Church  History  Series,  Longmans). 

iThe  First  Two  Stuarts  and  the  Puritan  Revolution,  by 
S.  R.  Gardiner  (Epochs  of  English  History.  Long- 

9.  Literary  History  (Nineteenth  Century). 

Beginnings  of  the  English  Romantic  Movement,  by  W.  L. 
Phelps. 

History  of  the  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century,  by 
Prof.  George  Saixtsbury. 

10.  Auteurs — 

Wordsworth  :  Excursion,  Book  I. 
Irving:  Sketch  Book  (six  Essays). 


DEPARTMENT    OF    FRENCH. 


Instruction  in  this  Department  is  provided  only  in  the  affili- 
ated Colleges. 

1.  Authors. 

Racine  : — 
Phedre. 

Moliere: — 

Les  Precieuses  Ridicules. 
Le  Medecin  Malgre  Lui. 


88 

La  Societe  Franqaise  au  Dix-Septieme  Siecle,  by  Prof.  T. 
F.  Crane. 

2.  Authors. 
Racine: — 
Andromaque. 
Phedre. 

Molieke  : — 
Tartuffe. 

Les  Precieuses  Ridicules. 
Le  Medecin  Malgre  Lui. 

Le  Malady  Imaginaire. 

L'Ecole  das  Femmes. 

Bossuet  : — 

Oraisons  Funebres  (in  edition  of  Hachette  et  Cie,  edited 
by  C.  Aubert). 

Madame  de  Sevigne: — 

Choix  de  Lettres  (Didot  edition). 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note. — This  is  to   be  read  concurrently  with  the  above. 
The  content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Article  on  Racine  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica. 

Article  on  Moliere  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica. 

Essays  on  Fenelon,  Bossuet,  Massillon  in  Monday  Chats, 
by  Sainte-Beuve  (translation  by  Dr.  Wm.  Matthews). 

Madame    de    Sevigne,    by    Gaston    Boissier    ( in    Great 
French  Writers  Series). 

Essay  on  Literary  Influence  of  Academies,  by  Matthew 
Arnold  (in  Essays  in  Criticism,  First  Series). 


89 
Madame  de  Maintenon,  by  J.  Cotter  Morrison 

3.  Authors. 

Rousseau  : — 

Le  Contrat  Social. 

Madame  de  Stael  : — 

De  l'Allemagne  (Didot  edition). 

Victor  Hugo  : — 

Preface  de  Cromwell.     (Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.) 
Hernani.      (Scott,  Foresman  &  Co.) 
Quatre-vingt-treize.     (Ginn  &  Co.) 
Les  Chant?  du  Crepuscule. 

Balzac  : — 

Le  Fere  Goriot.     (Heath  &  Co.) 
Le  Cousin  Pons.     (Holt  &  Co.) 
Le  Chef  dOeuvre  Inconnu. 
Le  Medecin  de  Campagne. 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note. — This  is  to   be   read  concurrently  with   the  above. 
The  content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Victor  Hugo,  by  F.  T.  Marzials  (Great  Writers'  Series). 
Balzac,  by  E.  E.  Saltus. 

4.  Authors. 

Victor  Hugo  : — 
Hernani. 
Quatre-vingt-treize. 


90 

Balzac  : — 

Le  Medecin  de  Campagne. 

5.  Literary  and  Political  History. 

(a.)   History  of  French  Literature  in  the  17th  Century. 

Saintsbury's  Primer  of  French  Literature,  published 

by  Clarendon  Press  (to  the  17th  Century). 
Saintsbury's  Short  History  of  French  Literature  (  5th 

edition,  Book  3,  pp.  246-366.      (Clarendon  Press). 
Chapter  I.  of  Pellissier's  The  Literary  Movement  in 

France  during  the  Nineteenth  ^entury.    (This  chapter 

is  on  Classicism.) 

(b)   History  of  France  in  the  17th  Century.     To  form  an 
idea   of  the   earlier  portion   of  French   History   the 
student  will  be  expected  to  read  the  following : 
Historical  Primer  of  France,  by  Charlotte  M.  Yonge. 
Duruy's  History  of  France,  abridged  and  translated  by 
Mrs.  Carey,  pp.  377-479. 

Richelieu,  by  Gustave  Masson. 

La  Societe  Franchise  au  Dix-Septieme  Siecle,  by  Prof.  T. 
F.  Crane. 

6.  Literary  and  Political  History. 

(a)  History  of  French  Literature  in  the  19th  Century. 

Pellisster's  The  Literary  Movement  in  France  during 
the  Nineteenth  Century. 

(b)  History  of  France.       Period:  The  Revolution  and  the 

19th"  Century. 

The  French  Revolution,  by  C.  E.  Mallet  (Scribners) 
Napoleon,  in  the  Heroes  of  the  Nations  Series,  by  W 
O'Connor  Morris  (Putnam). 

7.  A  tit  curs — 

Moliere  :  L'Avare. 
Corneille:  Horace. 
Racine:  Les  Plaideurs. 
Verest  :  Litterature. 

8.  Auteurs — ■ 

Boileau  :  Satires. 

Racine:  Iphigenie. 

La  Couture:  Esthetique  Fondamentale. 


91 
DEPARTMENT   OF    GERMAN. 


Instruction  in  this  Department  is  provided  only  in  the  affili- 
ated Colleges. 

1.  Authors. 

Lessing:   Emilia  Galotti. 
Goethe:  Egmont. 
Life  of  Lessing,  by  Rolleston. 

2.  The  Life  and  Writings  of  Klopstock,  Lessing  and  Goethe 

i  to    1788),   with   special    reference    to    the     following 

works : 

(a)  Klopstock: — 

Messias,  Cantos  1,  II,  III. 

Oden:  Die  Stunden  der  Weihe,  Der  Ziirchersee,  Die 
Konigin  Luise,  Die  beiden  Alusen,  Der  Rheinwein, 
Der  Eislauf,  Der  Jungling,  Schlachtlied,  Hermann, 
Mein  Vaterland.      (Cotta'sche  Buchhandlung.) 

(b)  Lessing: — 

Emilia  Galotti.      ^ Heath  &  Co.) 

Hamburgische  Dramaturgic  (selections).  (GoscIkii 
Verh.) 

Laokoon  (selections).      (Oxford  Univ.  Press.) 
Nathan  der  Weise.      (  Amer.  Book  Co.  | 

(c)  Goethe: — 

Leiden  des  Jungen  Werthers. 

Gotz  von  Berlichingen. 

Egmont. 

Lyrics.     (Ed.  Harris.  Heath  &  Co.) 


92 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note — This  is   to   be   read  concurrently  with   the  above.. 
The  content  of  it  will  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Life  of  Frederick  the  Great,  by  A.  L.  Smith. 

A  History  of  German  Literature,  by  Francke. 

Lessing,  by  Rolleston. 

Goethe,  by  Lewes. 

Essays  on  German  Literature,  by  Boyesen. 

3.  Authors. 

Schiller  : — 

Wallensteins  Tod  (Holt  &  Co.). 

Goethe : — 

Hermann  und  Dorothea  (Ginn  &  Co.). 

Heine: — 

Prosa   (Clarendon  Press). 

The  following  selections : — Die  Harzreise,  Das  Buch  le 
Grand,  Englische  Fragmente.  Der  Rabbi  von  Bachar- 
ach,  Luther,  Lessing,  Die  Romantische  Schule. 

4.  The  Life  and  Writings  of   Goethe    (1788-1832),   Schiller 

(1788-1805),  Heine,  Hauptmann  and  Sudermann.  with 
special  reference  to  the  following  works : 

Goethe: — 

Faust,  Part  I.      (Heath  &  Co.) 

Dichtung  und  Wahrheit.  (Ed.  Jagemann,  Holt  &  Co.,. 
pp.  1-62  and  213-277.) 

Tasso  (Heath  &  Co.). 

Hermann  and  Dorothea  (Heath  &  Co.). 

Schiller  : — 

Wallensteins  Tod  (Holt  &  Co.). 

Lyrical  Poems  (Ed.  Turner  and  Morshead,  Aiacmillan  & 
'Co.),  pp.  35-109. 


93 

Heine: — 

Lyrics  (Heath  &  Co.) 

Prosa  (Clarendon  Press).  The  following  selections:  Die 
Harzreise,  Das  Buch  le  Grand.  Englische  Fragmente, 
Der  Rabbi  von  Bacharach,  Luther,  Lessing,  Die  Ro- 
mantische  Schule. 

Hauptmann  : — 

Die  Versunkene  Glocke  (Holt  &  Co.). 

SUDERMANN  : — 

Die  Heimat. 

Collateral  Reading. 

(Note — This  is  to   be  read  concurrently  with  the  above. 
The  content  of  it  zvill  enter  into  the  examination.) 

Bismarck  and  His  Time,  by  Sime. 

A  History  of  German  Literature  a?  Determined  by  Social 
Forces,  by  Francke. 

Schiller,  by  Nevinson. 

Goethe,  by  Lewes. 

5.  The  Literary  and  Political  History  of  Germany,  as  follows  : 

(a)  The  History  of  German  Literature  from  the  beginning 

to  1788,  based  upon  Robertson's  History  of  German 

Literature,  etc. 

(b)  The  Political  History  of  Germany  from  the  beginning 

to  1788,  based  upon  Henderson,  A  Short  History  of 
Germany. 

6.  The  Literary  and  Political  History  of  Germany,  as  folic. 

(a)  The  History  of  German  Literature  from  1788  to  1900, 
based  upon  Robertson,  A  History  of  German  Litera- 
ture. 


94 

(b)  The  Political  History  of  Germany  from  1788  to  1900. 
based  upon  Henderson,  A  Short  History  of  Ger- 
many. 


DEPARTMENT    OF    PHILOSOPHY     (ENGLISH). 


Instruction  in  this  Department  is  provided  only  in  the  affili- 
ated Colleges. 

1.  History  of  Philosophy — Ancient  and  Mediaeval.     (Weber. 

Parts  I.  and  II.). 

2.  History  of  Philosophy — Modern.    (Weber,  Part  III.). 

3.  Metaphysics — Locke  and  the  transition  through  Berkeley  to 

Hume. 

Locke:  Essays,  Book  II. 
Berkeley  :  Selections,  ed.  Fraser. 
Hume:  Selections,  ed.  Aikins. 

4.  Metaphysics— 

Janet:  Final  Causes. 

McKenzie:  Outlines  of  Metaphysics. 

5.  Metaphysics — 

Kant:  Critique  of  Pure  Reason. 

6.  Logic — 

Creighton:  Parts  TI    and  III. 
Mill:  Logic. 

7.  Psychology — 

Stout  :  Manual  of  Psychology. 


95 

8.  Ethics— 

Plato:  Republic. 

Aristotle  :  Ethics. 

McKenzie:  Ethics. 

Green  :  Prolegomena  to  Ethics. 

9.  Philosophy  of  Religion — 

John  Caird:  Introduction  to  the  Philosophy  of  Religion. 

10.  Political  Science — 

Mill:  Political  Economy. 
Walker:  Political  Economy. 
Bagehot:  English  Constitution. 

1 1 .  Political  Science — 

Bosanquet  :  Philosophical  Theory  of  the  State. 

12.  McKenzie:  Metaphysics. 
Stout  :  Psychology. 

13.  McKenzie:  Ethics. 
Plato:  Republic. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY  (LATIN) 


Instruction  in  this  Department  is  provided  only  in  St.  Boni- 
face College. 

1.  Philosophic,  M oralis — 

Russo. 

Monsabre — Radicalisms  contre  Radical i sine. 
Cousin — Du  Vrai,  du  Beau  et  du  Bien. 
Brunetiere — Discours  de  Combat. 

2.  Logica — Russo. 


96 

3.  Metaphysica — 

Russo. 

Fenelon — Traite  de  l'existence  de  Dieu. 

Pascal — Pensees. 

Monsabre — Oeuvre  de  Dieu. 

4.  Histoire  de  la  Philosophic — 

Valet  (Premiere  et  Deuxieme  Partie). 

5.  Histoire  de  Philosophic- — 

Valet  (Troisieme  Partie). 

6.  Economic  Politique — 

Herve-Bazin— Traite  d'ficonomie  Politique. 
Molinari — Questions  economiques. 
Cathrein — Le  Socialisme. 

7.  Chimic — Bazin  ou  Remsen. 

8.  Pliysique — Bazin  ou  Gage. 

9.   (a)  Fonsegrive:  Logique. 

(b)   Fonsegrive:  Metaphysique. 

10.  Economic  Politique — 

Herve-Bazin  :  Traite  d'Economie  Politique. 

Conferences  du  Juge  Dubuc  sur  la  constitution  Brit- 
annique. 


DEPARTMENT    OF    HISTORY. 

Chester  Martin,  B.A.  (Oxon.),  Professor. 

The  various  periods  to  be  taken  up  in  the  two  years  of  the 
Special  Course  in  flistory  will  be  covered  by  regular  lectures, 
supplemented  by  tutorial  work  with  small  groups  of  students. 
These  groups  will  prepare  essays  twice  a  week  to  be  read  and 
discussed  with  the  Professor  in  charge.  The  subjects  of  the 
essays  will  cover  as  far  as  possible  the  chief  problems  of  the 
period  under  consideration. 

The  courses  for  the  year  1910-11  will  be  as  follows: 


97 

1.  The  Third  Year  class  will  cover  British  Political  and 
Constitutional  History  from  the  Roman  Period  to  the  Reform 
Bill,  with  a  few  special  lectures  and  essays  on  some  of  the  chief 
problems  of  the  present  time. 

A.  For  the  Political  History  of  the  period,  students  will  be 
expected  to  have  a  reading  knowledge  of  Green's  "Short  His- 
tory of  the  English  People."  or  of  York- Powell  and  Tout's 
small  "History  of  England."  For  the  actual  work  of  the  ses- 
sion, however,  they  will  be  referred  to  less  elementary  hooks 
on  special  subjects  and  periods,  such  as,  for  instance,  Free- 
man's "Norman  Conquest,"  YinogradofFs  "Manor  and  Vil- 
leinage in  England."  Gardiner's  "History  of  England,  1603- 
1642.  etc.."  Ranke's  "History  of  England,  Principally  in  the 
Seventeenth  Century."  Seeley's  "Expansion  of  England"  and 
"Growth  of  British  Policy."  the  "Political  History  of  England" 
Series,  edited  by  Poole  (Longmans,  Green  &  Co.),  and  the  six- 
volume  work  edited  by  Oman  (  Methuen  &  Co.).  Students  of 
the  Third  Year  would  do  well  during  the  summer  vacation  to 
read  Davis'  "England  under  the  Normans  and  Angevins."  in 
the  Methuen  series,  and  Fisher's  "Political  History  of  England, 
1485-1547,"  in  the  Longmans  series,  in  connection  with  Green 
or  York-Powell  and  Tout. 


B.  In  the  study  of  the  Constitutional  History  of  the  period. 
special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  evolution  of  principles 
of  Parliamentary  representation  and  upon  the  development  and 
centralization  of  law  and  of  the  administration  of  justice.  The 
documentary  ground  work  for  lectures  and  essays  will  be 
found  in  Stubb's  "Select  Charters."  Stubb's  "Constitutional 
History  of  England,  Prothero's  "Statutes  and  Constitution.!! 
Documents,  1559-1625,"  Gardiner's  "Constitutional  Docu- 
ments of  the  Puritan  Revolution,  1628-1660,"  Robertson's 
"Select  Statutes,  Cases  and  Documents.  1660-1832,"  with 
"Supplement  1832-18'U,"  and  Dicey's  "Law  of  the  Constitu- 
tion." These  volumes  will  not  he  used  as  text-hooks  in  the 
ordinary  sense  of  the  word,  except  where  definite  references 
are  given  for  special  reading  in  the  lectures  or  essay  work  of 
the  year.  Students  should  possess  the  first  two.  however,  and 
should  master  the  introduction  of  Prothero  and  Gardiner, 


2.  The  course  for  the  Fourth  Year  will  comprise  a  period 
of  General  History,  and  special  phases  in  a  period  of  Canadian 

Historv. 


98 

A.  The  period  of  General  History  for  the  year  1910-11  will 
be  1400  to  1600.  The  following  books  will  be  among  those 
particularly  recommended  as  sources  of  useful  information  for 
the  period : 

(i.)   "Cambridge  Modern  History,  Vols.  I.,  II.  and  III. 

(ii.)   Lavisse.  "Histoire  de  France.'" 

(Hi.)   Lodge,  "Modern  Europe." 

(iv.)   Kitchin,  "History  of  France." 

(v.)  Lavisse  et  Rambaud,  "Histoire  Generale." 

(vi.)   Ranke,  "Latin  and  Teutonic  Nations.'** 

C vii.)   Ranke,  "History  of  the  Reformation."' 

(viii.)    Pastor,  "History  of  the  Popes." 

(ix.)    Creighton,  "History  of  the  Papacy."  ;: 

(x.)   Armstrong,  "Charles  V." 

(  xi. )   Armstrong,  "Lorenzo    de'  Medici."* 

(xii.)   Horatio  Brown,  "Venice." 

(  xiii. )   Johnson;  "Europe  in  the  Sixteenth  Century."* 

(xiv.)   Machiavelli.  "The  Prince." 

(xv.)  Philippe  de  Comities,  "Memoires." 

B.  The  period  of  Canadian  History  from  which  various 
phases  will  be  selected  for  consideration  is  1763  to  1867.  The 
chief  sources  for  the  study  of  this  period  are: 

(i.)  Shortt  and  Doughty's  "Selection  of  Constitutional 
Documents,  1763-1791."  (Report  of  Canadian  Archives. 
1905.) 

(ii.)   Egerton  and  Grant. 

(hi.)  Shortt  and  Doughty's  "Selection  of  Constitutional 
Documents,  1791-1840"  (in  process  of  compilation). 

Books  of  reference  such  as  Lucas,  Egerton,  Garneau,  Mc- 
Mullen,  Kingsford,  etc..  will  lie  recommended  as  the  occasion 
for  using"  them  arises. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 


Arch.  Brown  Clark,  M.A.  (Edin.),  Professor. 

1.  The   course   in    Political    Economy    for    students    of    the 
Third  Year,  in  1910-11,  will  be  as  follows: 

The  lectures  will  include  a  discussion  of  the  leading  principles 
of   Political   Economy,   together   with   the  chief  landmarks   in 


*  Books  marked  thus.   Fourth  Year  students  are  advised  to 
read  (luring  the  summer  vacation. 


99 

the  history  of  Economic  Theory,  and  the  outlines  of  Economic 
History — Mediaeval. 

A.  Economic  Theory. 

1.  Introductory. —  Preliminary  Definition  of  Political  Econ 

omv  ;  Wealth — Explication  of  the  Conception ;  Character  and 
Scope  of  the  Science;  Methods  of  Investigation;  Economic 
Laws ;  Relation  of  Economic  Science  to  Practice  ;  Departments 
of  the  Science,  and  Principles  of  Classification. 

2.  Consumption. — Human  Wants  in  Relation  to  Activities; 
Law  of  Diminishing  Utility;  Total  and  Marginal  Utility  ;  Influ- 
ence of  the  Conception  of  Marginal  Utility  on  the  Development 
of  Economic  Theory;  Law  of  Demand;  Elasticity  of  Demand; 
Changes  in  Demand;  Present  and  Future  Utilities;  Luxury; 
Saving  versus  Spending;  Family  Budgets;  Value  and  Utility; 
Theory  of  Consumers'  Surplus. 

3.  Production. — Its  Essence;  Its  Relation  to  Consumption; 
History  of  the  Theory  of  Production — the  Physiocrats;  Mate- 
rial and  Immaterial  Production;  Agents  of  Production- 
Nature,  Labor,  Capital;  Causes  Determining  the  Productive- 
ness of  Industry:  (1)  Constituents  of  Natural  Environment, 
(2)  Causes  Affecting  Efficiency  of  Labor  (a)  Individual  Effi- 
ciency, (b)  Organization  of  Industry;  Localization  of  Indus- 
try; Production  on  a  Large  and  on  a  Small  Scale;  Joint-Stock 
Companies;  Laws  of  Diminishing  and  Increasing  Return; 
Principle  of  Population;  Growth  of  Material  Capital. 

4.  Distribution. — Meaning  of  the  Term;  Character  of  the 
Laws  of  Distribution;  Private  Property  in  Its  Economic  As 
pects ;  Property  in  Land;  Socialism;  The  Three  Species  of 
Income —  (1)  Wages:  Real  and  Nominal  Wages,  The  General 
Rate  of  Wages,  Historical  Theories,  Differences  of  Wages  in 
Different  Employments,  Influence  of  Trade  Unions  on  \\ 

(2)   Interest— Its  Nature  and  Determining  Causes;   Profits 
Analysis.   How   far  a  Tendency  to  Equality  of   Profits;    (3) 
Rent — Uses  of  the  Term.    Economic    Rent:    The    Ricardian 
Theory. 

5.  Exchange. — Theory  of  Value — Value  and  Price;  Laws 
of  Demand  and  Supply;  Market  Value;  Normal  Value;  Cost 
of  Production;  Relation  of  Rent  to  Value;  Monopoly  Value; 
Money — Its  Functions;  Standard  and  Token  Money;  Mint 
Price  and  Market  Price  of  Gold;  Gresham's  Law;  Money  and 


100 

Prices — The  Quantity  Theory  ;  Inconvertible  Paper  Currency ; 
Credit — Its  Forms  and  Its  Basis;  Banking — Its  Historical 
Development,  Regulation  of  the  Bank  Note  Issues,  Deposit 
Banking,  The  Money  Market,  The  Reserve,  The  Rate  of  Dis- 
count ;  The  Foreign  Exchanges ;  Commercial  Crises ;  Theory 
of  International  Trade  and  International  Values ;  Free  Trade 
and  Protection. 

Historical  Evolution  of  the  Theory  of  International  Trade : 
— The  Mercantile  System,  Adam  Smith  and  the  System  of 
Natural  Liberty.  List  and  Modern  Protectionist  Theory. 

B.  Economic  History — (Mediaeval). 

The  Scope  and  Method  of  Economic  History  and  its  relation 
to  Economic  Theory ;  The  Village  Community ;  The  Manor ; 
Transition  from  Natural  to  Money  Economy  and  Decay  of 
Serfdom;  The  Black  Death;  The  Statutes  of  Laborers;  The 
Peasant  Revolt ;  The  Economic  Condition  of  the  Laborer  in  the 
Fifteenth  Century  and  Now;  The  Origin  and  Growth  of  the 
Poor  Law. 

The  Mediaeval  Town;  The  Gild  Merchant;  The  Craft- 
Gilds — growth  and  decay ;  The  Usury  Laws ;  Mediaeval  and 
Modern  Prices — Just  and  Normal. 

The  Mediaeval  Tax  System;  Growth  of  Foreign  Trade; 
Mediaeval  Protection ;  Origins  of  the  Mercantile  System ;  For- 
eign Trade  Companies;  History  of  English  Currency. 

Text  Books: — In  connection  with,  and  in  amplification  of, 
the  lectures,  the  student  will  be  expected  to  read  :  II .  R. 
Seager,  "Introduction  to  Economics"  (except  chapters  27,  28)  ; 
J.  S.  Mill.  "Principles  of  Political  Economy,"  Ashley's  edition, 
Books  I  to  III  (the  parts  referred  to  in  the  Lectures)  ;  Adam 
Smith,  "Wealth  of  Nations,"  Book  IV.  (and  other  parts  re- 
ferred to  in  the  Lectures),  together  with  J.  S.  Nicholson,  "A 
Project  of  Empire";  C.  F.  Bastable,  "Theory  of  International 
Trade":  II.  O.  Meredith.  "Economic  History  of  England," 
Books  I  and  \l. 

Reference  will  also  be  made  to  Cunningham's  "Growth  of 
English  Industry  and  Commerce,"  Vol  I.;  Seebohm's  "English 
Village  Community";  \  inogradoff's  "Growth  of  the  Manor"; 
Marshall's  "Principles  of  Economics";  and  other  works — all  of 
which  may  be  obtained  from  the  Class  Library. 


101 

2.  The   course   in    Political    Economy    for   students   of   the 

Fourth  Year,  in  1°40-11.  will  be  as  follows: — 

A.  Economic  Theory. 

(1)  A  discussion  of  some  of  the  more  difficult  problems  in 
Economic  Theory,  and  the  History  of  Theory,  not  dealt  with 
in  Course  I. 

(2)  A  critical  study  of  Marshall's  treatment  of  Economic 
Theory. 

(3)  A  Survey  of  Economic  Progress. 

(4)  The  Economic  Functions  of  the  State;  Public  Finance 
— Taxation  and  Public  Expenditure. 

R.  Economic  History — Modern. 

The  Rise  of  Nationalists;  The  Elizabethan  Regulation  of 
Industry  and  Commerce;  Seventeenth  Century  Monopolies 
and  Modern  Trusts;  The  Factory  System  and  Factory  Legis- 
lation ;  Trade  Unionism  ;  Socialism. 

British  Foreign  Trade  Companies;  Colonization  and  Colon- 
ial Policy,  Fiscal  and  Financial  Reforms  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century;  History  of  Banking  and  Currency. 

Text  Books: — In  connection  with  the  lectures,  the  student 
will  be  expected  to  read:  Marshall,  "Principles  of  Economics," 
Vol.  I.;  J.  W.  Jenks'  "The  Trust  Problem";  Nicholson,  "Prin 
ciples  of  Political  Economy,"  Vol.  IIP;  Adam  Smith.  "Wealth 
of  Nations,"  Book  V.:  j.  S.  Mill.  "Principles  of  Political 
Economy/'  Book  V. ;  Bastable,  "Public  Finance";  Meredith, 
"Economic  History,"  Books  III.  and  IV. 

Reference  will  also  be  made  to  Cunningham's  "Growth  of 
English  Industry  and  Commerce,"  Vol.  II.:  (  ■.  P.  Peer's 
"(  >rigins  of  the  British  Colonial  System";  Bogart's  "Economic 
History  of  the  United  States";  Bonar's  "Philosophy  and  Poli- 
tical Economy";  Maine's  "Ancienl  Paw."  and  other  works 
all  of  which  may  be  obtained  from  the  Class  Library. 

3.   (For  General  Course  students). 

Mill:  Political  Economy  (  Panghlin). 
Bagehot:  English  Constitution. 


102 
DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS. 


Neil  Brcce  MacLean,  M.A Professor 

Lloyd  A.  H.  Warren,  M.A .....Lecturer 

The  instruction  in  the  Department  of  Mathematics  consists 
of  a  series  of  courses  of  lectures  and  class  recitations  con- 
ducted for  the  following  classes  of  students: — 

( 1 )  Students  of  the  Second  Year  in  Arts  who  select  Mathe- 
matics as  one  of  their  optional  subjects  ; 

(  2  )  Students  of  the  Third  and  Fourth  Years  in  Arts  who 
desire  to  proceed  to  a  degree  by  pursuing  the  prescribed  course 
in  Mathematics,  or  who  have  elected  one  of  the  divisions  of 
the  Natural  and  Physical  Science  Course  containing  Mathe- 
matics. 

(3)    Students  pursuing  courses  in  Engineering. 

The  substance  of  the  lecture  courses  is  embodied  in  the  fol- 
lowing schedule : — 

FIRST    YEAR ENGINEERING. 

1.  Analytical  Geometry — Baker's  Analytical  Geometry.       Two 

hours  per  week. 

2.  Algebra — Logarithms.   Interest  and  Annuities,  Exponential 

Theorem  and  Logarithmic  Series,  Undetermined  Coeffi- 
icents  and  Partial  Fractions.  Two  hours  per  week 
during  the  First  Term. 

3.  Geometry — Solid    Geometry    and    Mensuration,    Hall    and 

Stevens'  Geometry  for  Schools,  Part  II.,  and  Cham- 
bers' Practical  Mathematics.  Two  hours  per  week 
during  the  Second  Term. 

4.  Trigonometry — Hall    and     Knight's     Plane    Trigonometry. 

Chapters  12-19.  Two  hours  per  week  during  the  First 
Term. 

5a.  Spherical  Trigonometry — Todhunter  and  Leatham's  Spher- 
ical Trigonometry,  Chapters  1-7,  inclusive.  Two  hours 
per  week  during  the  Second  Term. 


103 

SEC< » N  D    Y  i:.\  R—  E  \  ( i  I  N  EER  I  N  ( ;. 

6a.  Calculus — Murray's    Differential    and     Integral    Calculus. 
Five  hours  per  week. 

SECOND    YEAR —  VRTS. 

7.  Algebra — Hall  and  Knight's  Higher  Algebra,  Chapters  1,  2. 

'  3,  6,  8.  9,  10.  12.  13.  14.  17.  18.     Two  hours  per  week 
during  the  First  Term. 

8.  Trigonometry — Hall     and    Knight's     Plane    Trigonometry, 

Chapters   19-23.  inclusive.     Two  hours  per  week  dur- 
ing the  First  Term. 

9.  Solid  Geometry — Hall  and  Steven's  Geometry  for  Schools, 

Part  VI.,  omitting  from  sec.  36  to  end.     Two  hour-  per 
week  during  the  Second  Term. 

10.  Analytical  Geometry — Baker's  Analytical  Geometry,  Chi 

ters  6-9,  inclusive.     Three  hours  per  week  during  the 
Second  Term. 

(  \\B — Two  papers  will  be  set — one  on  Algebra  and 
Trigonometry   and   one  on   Geometry.) 

THIRD    Y  EAR E  X  G  1  N  E  E  K  I  X G . 

« 

11.  Practical  Astronomy — Systems  of  Co-ordinates,  Time  I  >> 

terminations,    Latitude  and   Longitude   Determination-. 
Meridian  Observations.     This  is  intruded  to  he  a  prac 
tical  course  for  students    of    the    Third    Year    in    Civil 
Engineering. 

THIRD    VEAR — ARTS. 

12.  Algebra — liall    and    Knight's    Higher    Algebra,    Chapters 

19-26,  inclusive.  Chanter  29,  Chapter-  33-35,  inclusive 

Two  hours  per  week. 

13.  /'/(/;;<    Trigonometry- — Todhunter  and   Hogg's    frigonoiiK 

try.  Chapters   19-24,  inclusive.        Two  hours  per   we< 

during  the  hirst  Term. 


104 

5b.  Spherical  Trigonometry — Todhunter  and  Leathem's  Sphe- 
rical Trigonometry,  Chapters  1-7,  inclusive.  Two  hours 
per  week  during  the  Second  Term. 

14.  Geometry — Short  course    on    Polar    Coordinates    and    an 

Elementary  course  in  Solid  Analytical  Geometry.  Two 
hours  per  week. 

6b.  Calculus — Murray.  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 
Five  hours  per  week. 

FOURTH   YEAR — ARTS. 

15.  Differentia!    Calculus — Todhunter's    Differential    Calculus. 

Three  hours  per  week. 

16.  Integral  Calculus — Todhunter's  Integral  Calculus.     Three 

hours  per  week. 

17.  Differential  Equations — Lectures  based  on  Johnson's  Dif- 

ferential Equations.     Three  hours  per  week. 

18.  Statics — Lectures  based  on  Todhunter's  Analytical  Statics. 

Chapters  1-10.  inclusive,  and  selections  from  Chapters 
11,  13,  14.      Three  hours  per  week. 

19.  Dynamics — Lectures  based  on  Tait  and  Steele's  Dynamics 

of  a  Particle,  Chapters  1-5,  inclusive,  and  selections 
from  Chapters  6.  7,  9.  Two  hours  per  week  during 
Second  Term. 

20.  Descriptive  Astronomy — This  course  is  intended  for  stu- 

dents of  the  Fourth  Year  in  Arts  who  are  pursuing  the 
General  Course,  the  Course  in  Natural  and  Physical 
Science,  or  the  Course  in  Mathematics. 

The  course  will  give  an  account  of  the  leading  facts  of  As- 
tronomy and  the  methods  by  which  these  facts  are  obtained. 
The  lectures  will  he  fully  illustrated  by  means  of  models,  dia- 
grams and  lantern  projections. 

The  course  will  he  covered  in  about  fifty  lectures. 

Reference  Books — Moulton,  "Introduction  to  Astronomy;" 
Young,  'Elements  of  Astronomy;"  Young,  "General  Astro- 
nomy;" Barlow  and  Bryan,  "Mathematical  Astronomy;"  God- 
fray,  "A  Treatise  on  Astronomy;"  Campbell,  "Elements  of 
Practical  Astronomy,"  Chauvenet's  "Astronomy." 


MINERALOGY    LABORATORY 


PHYSICS   LABORATORY 


105 
DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS 


Frank  Allen,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.C Professor 

R.  K.  McClung,  M.A.,  D.Sc Lecturer 

T.  A.  Neelin,  B.A Demonstrator 

General  Course  I.     Professor  Allen. 

To  be  taken  by  Medical  students  of  the  First  Year  (compul- 
sory) Arts  students  of  the  First  Year  (optional),  and  students 
of  the  General  Course  (Third  Year). 

Note. — Students  in  Arts  not  electing  this  course  in  their  First 
Year  may  arrange  to  take  it  in  their  Second  Year.  Those  in- 
tending to  take  any  of  the  Special  Courses  in  Natural  Science 
and  Mathematics  are  strongly  urged  to  elect  this  course  in 
their  First  Year. 

In  this  course  the  principles  of  Physics  will  be  discussed 
with  experimental  illustrations  in  such  a  way  that  no  Mathe- 
matics higher  than  Plane  Trigonometry  will  be  required. 

Monday,  Wednesday,  Friday,  2  to  3  p.m. 
Part  I. 

Mechanics  and  Hydrostatics — 

Velocity,  acceleration,  Newton's  Laws  of  Motion,  composi- 
tion and  resolution  of  vectors,  systems  of  units,  force, 
gravitation,  mass,  weight,  momentum,  equilibrium,  centre 
of  gravity,  simple  harmonic  motion,  the  pendulum,  friction, 
motion  of  rotation,  the  gyroscope,  energy,  work,  machines, 
conservation  of  energy,  properties  and  constitution  of 
matter. 

Pressure  at  a  point,  transmission  of  pressure,  density,  baro- 
meter, Boyle's  Law,  pumps,  syphon,  surface  tension,  capil- 
larity, osmosis,  diffusion,  kinetic  theory  of  ga 

Heat — 

Theory  of  heat,  production  of  heat,  temperature,  expansion, 
thermometry,  calorimetry,  specific  heat,  fusion,  vaporj 
tion,    regelation,    hygrometry,    Charles'    Law,    spheroidal 


106 

state,  critical  state,  liquefaction  of  gases,  convection,  con- 
duction, radiation,  radiometer.  Laws  of  Thermodynamics, 
mechanical  equivalent  of  heat,  heat  engines,  theory  of 
sun's  heat,  dissipation  of  heat,  production  of  heat  by  radio- 
activity. 

Part  II. 


Magnetism — ■ 

Laws  of  magnetic  force,  lines  of  force,  magnetic  induction, 
molecular  theory  of  magnetism,  diamagnetism,  paramag- 
netism, terrestrial  magnetism. 


Electricity — 

Laws  of  electrostatics,  characteristics  of  electric  charges, 
induced  charges,  influence  machines,  electroscope,  Leyden 
jar,  condenser,  electric  current,  batteries,  electromotive 
force,  potential,  resistance,  Ohm's  Law,  galvanometers, 
electrolysis.  Joule's  Law,  Ampere's  Laws,  induced  cur- 
rents, thermo-electricity,  electro-magnetism,  telegraph, 
telephone,  electric  light,  electrical  machinery,  alternating 
currents,  transformer,  induction  coil,  electric  waves,  radio- 
telegraphy,  discharge  of  electricity  through  gases,  cathode 
rays,  Roentgen  rays,  radio-activity. 


Sound- — 

Production  of  sound,  velocity,  reflection,  refraction,  pitch, 
intensity,  quality,  musical  scale,  resonance,  interference, 
beats,  vibration  of  plates,  rods,  strings  and  air  columns, 
musical  instruments,  perception  of  sound  by  the  ear,  con- 
sonance, dissonance. 


Light- 
Theories  of  light,  velocity,  reflection,  refraction,  photometry, 
dispersion,  the  spectrum,  spectroscopy,  absorption  of  light, 
color,  fluorescence,  phosphorescence,  opalescence,  inter- 
ference, diffraction,  double  refraction,  polarization,  optical 
instruments,  the  eye,  color  vision,  color  blindness,  effect 
of  magnetism  on  light. 


107 

COURSE  2.     Professor  Allen. 

Mechanics,  Heat  and  Sound. 

In  this  course  special  attention  is  given  to  the  derivation  of 
formulae  and  the  solving  of  problems. 

To  be  taken  by  Third  Year  students   in   the   Mathematii  s 

and  Natural  Science  courses. 

.Monday  and  Wednesday,  11  to  12  o'clock. 
Course  3.     Professor  Allen. 
Electricity.  Mac/net  ism  and  Light. 

This  course  is  similar  to  Course  2. 

To  be  taken  by  Fourth  Year  students  in  Mathematics  and 
Natural  Science. 

Monday  and  Wednesday,  10  to  11  o'clock. 

Course  4.     Dr.  McClung. 
Mechanics.  Heat  and  Sound. 

This  course  is  designed  especially  for  Engineering  students. 
The  lectures  involve  the  main  principles  of  Mechanics,  Meat 
and  Sound,  with  special  attention  to  their  practical  applications 
and  to  the  solving  of  problems. 

Students  are  to  perform  in  the  laboratory  a  series  of  exp<  ri 
rrcnts  as  in  Course  6. 

To  be  taken  by  First   Year  students  in   Engineering. 
Time  to  be  arranged. 

Note. — During  the  session  of  1910-11  this  course  will  be 
taken  aKo  by  the'  Second  and  Third  Year  students  in  Engineer- 
ing. 

Course  5.     Dr.   McClung. 

Electricity,  Magnetism  and  Light. 

This  course  is  similar  to  Course  4. 

Students  will  perform  in  the  laboratory  a  series  oi  exper 
ments  as  in  Course  7. 

To  be  taken  by  Second  V*;,,-  students  in  Engineering. 

Time  to  be  arranged. 


108 

Note. — During  the  session  1910-11  tin's  course  will  be  taken 
by  the  Fourth  Year  Engineering  students  only. 

Course  6. 

Professor  Allen,  Dr.  McClung,  Mr.  X  eel  in. 

Laboratory  Course  in  Mechanics,  Heat  and  Sound. 

The  Theory  and  Methods  of  Physical  Measurements.  Stu- 
dents are  to  perform  an  extensive  series  of  experiments,  and 
the  results  of  each  experiment  are  to  be  presented  in  a  suitable 
report.  Whenever  possible  graphical  methods  are  to  be  used. 
It  is  highly  desirable  that  students  should  have  an  elementary 
knowledge  of  Analytical  Geometry  and  Calculus. 

To  be  taken  by  Third  Year  students  in  Mathematics  and 
Natural  Science  and  by  First  Year  students  in  Engineering. 
Each  student  will  take  one  period  per  week. 

Tuesday  and  Thursday,  10  to  1  o'clock. 

Note. — During  the  session  1910-11  this  course  will  be  taken 
also  by  the  Second  and  Third  Year  Engineering  students. 

Course  7. 

Professor  Allen,  Dr.  McClung,  Mr.  Xeelin. 

Laboratory  Course  in  Electricity.  Magnetism  and  Light. 

Similar  to  Course  6. 

To  be  taken  by  Fourth  Year  students  in  Mathematics  and 
Natural  Science  and  by  Second  Year  students  in  Engineering. 
Each  student  will  take  one  period  per  week. 

Tuesday  and  Thursday,  10  to  1  o'clock. 

Note. — During  the  session  1910-11  the  only  Engineering 
students  taking  this  course  will  be  those  of  the  Fourth  Year. 

Course  8.     Dr.  McClung. 

Electrical  Measurements. 

This  course  comprises  a  more  advanced  study,  both  theo- 
retical and  practical,  of  electrical  measurements,  and  is  espe- 
cially suited  to    students    in    Electrical   Engineering.     It  will 


109 

involve  the  use  of  electrical  standards,  quantitative  measure- 
ments of  capacity  of  condensers,  self  and  mutual  induction, 
magnetic  induction  and  hysteresis,  potentiometer  measure- 
ments, high  and  low  resistance  and  photometry. 

To  be  taken  by  Third  Year  students  in  Electrical  Engineer 
ing.    Other  students  may  take  this  course  by  special  permission. 

Time  to  be  arranged. 

Books  recommended — 

Gage's  Principles  of  Physics  (Goodspeed). 
A  Text  Book  of  Physics.     Watson. 
The  Tutorial  Physics. 


DEPARTMENT    OF    BOTANY. 


A.  H.  Reginald  Buller,  B.Sc,  London,  Ph.D.. 

Leip.,  D.Sc.   Birmingham   Profess*" 

Course  1. 

This  course  is  intended  for  Engineering  students  of  the  Pirsl 
Year,  and  Arts  students  of  the  Second  Year,  and  students  of 
the  Third  Year  in  Arts  who  wish  to  graduate  in  Science. 


Lecture  Days — Wednesdays  and  Fridays,  at  3  p.m.,  through- 
out the  session. 

Laboratory — For  students  of  the  Third  Year  only— Thurs 

days.  10  to  12. 

Classification  of  Objects— Comparison  of  living  and  non- 
living matter,  and  of  plants  and  animals. 

The  Morphology  of  the  Seed;  germination;  the  externa! 
morphology  of  the  seedling;  the  physiology  of  germination;  the 
general  nature  of  the  reserve  food  stuffs;  the  relations  oi  the 

seedling  with  external  condition-  and  natural  fo  the  the< 


110 

of  irritability;  growth  to  exhaustion,  and  the  general  conditions 
of  active  life  and  self-nutrition. 

The  general  morphology  of  the  Plant  Body,  and  the  principal 
modifications  in  form  and  distribution  of  the  vegetable  mem- 
bers, Root,  Shoot  and  Leaf. 

Protoplasm  as  the  physical  basis  of  life;  the  Cell,  and  its 
principal  modifications  for  special  purposes ;  development  and 
distribution  of  the  Tissues  considered  especially  from  a  physio- 
logical standpoint. 

The  Leaf  as  a  bio-anatomical  study ;  epidermis ;  vascular 
bundles,  ground-tissue,  intercellular  spaces. 

The  internal  morphology  of  the  Stem  in  its  chief  modifica- 
tions; the  results  of  cambial  activity;  the  secondary  protective 
tissues,  Cork  and  Bark,  the  Root. 

The  Bud;  the  principal  characteristics  of  increase  in  length 
in  shoot  and  root. 

The  phenomena  of  climbing,  and  illustrations  of  special 
powers  of  movement. 

The  elementary  facts  in  the  Nutrition  of  the  plant,  including 
the  nature  and  sources  of  the  raw  material  of  food,  and  the 
constitution  of  the  soil ;  absorption  and  the  transpiration  cur- 
rent ;  the  nature  and  functions  of  chlorophyll ;  the  broad 
principles  of  metabolism,  and  the  distribution,  storage,  and 
utilization  of  its  products.     Respiration. 

Nutrition  without  chlorophyll,  and  special  fermentative 
changes,  illustrated  by  Yeast.  Bacteria  and  .Molds.  Degrees  of 
Parasitism  in  Flowering  Plants.     Insectivorous  Plants. 

Reproduction,  asexual  and  sexual,  further  illustrated  by 
Spirogyra,  Vaucheria,  Pucus  and  Agaricus.  The  primary 
divisions  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom,  viz.:  Thallophyta,  Bry- 
ophyta  (illustrated  by  a  moss  plant).  Pteridophyta  (a  fern 
plant),  and  Phanerogamia  (flowering  plants). 

The  general  character  and  structure  of  the  reproductive 
organs  in  Phanerogamia;  pollination,  and  its  methods;  fertiliz- 
ation; the  development  of  the  seed  and  the  fruit;  seed  protec- 
tion and  dispersal  ;  the  natural  spread  of  plants,  and  its  limita- 
tions. 

The  Flower,  and  its  chief  modifications  in  structural  plan. 
Examples  of  Natural  Orders. 


Ill 

Course  2. 

A  Course  of  about  40  Lectures  to  Arts  students  of  the 
Fourth  Year  intending  to  graduate  in  Science. 

Lecture  Days — Monday,  2-3  p.m.,  and  Wednesday,  11-12 
a.m. 

Laboratory — Tuesday.  10  a.m.  to  1  p.m.,  and  Friday,  11  a.m. 
to  1  p.m. 

Life  History  and  Classification  of  Plants. 

The  morphology  and  physiology  of  the  chief  groups  of  the 
Vegetable  Kingdom  and  their  most  important  subdivisions, 
viz. : 

Thallophxta — Myxomycetes,  Cyanophyceae,  Schizomycetes 
(Bacteria).  Diatomaceae,  Conjugatae,  Chlorophyceae,  Phaeophy- 
ce;e.  Rhodophyceae,  Characeae,  Hyphomycetes. 

Bryophyta — Hepaticae,  Musci. 

Pteridophyta — Filices.  Hydropteridea?,  Equisetaceae,  Lyco- 
podiecea?,  Selaginellaceae. 

Phanerogamia  (Spermophyta) — Gymnospermae,  Angiosper 
ma?. 

Physiology — Students  are  expected  to  read  up  the  general 
physiology  of  plants  from  text-books  and  special  paper-.  The 
laboratory  work  will  illustrate  the  processes  of  absorption  of 
food  materials,  transpiration,  carbon  assimilation,  respiration, 
growth,  and  movement.  Practice  will  be  given  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  pure  cultures  of  bacteria,  yeast,  moulds  and  other  fungi. 

Enzymes  will  be  extracted  and  their  action  studied. 

Field  Work — At  the  beginning  of  the  session  there  will  be 
several  excursions  to  the  prairie,  woods,  and  river  side  for  the 
purpose  of  studying  the  algae,  fungi,  and  flowering  plants  in 
relation  to  their' environment.  Students  arc  recommended 
acquaint  themselves  with  the  Canadian  orders  of  flowering 
plants  during  the  summer  vacation. 

The   Laboratory — The    Botanical    Department    includes  the 
lecture   theatre,   professor's    room,   and    the   laboratory.      I  he 


112 

latter  has  one  room  devoted  to  plant  physiology,  one  to  mor- 
phology, and  one  to  museum  purposes.  There  is  also  a  small 
greenhouse  and  a  dark  room  for  photographing. 

Research  Work — The  laboratory  will  be  opened  and  encour- 
agement given  to  any  one  desiring  to  carry  on  research  on 
some  botanical  problem. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY  AND  MINERALOGY 


Robert  C.  Wallace,  M.A.  (Edin.),  B.Sc.  (Edin. ), 

Ph.D.    (Gottingen)    Lecturer 


General  Geology. 

^  For  Arts  students  of  the  Fourth  Year  taking  the  General 
Course,  for  Arts  students  of  the  Third  Year  taking  one  of  the 
new  divisions  of  the  course  in  Natural  and  Physical  Science, 
and  also  for  students  of  the  Third  Year  of  the  Engineering 
Course. 

Lecture  Days — Tuesday,  2-3  p.m.,  and  Thursday,  2-3  p.m. 
throughout  the  session. 

The  course  will  include  the  main  outlines  of  Physical  and 
Historical  Geology,  and  will  be  illustrated  as  fully  as  possible 
with  fossils  and  rock  specimens. 

Laboratory — For  students  in  Natural  and  Physical  Science 
and  Engineering  Third  Year.    Thursday,  3-5  p.m. 

Methods  in  mapping.     Study  of  rock  specimens  and  fossils. 

Mineralogy  and  Crystallography. 

There  will  be  a  course  of  lectures  (with  laboratory  work)  in 
these  subjects  for  students  of  the  Third  Year  in  the  Natural 
Science  course. 

A  similar  course  will  also  be  given  for  Fourth  Year  students 
in  Civil  Engineering. 


X 

o 

03 


2 

1-5 


113 
DEPARTMENT   OF    CHEMISTRY. 


Matthew  A.  Parker,  B.Sc,  F.C.S Professor 

H.  P.  Armes,  B.Sc,  Ph.D Lecturer 

B.  Olson,  B.A Demonstrator 

Course  1. 

This  course  is  attended  by  First  Year  Medical  Students, 
First  Year  Engineering  Students,  Second  Year  Arts  Students 
(Chemistry  option),  and  by  Third  Year  Arts  Students  in 
Natural  Science  who  have  not  attended  it  previously. 

The  course  consists  of  about  fifty  lectures,  in  addition  to  the 
practical  work. 

The  following  subjects  are  treated : — 

Physical  and  chemical  change;  causes  and  conditions  of 
chemical  change ;  simple  and  compound  substances ;  indestruc- 
tibility of  matter;  laws  of  chemical  combination;  the  atomic 
theory ;  atoms  and  molecules ;  Avogadro's  hypothesis ;  equiva- 
lents, atomic  and  molecular  weights;  valency;  symbols; 
formula?  and  equations ;  calculations  of  volumes  and  weights  ; 
acids,  bases  and  salts ;  electrolysis ;  solution  ;  diffusion  ;  disso- 
ciation ;  spectrum  analysis  :  the  periodic  law ;  alloys. 

The  preparation  and  properties  of  the  following  elements 
and  their  more  important  compounds : 

Hydrogen;  sodium,  potassium;  magnesium;  calcium,  stron- 
tium, barium ;  boron,  aluminum ;  carbon,  silicon,  tin,  lead ; 
nitrogen,  phosphorus,  arsenic,  antimony,  bismuth,  oxygen, 
sulphur;  fluorine,  chlorine,  bromine,  iodine;  chromium,  man- 
ganese; iron,  cobalt,  nickel;  zinc,  cadmium,  mercury;  copper, 
silver,  gold;  platinum. 

A  tutorial  class  (attendance  on  which  is  voluntary)  is  held 
in  connection  with  this  course.  The  hour  of  meeting  is  ar- 
ranged to  suit  the  convenience  of  student-. 

Text-book  recommended:  General  Chemistry  for  Colli 

Smith  (The  Century  Co.). 

For  student:;  intending  to  enter  the  Special  Course  in 
Natural  Science,  Smith's  General  Inorganic  Chemistry  (Cen- 
tury Co.),  or  Holleman's  Inorganic  Chemistry. 

Course  2. 

This  short  course  of  about  forty  lectures  is  arranged  for 
Science  students  of  the  Third  Year.       It  will  deal  with  --me 


114 

of  the  more  general  subjects  which  are  barely  touched  on  in 
the  first  course. 

Note. — Students  of  the  Third  Year  in  the  Natural  Science 
course  who  have  not  attended  the  first  course  in  Chemistry,  or 
its  equivalent,  will  be  required  to  attend  the  lectures  of  the  first 
course  in  addition  to  those  of  the  second  course. 

Course  3. 

This  course  is  attended  by  Fourth  Year  Arts  students  in 
Natural  Science. 

The  first  part  of  the  course  deals  chiefly  with  the  constitution 
and  chemistry  of  the  chief  classes  of  compounds  belonging  to 
the  fatty  series,  viz.,  saturated  and  unsaturated  hydrocarbons ; 
halogen  derivatives  of  the  hydrocarbons ;  monohydric  alcohols ; 
ethers ;  aldehydes  and  ketones ;  monobasic  acids  and  their  sub- 
stitution products  ;  esters  ;  amines  ;  polyhydric  alcohols  and 
their  oxidation  products;  carbohydrates;  cyanogen  compounds, 
etc. 

In  the  second  part  of  the  course  the  following  subjects  are 
considered :  Constitutional  differences  between  fatty  and  aro- 
matic compounds  ;  constitution  and  chemistry  of  benzene  and 
its  homoiogues ;  halogen,  nitro-,  and  amino-  derivatives  of 
the  hydrocarbons ;  cliazo-,  and  azo-  compounds ;  sulphonic 
acids ;  phenols,  quinone  ;  alcohols,  aldehydes  and  ketones  ;  aro- 
matic acids  and  their  derivatives  ;  triphenyl  methane  and  its 
derivatives ;  naphthalene,  anthracene  and  their  derivatives : 
pyridine,  quinoline,  and  their  derivatives ;  alkaloids ;  terpenes ; 
stereoisomerism ;  physical  properties  of  carbon  compounds ; 
determination  of  molecular  weights. 

Text-books  recommended  :  Remsen's  or  Perkin  and  Kip- 
pings'  Organic  Chemistry. 

Course  4. 

This  course  of  about  twenty  lectures  is  arranged  for  Civil 
Engineering  students  of  the  Third  Year.  It  will  deal  more 
particularly  with  the  Metallurgy  of  Iron  and  Steel. 

Course  5. 

This  course  of  about  twenty  lectures  is  arranged  for  Elec- 
trical Engineering  students  of  the  Fourth  Year.  It  will  deal 
especially  with  technical  applications  of  electro-chemical 
methods. 


115 

Students  in  Natural  Science  of  the  Third  Year  are  required 

to  attend  the  Chemical  Laboratory  six  hours  a  week;  Natural 
Science  students  taking  Chemistry  in  the  Fourth  Year  attend 
the  Laboratory  nine  hours  per  week. 

Arts  students  of  the  Second  Year  who  take  the  Chemistr\ 
option  are  required  to  attend  the  Chemical  Laboratory  on 
Fridays  from  3  to  5  p.m. 

The  laboratory  work  begun  in  the  Second  Year  of  the  Arts 
course  is  continued  in  the  Third  and  Fourth  Years  of  the 
Natural  Scienc :  course.  It  comprises  a  series  of  experiments 
illustrative  of  chemical  theory,  including  practice  in  the  fitting 
up  of  apparatus  and  the  preparation  of  a  number  of  common 
inorganic  substances;  the  study  of  the  qualitative  methods  of 
detecting  and  separating  mineral  substances;  quantitative 
analysis,  volumetric  and  gravimetric ;  preparation  of  inorganic 
and  organic  substances,  etc. 

.Medical  students  of  the  First  Year  arc  required  to  attend 
the  Chemical  Laboratory  from  3  to  5  on  Tuesdays  and  Fri- 
days. The  work  includes  exercises  on  the  preparation  and 
properties  of  some  of  the  common  gases,  etc.,  and  a  course  of 
qualitative  analysis  and  simple  quantitative  work. 

Fmgineering  students  of  the  First  Year  attend  the  Chemical 
Laboratory  from  9  to  12  on  Fridays.  This  course  includes 
preparation  of  several  inorganic  substances,  and  experiments 
introductory  to  qualitative  and  quantitative  analysis. 

Fnginecring  students  of  the  Second  Year  attend  the  Chemi- 
cal Laboratory  from  9  to  12  on  Wednesdays.  The  course 
includes  inorganic  qualitative  analysis;  estimation  of  carbon, 
sulphur,  phosphorus,  etc..  in  iron  and  steel  ;  quantitative  analy- 
sis of  cements ;  water  analysis,  etc. 

Specia;  students  may  be  enrolled  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 
on   such   advanced    work   as   the   equipment    permits   of   and 
special  facilities  will  be  given  to  those  capable  of  carrj 
research  work. 

Each  student  is  supplied  with  such  apparatus  as  ni;t 

quired  with  the  exception  of  platinum  wire  and  foil,  laboral 
towel,  etc.,  which  he  must  provide  for  himself. 


116 

Science  and  Engineering  students  will  use  Henderson  and 
Parker*s  "Introduction  to  Analytical  Chemistry"  (Blackie 
and  Son). 

A  deposit  of  five  dollars  is  paid  to  the  Registrar  at  the  be- 
ginning of  each  session,  and  all  breakages  will  be  made  good 
out  of  this.    See  page  194. 

A  record  of  all  laboratory  work  must  be  kept,  and  report 
books  must  be  handed  to  the  examiners  in  chemistry  previous 
to  the  practical  examination  for  the  degree. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  regulation  regarding  practical 
work  on  page  176. 


DEPARTMENT    OF    PHYSIOLOGY    AND    ZOOLOGY 


Swale  Vincent,  M.D.   (London).  D.Sc.   (Edin.),  M.R.C.S., 
L.R.C.P.,  F.R.SS.E.  &  C ..Professor 

A.  T.  Cameron,  M.A.,  B.Sc ..Lecturer  in  Physiology 

C.  J.  Triggekson,  M.A.,  Ph.D. Lecturer  in  Zoology 

and  Demonstrator  in  Physiology 

C.  A.  Baragar,  B.A Student  Demonstrator 

The  Physiological  Department  consists  of  a  lecture  theatre, 
a  demonstration  room  for  Experimental  Physiology,  a  demon- 
stration room  for  Physiological  Histology,  a  preparation  room 
for  Physiological  Chemistry,  and  students'  laboratories  for 
Chemical  and  Experimental  Physiology. 

Physiology- 
Two  courses  of  about  fifty  lectures  each  will  be  given  dur- 
ing the  session.     The  Elementary  Course  must  be  attended  by 
Medical  Students  in  their  Second  Year,  and  the  Advanced  by 
Medical  Students  in  their  Third  Year. 

Elementary  Lecture  Course. 
Monday  and  Wednesday,  2  to  3  p.m. 


117 

1.  Structure  and  Physiology  of  the  Cell,  and  of  the  Simple 

Tissues — 

General  Physiology;  general  physiological  methods;  graphic 
records;  the  cell  as  an  elementary  organism;  functions  of 
nucleus  and  protoplasm;  the  vital  phenomena  of  cells; 
anabolism,  katabolism;  manifestations  of  life;  effects  of 
external  influences  on  cells  (stimuli  and  irritability  I. 

2.  Physiology  of  Muscle — 

Apparatus  for  muscle-nerve  experiments:  contraction  of 
muscle:  gross  change  in  form;  microscopic  change;  simple 
twitch ;  effects  of  different  conditions ;  isometric  and  iso- 
tonic contraction;  work  of  muscle;  muscle  wave:  summa- 
tion of  stimuli,  tetanus ;  voluntary  contraction  ;  the  muscle 
sound;  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  muscle;  che- 
mical and  electrical  changes  in  muscle  during  contraction. 
etc. 

3.  Physiology  of  Nerve — 

Transmission  of  the  nerve  impulse;  rate  of  transmission; 
effects  of  varying  conditions;  conductivity:  electrotonus 
and  Pfliiger's  Law;  electrical  changes  during  contraction; 
negative  variation ;  etc. 

4.  Digestion  and  Absorption — 

The  digestive  enzymes  ;  the  tissues  and  mechanisms  of  di 
tion;  properties   of  saliva,  gastric  juice,   bile,  pancre; 
juice,  and  the  succus  entericus ;  the    foodstuffs   and   the 
changes  which  they  undergo  in  digestion:  nervous  mech- 
anism of  secretion  of  the  digestive  juices  :  chemical  mech- 
anism of  secretion;  absorption  by  capillaries  and  by  the 
villi;  absorption  in  the  large  intestine:  muscular  mechan- 
isms of  digestion,  mastication,  deglutition,  movements  01 
intestine  (peristaltic  movements);  vomiting;  defaecation; 
the  lacteals  and  the  lymphatic  system,  and  the  part  th 
play  in  absorption  ;  etc. 

5.   The  Circulation  of  Blood  and  Lymph— 

Structure  and  properties  of  the  blood  v<       ;    I  blood  pre* 
Mire;  rate  of  flow  of  blood:  action  of  the  heart  and 


118 

valves  ;  the  heart  sounds  ;  pressure  in  the  heart  cavities 
during  a  cardiac  cycle ;  the  cardiac  impulse ;  cardiograms  ; 
the  pulse ;  the  cardiac  rhythm  throughout  vertebrates ; 
functions  of  the  cardiac  ganglion ;  innervation  of  the 
heart;  augmentation,  inhibition;  the  work  of  the  heart; 
innervation  of  the  blood  vessels;  vaso  constrictor;  vaso 
dilator  ;  the  capillary  circulation  ;  inflammation  ;  variations 
in  the  quantity  of  blood  and  lymph;  anaemia;  plethora: 
lymph  flow ;  etc. 

6.  Respiration — 

General  mechanics  of  respiration ;  muscular  mechanisms ; 
nervous  mechanisms;  types  of  breathing;  changes  in  the 
air  of  respiration ;  circumstances  influencing  chemical 
changes ;  respiratory  changes  in  the  blood ;  oxygen  and 
carbon  dioxide  in  air  and  blood ;  spectroscopic  study  of 
arterial  and  venous  blood ;  derivatives  of  haemoglobin ; 
respiratory  changes  in  the  lungs  ;  respiratory  changes  in 
the  tissues;  apnsea,  dyspnsea,  asphyxia:  eupnsea,  hyper- 
pnaea  ;  etc. 

Advanced  Lecture  Coursk. 
Tuesday  and  Friday.  2  to  3  p.m. 

1.  Metabolism — 

Fate  of  food  stuffs  in  the  organism ;  protein  metabolism  : 
carbohydrate  metabolism;  glycosuria,  diabetes;  starvation  . 
source  of  muscular  energy;  animal  heat:  nutrition  and 
diet ;  classification  of  foods  ;  etc. 

2.  Internal  Secretion  and  the  Ductless  Glands— 

General ;  internal  secretion  as  applied  to  glands  which  have 
also  an  external  secretion  ;  internal  secretion  of  the  adre- 
nals ;  Addison's  disease;  internal  secretion  of  the  thyroids 
and  parathyroids;  myxcedema,  cretinism.  Graves'  disease: 
internal  secretion  of  the  pituitary  body;  acromegaly; 
functions  of  thymus,  spleen,  haemal  glands;  etc. 

3.  Excretion  ( Kidneys  and  Skin) — 

Structure  and  functions  of  the  kidney:  secretion  of  urine, 
neometrics;  nature  of  tubular  secretion;   nature  of  glo- 


119 

merular  secretion;  chemistry  of  the  urine,  urea,  uric  acid, 
etc.;  micturition,  nervous  mechanism:  structure  and  func- 
tions of  the  skin;  perspiration;  etc. 

4.  Structure  and  Functions  of  the  Nervous  System— 

General  account  of  the  nervous  system  ;  nerve  cells  and 
nerve  fibres;  the  Neurone  theory  and  modern  criticism;  ; 
chemistry  of  nervous  tissues  :  structure  of  the  spinal  cord; 
ascending  and  descending  tracts  and  their  cell  connec 
tions ;  functions  of  the  spinal  cord,  reflex  actions:  struc- 
ture and  functions  of  the  medulla  oblongata ;  nuclei  of 
cranial  nerves;  structure  and  functions  of  the  Pons  Varolii 
and  cerebellum ;  nuclei  of  the  cranial  nerves ;  structure 
and  functions  of  the  mesencephalon  ;  structure  and  func- 
tions of  the  thalamencephalon  ;  structure  and  functions  of 
the  cerebral  hemispheres,  the  cerebral  cortex,  motor  areas  : 
localisation  of  functions;  attempts  to  locate  higher  psy- 
chical  functions,  association  areas;  the  nature  of  mind: 
the  sympathetic  and  related  system  of  nerves ;  the  auto- 
nomic fibres;  preganglionic  and  postglangionic  fibres; 
action  of  nicotine ;  the  cranial  and  sacral  autonomic  fibre-  . 
the  enteric  nervous  system  ;  etc. 

5.  Special  Senses— 

The  structure  and  functions  of  the  eye.  ear  and  nose  ;  mod 
of  termination  of  sensory  nerves;  the    skin  and    tactile 
sensation;  sensations  of  heat,  cold  and  pain;  etc. 

6.  Voice  and  Speech — 

Anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  larynx;  the  quality,  pitch, 
and  loudness  of  the  human  voice;  the  differenl  voice 
registers  ;  vowel  sounds  ;  etc. 

7.  Physiology  of  Reproduction. 

8.  General  Chemistry  of  the  Animal  Body. 

These  lectures  will  be  illustrated  as  fully  as  possible  by  dia 
grams,  models  and  experiments. 

Physiological  (  Jrganu   Chemistry. 

This  class  will  meet  on  Wednesdays    from    5    to    '•    p.m. 
throughout  the  session.    The  following  is  an  outline  of  the  Mil. 


120 

jects  dealt  with  ;  the  second  half,  as  far  as  possible,    will    be 
treated  from  a  physiological  standpoint. 

Hydrocarbons  of  the  fatty  and  aromatic  series,  halogen  deri- 
vatives, alcohols  and  phenols,  ethers,  aldehydes  and  ketones, 
fatty  acids,  esters,  etc. 

Glycerol  and  the  fats,  carbohydrates,  glucosides,  cyanogen 
compounds,  urea  and  its  derivatives,  uric  acid  and  allied  sub- 
stances, aromatic  nitrogen  compounds,  alkaloids,  proteins,  etc. 

Practical  Physiology. 

Students  of  Medicine  in  their  Second  and  Third  Years,  and 
students  of  Arts  taking  Physiology  as  a  Science  option,  are  re- 
quired to  attend  practical  classes  in  Experimental  Physiology 
before  Christmas,  in  Physiological  Chemistry  after  Christmas. 

iThe  Elementary  Practical  Class  will  meet  during  the  ses- 
sion on  Monday  and  Wendesday,  3 — 5  p.m.,  the  Advanced 
Practical  Class  on  Tuesday  and  Friday,  3 — 5  p.m.  Particular 
importance  will  be  attached  to  punctuality  and  regularity  in 
attendance  at  these  practical  classes. 

The  course  in  Experimental  Physiology  will  consist  of  the 
following  exercises : 

Elementary  Course. 

Simple  experiments  in  muscle,  nerve  physiology,  graphic 
records,  effects  of  varying  conditions  on  muscular  contrac- 
tions, etc. 

Advanced  Course. 

Transmision  of  nerve-impulse,  electro-physiology,  electro- 
tonus,  Pfliiger's  Law,  the  beat  of  the  heart  and  its  nervous 
control,  perfusion  through  blood-vessels,  reflex  action,  blood- 
pressure,  etc. 

The  course  in  Physiological  Chemistry  will  cover  exercises 
in  the  following  sections  : 

Elementary  Course. 

Detection  of  elements,  alcohols,  ethers,  aldehydes  and 
ketones,   organic   acids,   carbohydrates,    amines     and     amides. 


121 

amino-acids,  ureides,  uric  acid,  benzene  and  its  derivation  s ; 
preparation  and  purification  of  some  organic  compounds;  pro- 
teins, colloids,  enzyme  action,  blood,  scrum,  urine,  etc. 

Advanced  Course. 

Detection  and  estimation  of  carbohydrates,  Eats,  proteins, 
protein  derivatives;  food  constituents;  study  of  digestive  pro- 
cesses ;  blood ;  normal  and  pathological  urine  with  the  quanti- 
tative estimation  of  its  constituents. 

Physiological  Histology — Students  in  Arts  taking  Physi- 
ology in  Third  or  Fourth  Years  will  be  required  to  attend  a 
course  of  practical  physiological  histology.  This  will  be  con- 
ducted in  the  physiological  department  at  hours  to  be  arranged. 

Note — Students  in  Arts  taking  Physiology  in  their  Third 
Year  will  be  required  to  attend  the  lectures  and  practical 
classes  arranged  for  Second  Year  Medical  students  I  see  Sylla- 
bus), and  students  in  Arts  taking  physiology  in  their  Fourth 
Year  must  attend  the  classes  arranged  for  Third  Year  Medical 
students  (see  Syllabus.) 

The  examination  requirements  for  Third  and  Fourth  \  ears 
of  the  Arts  course  will  be  similar  to  those  for  the  Second  and 
Third  Years  of  Medicine  respectively,  except  in  so  far  that 
Arts  students  may  be  required  to  pass  an  examination  in  prac- 
tical histology. 

Special  demonstrations  in  Experimental  Physiology  will  be 
announced  during  the  first  half  of  the  session. 

The  physiological  laboratorie>  are  open  daily  from  9  a.m.  to 
11  p.m.  for  the  prosecution  of  original  research.  Application 
is  to  be  made  to  the  Professor. 

Text-books — Text-book  of  Physiology  edited  by  Schafer,  2 
vols.  (Edin.  &  Lond.,  Young  J.  Pentland)  :  An  American  Text- 
book of  Physiology  edited  by  Howell.  2  vols.  (Phil.,  W. 
Saunders) ;  Manual  of  Physiology,  Stewart  (Phil.,  W.  B. 
Saunders);  A  Text-book  of  Physiology,  by  Howell.  1  vol. 
(Phil.  &  Lond..  W.  B.  Saunders)  :  Elements  of  Human  Physi- 
ology, Starling  (Lond.,  J.  and  A.  Churchill  i. 

For  Physiological  Organic    Chemistry— Organic    Chemistry 
Eor  Medical  Students,  by  G.  V.  Bunge,  trans,  by  R.  H.  A.  Plim- 

mer  (  Longmans). 


122 

For  Practical  Physiological  Chemistry — Practical  Physio- 
logical Chemistry  (junior  course  for  elementary  students; 
senior  course  for  advanced  students),  R.  H.  Aders  Plimmer. 
(These  books  can  be  purchased  in  the  department.) 

For  Experimental  Physiology — Practical  Physiology,  Scha- 
fer  (Longmans). 

For  Physiological  Histology — Essentials  of  Histology.  Scha- 
fer  (  Longmans). 

A  deposit  of  five  dollars  is  paid  to  the  Registrar  at  the  begin- 
ning of  each  session,  and  all  breakages  will  be  made  good  from 
this.     See  page  194. 


Zoology  and  Comparative  Anatomy 


A  course  of  about  fifty  lectures  will  be  given  in  the  Physio- 
logical Lecture  Theatre  during  the  session,  Monday  and  Thurs- 
day, 3-4  p.m.     The  following  is  a  syllabus  :• — 

General  features  of  the  Animal  Kingdom. 

Distinctive  properties  of  living    matter    or    protoplasm,    as 
illustrated  by  the  structure  and  mode  of  life  of  the  Proteus- 
animalcule     or     amoeba.       Differences    between    animals    and 
plants.     The  nature  and  structure  of  the  cell.       Cell-division. 

The  more  important  facts  in  the  structure  and  habits  of 
Paramecium,  Vorticella,  Hydra,  Lumbricus,  and  Astacus. 

The  structure  and  life  history  of  the  Frog,  the  Pigeon  and 
the  Rabbit. 

Elementary  physiology  of  these  animals  and  their  micro- 
scopic anatomy.  The  organs  of  digestion  and  their  use,  the 
nature  of  blood,  the  structure  of  the  heart,  and  the  arrangement 
of  the  more  important  blood  vessels.  The  nature  of  excretory 
organs.     Mode  of  breathing.     The  kidneys  and  their  uses. 

Methods  of  reproduction  in  animals. 


123 

All  students  taking  up  Zoology,  of  whatever  year  and  in 
whatever  course,  must  attend  the  above  lectures. 

There  will  also  be  a  practical  class  in  Zoology  for  Firsl  Year 
students  in  Medicine  and  for  Third  War  students  in  Natural 
Science.  Thursday,  4-6  p.m. 

Text-books  recommended:  Text-Book  of  Zoology,  Parker 
&  Haswell.  2  vols.  (Lond.  &  N.Y.,  Macmillan  &  Co.)  J  The 
Frog.  Marshall  (Manchester,  J.  E.  Cornish,  and  Lond.,  Smith, 
Elder  &  Co.)  ;  Hertwig's  Manual  of  Zoology,  trans.  Kingsley 
i  New  York,  Henry  Holt  &  Co.). 

For  students  commencing  the  subject — A  Text- Book  of 
Zoology.  Wells  and  Davies.     (Univ.  Tutorial  Press.) 

For  Third  Year  students  in  Science  and  Medical  students  of 
the  First  Year — Parker's  Zootomv  (  Macmillan  &  Co.)  ;  Mar- 
shall, The  Frog. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BACTERIOLOGY  AND  PATHOLOGY 


Cordon  Bell,  B.A..  M.D..  CM..  Professor. 

0  >URSES  IX  BACTERIOU  >GY  AXD  PATH*  >L<  >GY. 

This  course  for  Third  Year  students  in  Medicine  comprises 
a  series  of  50  didactic  lectures  and  100  hours'  laboratory  work 
devoted  to  the  sliding  of  general  pathological  processes  :  exam- 
ination of  the  blood;  examination — clinical  and  microscopical- 
of  the  secretions  and  excretions  of  the  body;  culture  method.; 
staining;  identification  of  pathological  bacteria;  animal  inocu- 
lation, etc. 

A  course  for   Fourth  Year  students  of  25  lectures  and   ;' 
hours'    laboratory    work — devoted    to    special    Patholog)    and 
Morbid    Anatomy;    preparation    of    microscopical    specim 
etc.;  demonstration  of  gross  pathological  specimens, 

Students  are  required  to  perform  autopsi<      in   i  itation    i> 
opportunity  presents. 


124 
COURSE  IN  HISTOLOGY 


This  course  is  for  students  of  the  Second  Year  in  Medicine 
and  consists  of  25  didactic  lectures  and  100  hours'  laboratory 
work. 

Full  instruction  will  be  given  in  laboratory  technique,  and 
each  student  is  required  to  prepare,  stain  and  mount  a  full  set 
of  specimens  for  himself. 

An  excellent  projective  apparatus  is  provided  for  demon- 
strating specimens. 


GunnricimlMinni 
inn 
^dliciini® 


126 

CURRICULUM  IN  MEDICINE 


The  following  are  the  requisites  for  proceeding  in  course  to 
admission  to  the  degree,  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  and  Master  of 
Surgery : 

I.— DOCTOR  OF  MEDICINE 

1.  The  presentation  of  documentary  evidence  to  the  Regis- 
trar that  the  applicant  is  a  Bachelor  or  Doctor  of  Medicine  of 
some  recognized  University  in  His  Majesty's  Dominions;  or 

2.  Fulfilling  the  following  Matriculation  requirements: 

(a)  Passing  the  Matriculation  Examination  in  Arts  or 
Medicine,  or  the  examination  of  the  First  Year  in  Arts  of  this 
University  ;  or 

(b)  Presenting  to  the  Registrar  a  certificate  of  having 
passed  the  Matriculation  Examination  of  a  University  recog- 
nized by  the  University  of  Manitoba  ;  or, 

(c)  Presenting  certificates  to  the  Registrar  of  equivalent  or 
higher  standing  in  some  recognized  University  in  His  Majesty's 
Dominions ; 

And  passing  five  examinations  before  taking  the  degree,  viz., 
the  First,  Second,  Third,  Fourth  and  Fifth  Year  Examina- 
tions. 

Prior  to  presenting  himself  for  each  of  these  examinations, 
the  candidate  shall  produce  sufficiently  certified  tickets,  from 
some  University,  College  or  School,  recognized  by  the  Univer- 
sity of  Manitoba,  for  the  courses  of  lectures  specified  herein- 
after. 


First  Year  Examination 

1.  Physics  (  1  course  of  70  lectures). 

2.  Zoology  (  1  course  of  50  lectures). 


127 

3.  Practical  Zoology  (  1  course  of  2?  periods  of  two  hours 

0:1011). 

4.  Chemistry   (1  course  of  50  lectures). 

5.  Practical  Chemistry  (  1  course  of  50  periods  of  two  hours 

oaoh ) . 

6.  Anatomy  (1  course  of  50  demonstrations  I. 

7.  Anatomy,   Practical    (Upper  and   Lower   Extremity   and 
Thorax). 


Second  Year  Examination 

1.  Anatomy  (a  further  course  of  50  demonstrations). 

2.  Anatomy,  Practical  (the  whole  body). 

3.  Organic  Chemistry  (1  course  of  20  lectures). 

4.  Physiology,  Theoretical  (1  course  of  50  lectures). 

5.  Physiology,  Practical  (1  course  of  50  periods  of  2  hours 
each ) . 

6.  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacy  1  1  course  of  30  leetir 

7.  Sanitary  Science  (1  course  of  2?  lectun 

8.  Histology  (1  course  of  25  demonstrations). 

9.  Histology.  Practical   (1  course  of  50  periods  of  2  hours 

each  ) . 

10.  Embryology  and  Morphology  1  1  cours    of  ;"  ] 


Third  Year  Examination 
1.  Anatomy,  Applied  (1  course  of  35  demonstrate 


128 

2.  Physiology,  Theoretical  (a  further  course  of  50  lectures) 

3.  Physiology,  Practical  (a  further  course  of  50  periods  of 
2  hours  each). 

4.  Therapeutics  (1  course  of  50  lectures). 

5.  Medical  Jurisprudence  (1  course  of  15  lectures). 

6.  Pathology,  Theoretical  (T  course  of  50  demonstrations). 

7.  Pathology,  Practical  (1  course  of  50  periods  of  2  hours 
each ) . 

8.  Practical  Pharmacology   ( 1  course  of  20  demonstrations 
of  two  hours  each). 

9.  Physical  Diagnosis  (Out-door),  (1  course  of  25  demon- 
strations). 

10.  Splints  and  Bandaging  (Out-door),   (1  course  of  25  de- 
monstrations). 

No  examination  required  in  Physical  Diagnosis  and  Splints 
and  Bandaging. 


Fourth  Year  Examination 

1.  Bacteriology,  Theoretical  (1  course  of  25  demonstrations). 

2.  Bacteriology,  Practical  ( 1  course  of  25  periods  of  2  hours 
each ) . 

3.  Medicine,  Part  I.  (1  course  of  50  lectures). 

4.  Surgery,  Part  I.     ( 1  course  of  50  lectures). 

5.  Clinical  Medicine   (1  course  of  75  lectures). 

6.  Clinical  Surgery  (  1  course  of  75  lectures). 

7.  Obstetrics  (1  course  of  30  lectures). 

8.  Clinical  Obstetrics. 


12lJ 
('.  Gynaecology  (  1  course  oi  3?  lectures). 

10.  Pediatrics  (1  course  of  25  lectures). 

11.  Anaesthetics  ( 1  course  of  10  lectures  or  demonstration 

No  examination  required  in  this  year  in  Clinical   Medicine. 
Clinical  Surgery  and  Anaesthetics. 


Fifth  Year  Examination 

1.  Medicine,  Part  II.  (a  further  course  of  50  lectures). 

2.  Surgery,  Part  II.  (a  further  course  of  50  lectures). 

3.  Clinical  Medicine  (a  further  course  of  7?  lectures). 

4.  Clinical  Surgery  (a  further  course  of  7?  lectures). 

5.  (  )bstetrics  (a  further  course  of  20  lectures). 
(\.  Clinical  Obstetrics. 

7.  Clinical  Gynaecology. 

8.  (  (phthalmology  and  Otology  (  1  course  of  20  lecture-  and 
2(>  practical  demonstrations). 

9.  operative  Surgery  f  1  course  of  25  practical  demonstra- 
tions ). 

10.  Orthopedic  Surgery  (1  course  of  2?  lectures  or  demon 
stratit  in-  ) . 

The  examinations   in     Medicine    and     Surger  r    both 

Fourth  and  Fifth  Year  work.     (  )rthopedic  Surgery  i-  included 
in  the  examination  on  General  Surgery. 

Each  candidate  for  this  examination  -hall  also  furnish  d< 
mentary  evidence  of  attendance    for    twent)    four    month- 
some  incorporated  General  Hospital,  and  also  of  eight  months' 
practice  in  a  Lying-in   Hospital,  or  of  having  had  equivalent 


130 

obstetrical  advantages,  with  a  certificate  of  attendance  upon 
at  least  eight  cases  of  labor. 

The  tickets  (except  the  General  Hospital  ticket)  for  exam- 
ination must  all  be  for  attendance  subsequent  to  the  date  when 
the  candidate  presenting  them  should  have  gone  up  for  his 
Second  Year  Examination,  and  must  extend  over  two  full 
Winter  Sessions  of  seven  months  each. 

In  the  case  of  any  student  from  another  university  applying 
for  admission  ad  eundem  station  in  this  University,  it  shall  be 
at  the  option  of  the  Board  of  Studies  to  admit  such  student, 
even  although  his  tickets  may  conflict  with  the  foregoing  regu- 
lations, but  no  student  from  another  university  can  be  admitted 
to  the  Fifth  Year  Examination  unless  he  has  attended  one  full 
seven  months'  winter  session,  taking  out  all  the  Fifth  Year 
tickets  of  a  Medical  School  in  this  Province  affiliated  with  this 
University. 

When  a  student  is  a  graduate  in  Arts  in  any  recognized 
University  in  His  Majesty's  Dominions,  he  may  complete  his 
medical  course  in  four  winter  sessions  of  seven  months  each, 
and  shall  not  be  required  to  produce  a  ticket  for  Physics, 
Zoology,  Chemistry.  Practical  Chemistry,  or  to  pass  an  exam- 
ination'in  Physics,  Zoology,  Chemistry,  or  Practical  Chemistry 
of  the  First  Year,  provided  he  shall  satisfy  the  Board  of 
Studies  that  he  has  already  taken  second  class  honors  in  such 
subjects  in  his  course  in  Arts. 

The  tickets  of  such  student  in  Medicine,  Surgery,  Obstetrics 
and  Diseases  of  Children,  Diseases  of  Women,  Clinical  Medi- 
cine. Clinical  Surgery,  and  Pathology,  must  all  be  for  attend- 
ance subsequent  to  the  end  of  his  second  full  Winter  Session  at 
college.  Honor  graduates  in  Natural  Science  shall  not  be 
required  to  present  tickets,  or  pass  an  examination  in  any  sub- 
jects included  in  their  Science  Course. 

A  graduate  in  Arts  may  take  the  examinations  for  First. 
Second  and  Third  Years  at  such  time  as  he  can  present  suffi- 
ciently certified  tickets  in  each  subject  during  the  first  two 
years  of  his  course. 

By  sufficiently  certified  tickets  referred  to  in  this  Statute,  it 
is  meant  that  each  ticket  shall  have  entered  upon  it  the  number 
of  lectures  delivered  on  the  subject  and  the  exact  number  of 


131 

lectures  attended  by  the  student,  and  that  each  tickel  shall  be 
signed  by  the  professor,  and  further  that  the  student  present 
ing  the  ticket  shall  have  actually  attended  three-fourths  of 
the  whole  number  of  lectures  delivered  on  the  subject.  Such 
tickets  must  be  lodge  1  with  the  Registrar  by  the  candidate,  at 
least  ten  days  before  the  beginning  of  the  examination  for 
which  he  intends  present  ing  himself. 

Each  lecture  (  unless  otherwise  stated  i  shall  be  of  one  hour's 
duration,  and.  as  far  as  practicable,  not  more  than  one  lecture 
on  each  subject  shall  be  delivered  on  each  separate  day. 


There  shall  be  one  paper  for  Pass  and  Honors  in  each  sub- 
ject, and  the  total  value  of  each  paper  shall  be  one  hundred 
marks.  Fifty  per  cent,  of  the  marks  in  each  subject  shall  be 
required  to  satisfy  the  examiners. 

The  examinations  shall  be  written,  except  in  Clinical  and 
Practical  subjects. 

To  obtain  Honors  in  each  subject,  or  in  the  whole  examina- 
tion, of  any  year,  a  candidate  must  obtain  67  per  cent,  of  the 
marks  given  in  each  subject,  or  of  the  total  marks  given  for 
the  examination  of  the  year. 

Supplemental  Examinations  in  each  year  in  .Medicine  will 
be  allowed  to  those  students  who  fail  in  not  more  than  two 
subjects. 

Such  Supplemental  Examinations    or    Conditions    must    be 

removed  as  follows : 

(a)  Supplemental  Examinations  of  the  First  Year  must  be 
removed  before  the  commencement  of  the  Third  Year. 

(b)  Supplemental  Examinations  of  th<  md   Year  must 
be  removed  before  the  commencement   of  the    Fourth 

Year. 

(c)  Supplemental  Examinations  of  the  Third  Year  must  be 
removed  before  the  commencement  oi  the  Fifth    i 

The  Examiners  in  Medicine  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Coun 
cil  on  the  nomination  of  the  Board  of  Studii 


132 

All  Degrees  in  Medicine  shall  be  conferred  by  the  Council 
at  its  regular  meetings  or  at  meetings  specially  called  for  that 
purpose. 


Text-Books 

Anatomy — First  Year: 

(a)  Holden's  Osteology. 

(b)  Cunningham's  Manual  of  Practical  Anatomy. 

(c)  Morris'  Human  Anatomy. 

i 

Second  Year : 

Morris'  Human  Anatomy. 
Third  Year : 

Applied  Anatomy,  Taylor. 

Fifth  Year: 

Surgical  Operations.  Bickham. 

Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics — Lauder     Brunton,    Whitla, 
Bruce,  Garrod,  White,  Butler. 

Histology — Stohr,  Piersol. 

Pathology — Hamilton,  Stengel.  Coates. 

Surgery — Moulin,  Treves,  Walsham,  Park,  International  Text 
Book. 

Practice  in  Medicine — Osier,  Tyson. 

Clinical   Medicine — Klemperer,   Musser,  Church,   Peterson  on 
Nervous  Disorders,  Rainy  and  Hutchinson. 

Clinical    Surgery — Pearce   Gould,    Hutchinson's   Clinical   Lec- 
tures 


So 

Medical   jurisprudence — Reese.    Witthaus   and    Becker.    Hus- 
band. 

Mental  Diseases — Clouston. 

Obstetrics — Hirst,  American  Text  Book,  Williams,  Edgar. 

Diseases  of  Children — J.  Lewis  Smith.  T.  Emmett  Holt,  Taylor 
and  Wells,  Roch. 

Gynaecology — Dudley.  Hirst.  Garrigues.  Penrose. 

Hygiene — Parkes,  Rohe.  Blythe,  Stevenson  and  Murphy. 

Ophthalmology — Swanzy,  De  Schweinitz. 

Otology — Pritchard.  Dench. 


II.— MASTER  OF  SURGERY 

The  additional  qualification  to  that  required  for  the  M.D. 
degree  to  obtain  CM.  shall  be  the  passing  of  an  examination  in 
Operative  Surgery  and  writing  a  Thesis,  in  the  presence  of 
the  examiners,  on  some  assigned  subject  in  Surgery. 

The  Candidate  must  obtain  75  per  cent,  of  the  total  mark- 
in  this  examination  in  order  to  secure  the  CM.  degree. 


134 


REGULATIONS    OF    THE 

COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS 

OF   MANITOBA 


The  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  which  is  composed 
of  all  the  medical  practitioners  whose  names  are  duly  entered 
on  the  Manitoba  Medical  Register,  is  neither  a  teaching  nor  an 
examining  body,  but  is  the  sole  licensing  body  in  medicine  in 
the  Province.  The  University  of  Manitoba  is  the  sole  exam- 
ining body. 

If  the  applicant  for  license  be  a  graduate  in  medicine  of  the 
University  of  Manitoba  a  license  to  practice  in  the  Province  is 
granted  wthout  further  examination  by  paving  the  license  fee 
of  $125. 

If  the  applicant  for  license  be  a  graduate  in  medicine  of  any 
other  Canadian  University,  he  must  send  to  the  Registrar  of 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  prior  to  the  1st  of 
March,  his  medical  degree  (as  a  credential),  and  upon  this 
being  found  satisfactory  he  shall  be  reported  to  the  University 
as  eligible  to  write  at  the  regular  examination,  which  is  held 
once  a  year,  beginning  on  the  third  Monday  in  April. 

In  the  case  of  a  graduate  from  any  University  in  the  United 
States  or  other  foreign  country,  he  shall,  in  addition  to  sending 
his  degree  (or  diploma),  be  required  to  send  to  W.  J.  Spence, 
Registrar  of  the  University,  complete  detailed  and  authorita- 
tive information  as  follows  : — 

First. — As  to  his  matriculation;  giving  the  name  and  ad- 
dress of  the  institution  in  which  he  was  examined,  the  subjects, 
and  the  extent  of  each  required. 


REGULATIONS    REGARDING    LICENSE    TO    PRACTICE     MEDICINE     IN 

MANITOBA. 


135 

Second. — As  to  medical  course:  the  number  and  length  of 

sessions,  subjects  taught,  number  of  courses  in  each,  and  num- 
ber of  lectures  in  each  course,  amount  of  clinical  instruction  in 
the  different  courses,  etc.,  etc. 

All  candidates  writing  for  license  must  show  that  the  course 
of  studies  of  such  college  or  other  incorporated  body,  at  the 
time  such  member  was  admitted  thereto,  was  at  least  equivalent 
to  the  requirements  for  a  similar  course  by  the  University  of 
Manitoba  at  the  time  such  member  shall  seek  to  be  registered  as 
aforesaid. 

On  receipt  of  this  information  the  University  will  decide  as 
to  the  eligibility  or  otherwise  of  the  applicant  to  write  for 
license. 


Each  applicant,  at  the  same  time  that  he  sends  his  creden- 
tials to  the  Registrar  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Sur- 
geons, should  send  $15,  examination  fee,  in  a  separate  com- 
munication addressed  to  the  Registrar  of  the  University,  which 
will  be  returned  to  him  in  case  he  is  not  permitted  to  write. 

A  candidate  failing  in  three  or  more  subjects  must  write  on 
the  whole  examination  again,  and  can  only  do  so  at  a  subse- 
quent regular  spring  examination.  If  he  fail  in  two  subjects, 
or  less,  he  will  be  required  to  write  on  these  only,  and  may  do 
so  at  the  time  of  the  Supplemental  Examinations,  which  begin 
on  third  Thursday  in  September,  or  at  any  subsequent  regular 
examination. 


The  subjects  of  examination  for  license  are:  Medicine,  Sur- 
gery, Obstetrics,  Diseases  of  Children,  Gynaecology,  Therapeu- 
tics, Bacteriology,  Practical  Bacteriology,  Pathology,  Practical 
Pathology,  Clinical  Medicine,  Clinical  Surgery,  Clinical  <  oph- 
thalmology and  Otology.     50%  is  required  in  each  to  |>a 

The  fee  for  license,  $125.00,  is  payable  to  the  Registrar  of 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  immediately  after  the 
receipt  by  him  from  the  University  of  a  satisfactory  report  "t 
the  candidate's  examination. 

No  interim  permit  to  practice  is  granted. 


136 

Licentiates  in  Great  Britain,  in  good  standing,  may  register 
in  Manitoba  on  presenting  the  British  certificate  of  registration 
and  paying  the  registration  fee,  .$125.00. 

J.  S.  GRAY.  M.D.,  Registrar, 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Manitoba. 

358  Hargrave  Street,  Winnipeg. 


CwirnOTluflifini 
in 


138 
DEPARTMENTS  OF  ENGINEERING 


Ernest  E.  Brydone-Jack,  R.A..  C.E.  (Renss.),  M.  Can.  Soc. 

C.E..  M.  Am.  Soc.  C.E..  M.  Am.  Soc.  Prom.  Eng.    Ed. 

Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Edward  P.  Fetherstonhaugh,  B.Sc,  A.M.  Can.  Soc.  C.E. 

Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Leslie  I.  Johnstone,  U.S. ..Lecturer  in  Surveying  and  Geodesy 
Lesseie  R.  Thomson,  B.A.ScLecturer  in  Drawing  and  Design 
George  Halstead,  ~M.Sc. Lecturer  in  Materials  and  Hydraulics 

Jonx  P.  Dorsev,  E.E Lecturer  in  Electrical  and  Mechanical 

Engineering 


Courses  of  Instruction  and  Degrees 

Provision  is  made  for  instruction  in  Civil  Engineering  and 
Electrical  Engineering,  each  course  covering  a  period  of  four 
years.  At  the  completion  of  the  respective  courses  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Civil  Engineering  and  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Electrical  Enginering  will  be  conferred  upon  the  student 
who  has  obtained  credit  for  attendance  at  lectures  and  for 
laboratory,  field  and  office  work,  and  has  passed  the  examina- 
tions required  in  the  respective  courses. 

The  degrees  of  Master  of  Civil  Engineering  and  Master  of 
Electrical  Engineering  will  be  conferred  upon  those  who  have 
spent  at  least  two  years  after  graduation  in  the  active  practice 
of  their  profession  and  have  presented  theses  (with  plans) 
satisfactory  to  the  examiners,  upon  any  engineering  work  with 
which  they  have  been  connected. 


Course  in  Civil  Engineering 

The  course  in  Civil  Engineering  is  designed  to  give  a  broad 
education  in  those  general  and  scientific  subjects  which  are  the 
foundation  of  all  branches  of  engineering  and  a  special  train- 
ing in  those  subjects  especially  related  to   Civil   Engineering, 


— 

: 

READY    Pi  IR    FIELI)    \\  - 


ENGINEERING    DRAUGHTING    ROOM 


139 

enabling  the  student  to  take  a  position  in  any  of  the  special 

branches,  such  as  : — 

i  1  )   Railroad  Engineering. 

(2)  Land  Surveying. 

(3)  Railway  and  Geodetic  Surveying. 

(4)  Hydraulic  Engineering  (including  the  development  of 
hydraulic  power,  etc.). 

(5)  Land  Irrigation. 

(6)  Municipal  Engineering  (including  design  and  construc- 
tion of  roads  and  pavements,  water  supply  systems, 
sewerage  systems). 

(7)  Sanitary  Engineering. 

(8)  Bridge  and  Structural  Engineering. 

As  the  Civil  Engineer  frequently  has  to  deal  with  problems 
involving  electrical  and  mechanical  work,  the  course  also  pro- 
vides instruction  in  the  principles  of   Steam  and   Mechanical 
Engineering,  as  well  as  in  the  principles  of  Electrical  Engim 
ing. 

With  this  groundwork  the  student   has  a   wide   field    from 
which  to  choose  his  life  work,  and  the  course  especially 
him  for  the  management  and  direction  of  business  and  engin- 
eering enterprises  after  he  ha-^  received  the  necessary  practical 
experience. 


Course  for  Land  Surveyors 

The  course  has  been   especially  arrange<l   so   that    students 
who  intend  to  take  out  license-  a.  Land  Surveyors  maj 
subjects    from    the    Civil    Engineering    course    winch    b 
directly  upon  the  examination  for  Land  Surveyors. 


140 
Course  in  Electrical  Engineering 

The  course  in  Electrical  Engineering  is  intended  to  give  a 
student  first,  a  preliminary  training  in  the  various  sciences, 
such  as  Physics,  Chemistry  and  Mathematics,  which  must  form 
the  basis  of  any  engineering  education ;  secondly,  instruction 
in  the  general  engineering  subjects,  such  as  Surveying,  Me- 
chanical Drawing,  Strength  of  Materials,  and  Hydraulics  ;  and 
thirdly,  acquaintance  with  the  subjects  required  to  qualify  a 
man  for  the  special  work  of  an  Electrical  Engineer,  namely, 
the  flow  of  continuous  and  alternating  currents,  the  design  and 
operation  of  continuous  and  alternating  current  machinery, 
electric  railways,  electric  lighting  and  power  distribution, 
mechanical  engineering,  hydraulic  machinery  and  machine  de- 
sign. 

In  general,  the  course  is  intended  to  give  a  student  a  work- 
ing knowledge  of  the  principles  of  Civil  and  Mechanical 
Engineering,  and  a  more  specialized  training  in  Electrical 
Engineering,  which,  when  combined  with  experience  in  prac- 
tical work,  will  qualify  him  ot  perform  the  duties  of  an 
engineer  in  charge  of  the  design  or  operation  of  electrical 
plants,  railways  or  other  industries.  For  full  details  see  page 
150  and  following  pages. 

Method  of  Instruction. 

Instruction  is  given  by  lectures,  recitations  and  class  room 
work,  together  with  actual  practice  in  field  and  in  drawing 
work. 

Examinations 

In  order  to  pass  in  any  examination  of  the  Engineering 
Course  (beyond  Matriculation),  candidates  are  required  to 
make  a  standing  of  SO  per  cent,  on  each  subject.  The  prac- 
tical work  in  the  field,  drafting  room  and  class-room  during 
the  session  is  counted. 

Admission  to  Engineering  Courses 

Students  may  be  admitted  to  the  Engineering  Courses  as : 
( 1 )   Undergraduates. 


141 

(2)  Conditioned  Students. 

(3)  Partial  Students. 

Undergraduate  Students  are  those  who  are  taking  the  full 
course  leading  to  a  degree  and  who  have  satisfied  the  require- 
ments for  matriculation.     (  See  pages  37-38.) 

Conditioned  Students  are  subject  to  the  same  rules  as  govern 
Conditioned  Students  in  Arts. 

Partial  Students  are  those  who  do  not  belong  to  either  of 
the  above  classes,  but  who.  with  the  approval  of  the  Professor, 
are  taking  one  or  more  of  the  special  subjects  of  the  Kngim 
ing  Courses,  such  students  being  allowed  to  attend  any  cl; 
without  previous  examination,  provided  they  satisfy  the  Pro- 
fessor of  their  ability  to  proceed  with  the  class. 


COURSE  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

i  For  Students  Matriculating  in  1910  or  thereafter.)* 

First  Year 
Mathematics — 

Analytical  Geometry — See  Course  1,  page  102.       Lectui 

two  hours  per  week. 
Algebra — See  Course  2,  page  102.    Lectures,  two  hours  per 

week  (First  term). 
Geometry — Solid  Geometry  and  Mensuration.     See  Course 

3,  page  102.       Lectures,  two  hours    per    week    i  Second 

term). 
Trigonometry — Plane   and    Spherical    Trigonometry.        See 

Courses  4  and  5,  page  102.     Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

Chemistry — 

For  Lecture  Course  see  page  1 13. 

In  addition  to  attendance  at  lecture-,  students  are  required 
to  spend  three  hours  per  week  in  laboratory  work.       Tin- 


♦Students  who  have  entered  the  courses  in  Engineering  prior  to  L910. 
when  the  course  was  based  on  lower  Matriculation  requirements,  must 
consult  the  Faculty  as  to  tin-  necessary   adjustm<  be  made  in 

published  programme  of  Engineering  subjects  to  meet  theii 
example,  students  of  the  Second  Year  in   L910  11,  m 
jects  of  tlir  Firsl  Year  as  they  have  not  alreadj  covered  undei   the  "1.1 
curriculum,  and  so  on. 


142 

work  is  designed  to  make  the  student  familiar  with  the  ordin- 
al"}- laboratory  operations  and  to  lead  him  to  solve  simple 
problems  in  Chemistry  by  experiment.  Several  inorganic 
substances  are  prepared  and  studied,  while  some  time  is  de- 
voted to  experiments  introductory  to  qualitative  and  quanti- 
tative work. 

Physics — Mechanics,  Heat  and  Sound.  See  Course  4,  page 
107.  Lectures,  two  hours  per  week  ;  laboratory,  three 
hours  per  week.      (See  Course  6,  page  108). 

Drawing — This  Course  affords  exercises  in  : 

(1)    Use  of  drawing  instruments  and  operations. 
(Theory  and  Hates.) 

(  2  )    Freehand  Drawing.      (  Plates. ) 

(3)  Lettering.     (Iheory  and  Plates.) 

(4)  Plane  Problems,  with  examples  in  plane  geometry 
and  conic  sections.      (Theory  and  Plates.) 

(  5  )   Orthographic,  Isometric  and  Oblique  Projections. 
(Theory  and  Plates.) 

(6)   Tracing  and  Blue  Printing. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week;  class  work,  five  hours  per 

week. 

Surveying — Use  and  adjustment  of  the  various  surveying  in- 
struments, such  as  the  chain,  compass,  level,  transit,  etc. 
( theory  and  practice)  ;  methods  of  laying  out  and  divid- 
ing land  ;  calculation  of  latitudes,  departures,  co-ordin- 
ates and  areas  ;  azimuths,  deflections,  measurement  of 
angles   and  repetition  of  angles ;  forms  of  field  notes,  etc. 

Practice  in  the  use  of  the  chain,  compass,  level,  transit  and 
minor  instruments  ;  chain  and  compass  surveys  ;  maps  of 
chain  and  compass  surveys ;  construction  of  profiles, 
etc. ;  office  calculations,  etc. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week  ;  field  work  and  mapping,  six- 
hours  per  week. 


143 
English — Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

(a)  One  period  for  study  of  prose  masterpieces — twelve 

selections,  to  be  chosen    from    "Modern     English 
Prose,"  Carpenter  and  Brewster  (Macmillan). 

(b)  One  period  of  practical  work,  including  essays   i  de- 

scriptive and  narrative),  letters,  report-,  dictation, 

Examination— 

One  paper  on  Literature  based  on  text. 

One  paper  on  Composition,  including  (a)  Essay  based 
on  text;  (b)  Dictation,  if  preferred,  on  some  sub- 
ject connected  with  Engineering;  (c)  Compiling  of 
letter  or  report  from  data  supplied. 

Second  Year 

Mathematics — Differential  and  Integral  Calculus.  See 
Course  6a,  page  103.    Lectures,  five  hours  per  week. 

Physics — Light.  Magnetism  and  Electricity.  See  Course  5, 
page  107.  Lectures,  three  hours  per  week;  laboratory 
work,  three  hours  per  week.  (See  Course  7,  page  108.  |  ' 

Chemistry — Qualitative  and  Quantitative  Analysis.  See  page 
115.  Laboratory  work,  three  hours  per  week. 

Drawing — 

Descriptive  Geometry — Problems  in  the  relations  of  straighl 
lines  in  space,  tangencies,  intersections  and  develop- 
ments, surfaces  of  revolution,    and    warped    surfa 

(Theory  and  Plate.-.  I 

Perspective — (Theory  and  Plates 

Shades  and  Shadows — i  Theory  and  Plates 

Pen  and  Colored  Topography — <  Theory  and  Plati 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week;  class  work,  five  hours  per 
week. 


*  In  1910-11,  students  of  the  Second   year  In  engineering  will 
the  same  courses  in  Physics  as  th< 


144 

Surveying — Land  surveying  and  systems  of  Dominion  land 
surveys;  topographic  surveying:  hydrographie  survey- 
ing ;  city  surveying ;  mining  surveying ;  plane  table  sur- 
veying; triangulation. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

Topographic  and  triangulation  surveys  ;  use  of  stadia  ; 
topographical  maps ;  hydrographie  maps ;  city  plans  and 
profiles,  etc. ;  office  calculations. 

Field  work  and  mapping,  six  hours  per  week. 

Materials  of  Engineering — Characteristics  and  manufacture 
of  cement,  concrete,  brick,  stone,  wood,  iron  and  steel. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week  (Second  term). 

Kinematics  of  Machines — Elements  of  mechanism,  relative 
motion,  velocity  and  acceleration  of  machine  parts, 
classification  of  simple  mechanisms,  design  of  wheel 
teeth. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

Engineering  Econom  ics — Fundamental  principles  of  hanking, 
accounts,  finance  and  corporations. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week  (First  term). 

Third  Year 

Railway  Surveying  and  Construction' — Preliminary  and 
location  surveys  for  railroads  ;  practice  in  running  in 
curves,  spiralizing  curves,  setting  slope  stakes  ;  calcula- 
tion and  measurement  of  quantities  in  excavation  and 
embankment  construction  work,  and  culverts,  track 
work,  switches  and  crossings  ;  practice  in  field  methods. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week ;  field  and  office  work,  three 
hours  per  week. 

Masonry  Construction  and  Foundations — Foundations  and 
earth  pressure;  principles  and  design  of  masonry  retain- 
ing walls,  dams,  and  arches;  city  pavements. 


CEMENT    TESTING    LABORATORY 


TESTJNG   MACHINE— 200,000   LBS.   CAPACITY 


145 
Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

Hydraulics — Principles  of  hydraulics ;  laws  of  flow  through 
orifices  and  over  weirs;  laws  of  flow  in  open  and  closed 
channels  ;  laws  of  flow  through  long  pipes  ;  calculation  of 
discharge  of  pipes;  sizes  of  pipes  ;  methods  of  calculating 
discharge  of  streams  and  rivers;  hydraulic  motors  and 
theory  of  turbines;  calculation  of  water  power- 
Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

Mechanics  and  Strength  of  Materials — The  elasticity  and 
strength  of  engineering  materials  under  different  condi- 
tions ;  safe  loads  and  stresses  for  these  materials  ;  shear- 
ing forces  and  bending  movements  in  simple  and  con 
tinuous  beams  under  uniform  and  concentrated  load-; 
the  application  of  this  to  the  designs  of  beams  and  gir 
ders;  investigation  and  design  of  long  columns,  shafts 
and  pulleys;  calculation  of  moments  of  inertia  and  radii 
of  gyration. 

Graphical  Statics— Principles  and  use  of  the  force  polyg 

equilibrium  polygon,  and  influence  lines  in  the  determina- 
tion of  stresses;  reactions  and  moments  for  beams  and 
elementary  framed  structures. 

Lectures  and  class  work.  tw<  ■  hi  »urs  per  week. 

Cement  Testing— Preparation  of  specimens  for  testing  ;  deter- 
mination of  fineness;  specific  gravity,  tensile  strength, 
normal  consistency,  time  of  setting,  soundness,  compr< 
sive  transverse  and  torsional  strength  ;  effect  of  tempi 

ture. 

Laboratory  work,  three  hours  per  week  (  First  term). 
Opportunity  is  given  for  research  or  advanced  work. 

Material    Testing— Tensile,    compressive    and     transvei 

strengths  of  iron,  steel,  timber,  brick  and  ston  illa- 

tion of  fibre  stresses  :  elastic  limit  and  coefficient  oi  i 

ticity. 

Laboratory  work,  three  hour,  per  week  I  Second  term). 


146 

Mineralogy — Crystallography,  elementary  course  in  physical, 
chemical  and  descriptive  mineralogy,  with  practical  exer- 
cises in  the  determination  of  the  more  common  mineral 
species;  blowpipe  analysis.      (See  page  112.) 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week  (First  term). 

Geology — Outlines  of  physical  and  historical  geology.  (See 
page  112.) 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week ;  laboratory  work,  one  hour 
per  week. 

Mechanical  Engineering — 

(See  Course  4  under  Electrical  Engineering.  Third  Year, 
page  151.) 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

Metallurgy — The  metallurgy  of  iron  and  steel  and  its  manu- 
facture.    (See  page  114.) 

Lectures,  one  hour  per  week. 

Practical  Astronomy — ■ 

(See  Course  11,  page  103.) 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

Fourth  Year 

Roof,  Truss  and  Bridge  Desigx — Calculation  of  stresses  and 
design  of  wooden  and  iron  roof  trusses,  highway  and 
railway  bridges,  trestles,  viaducts  and  arches. 

Lectures,  three  hours  per  week;  class  work,  six  hours  per 
week. 

Water  Supply  axd  Irrigation — Relation  of  rainfall  to  run- 
off from  drainage  areas ;  storage  of  water  from  drain- 
age areas  ;  reservoirs  ;  calculation  of  water  supply  for 
cities  and  irrigation  purposes;  quality  of  water  and 
relation  to  disease;  distribution  systems  and  plants; 
filtration  and  purification. 


147 

Lectures,  three  hours  per  week    lone  term  only);  class 
work,  three  hours  per  week   (one  term  onl)  |. 

Sewerage  and  Sewerage  Purification — Elements  of  sani- 
tary engineering;  design  and  construction  of  sewer 
systems;  separate  and  combined  systems;  size  and 
charge  of  sewers. 

Lectures,  three  hours  per  week    (one   term  only);  c'ass 
work,  three  hours  per  week  (one  term  only  I. 

Railway  Economics — Organization  and  financing  of  railway 
companies  ;  effect  of  grade,  curvature  and  distance  on 
the  operating  expenses;  relation  of  operating  expen-< 
to  gross  revenue  and  fixed  charges ;  relation  of  probable 
traffic  to  population;  costs  of  betterment  of  existing 
lines  in  relation  to  saving  in  operating  expenses  and  in- 
crease in  gross  revenue. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week  (First  term  i. 

Reinforced  Concrete  Construction — General  theory  of  re- 
inforcement; reinforced  beams,  columns,  arches  and 
retaining  walls. 

Lectures   and   class   work,   three   hours   per   week    (First 

term  ). 

Water-Power     Development — Reconnaissance     of     wa: 
power;  structures  and  equipment;  value  of  project. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week  (Second  term). 

Geodesy — Objects   of  geodetic   surveying;  triangulation    sys- 
tems; base   line   and   measurement   station-;   measure- 
ment and  adjustment  of  angles;  trigonometric  and  | 
cise  levelling;  projection  of  map-. 
Lectures,  two  hour-  per  week. 

Elements  of   Electrical    Engineering. — A    general    tn 
ment  of  the  elementary  considerations  involved  in  p 
blems  relating  to  the  generation,  transmission  and  utiliz 
ation  of  electrical  power  and  an  accompanying  coursi 
laboratory  instruction,  consisting  of  tests  and  experi- 
ments with  continuous  and  alternating  current  machin 
ery,  designed  to  verify  the  laws  of  electricity  and  mag 


148 

netism  and  to  familiarize  the  student  to  some  extent 
with  the  characteristics  and  limitations  of  the  various 
types  of  machines  to  be  met  with  in  practice. 

Lectures,  two  hours  per  week. 

Laboratory,  one  period  per  week. 

Summer  Theses. 

Students  of  the  First,  Second  and  Third  Years  will  be  re- 
quired to  prepare  during  the  summer  following  each  of  these 
years  a  thesis  describing  in  detail  some  piece  of  engineering 
work  or  structure,  or  describing  any  work  with  which  they 
have  been  connected  during  the  vacation. 

-  nese  theses  must  be  submitted  to  the  Professors  of  i^ngin- 
eering  on  or  before  October  15th. 


'&> 


Graduation  Thesis 

Every  student  of  the  Fourth  Year  is  required  to  prepare  a 
design,  with  adequate  drawings,  of  some  engineering  work  or 
enterprise,  or  to  complete  an  original  research  on  some  ma- 
terial of  construction. 

The  subjects  of  these  theses  arc  to  be  submitted  for  approval 
to  the  Professors  of  Engineering  not  later  than  January  15th. 
and  the  completed  reports  must  be  handed  in  on  or  before 
April  15th. 

Equipment. 

Surveying  Instruments — The  University  has  the  follow- 
ing equipment  of  surveying  instruments: — 

Buff  &   Buff  Transit,   with    stadia   wires,  gradientcr  and 
-olar  attachment. 

Cooke  Transit  Theodolite,  stadia  wires  and  attachment-. 

K.  &  E.  Transit,  stadia  wires  and  attachments. 

K.  &   E.  Extra  Fine  Fight  Mountain  Transit. 

Watts'  Latest  Pattern  Transit. 

Dietzgen  Mountain  Transit. 

!  Jietzgen  6"  Transit. 

5"  Dominion  Land  Surveyor's  Transit. 


149 

Buff  &  Buff  Dumpy  Level. 

Buff  &  Buff  18"  Y  Level. 

Cooke  Reversible  Level. 

Stanley  New  Pattern  Level. 

K.  &  E.  18"  Y  Level. 

Watts'  Y  Level. 

Raihvav  Compass,  4"  Compass  and  Prismatic  Compaq. 

Pocket  Sextant  and  Sextants  reading  to  10  second-. 

Plane  Table.  Current  Meter.  Levelling  Rods.  Pickets, 
Chains,  Tapes,  Hand  Levels,  Stadia  Rods.  Slide 
Rules,  Planimeter,  Pantagraphs,  Three-armed  Pro- 
tractor, etc. 

Material  Testing  Laboratory. — This  laboratory  is  equip- 
ped with  a  large  Testing  Machine  of  200,000  lbs.  capacity,  a 
Riehle  Yale  Extensometer,  a  Compressometer.  a  Transverse 
Indicator,  and  all  the  necessary  tools  for  tensile,  compressive, 
transverse  and  shearing  tests.  The  machine  is  especially  de- 
signed so  that  it  can  make  transverse  tests  on  beams  eight  feet 
long.  It  is  both  automatic  and  autographic,  and  is  driven  by 
an  eight-horsepower  500-volt  direct  current  motor.  The  ma- 
chine is  used  for  testing  the  strength  of  iron,  steel,  wood, 
stone,  brick,  concrete  and  reinforced  concrete  used  in  engineer- 
ing structure-. 

The  laboratory  also  contains  a  machine  for  testing  abrasi 
and  for  the  preparation  of  specimens 

Cement  Laboratory. — This  laboratory  is  equipped  with  ail 
the  apparatus    for    making    the    usual    commercial     tests 
hydraulic  cement-. 

The  apparatus  include-  a  Riehle  Shot  Testing  Machine,  a 
Riehle  Automatic  Beam  Testing  Machine  for  making  tensile, 
compressive,  tran-verse  and  tor-inn  tests;  briquette  moulds, 
sand  and  cement  sieve-.  Yi<-;tt  needle  apparatus  and  Gillmore 

needle-,  balance-,  moist  closet,  immersion  tank-,  mixing  tabl 


150 

steaming  and  boiling  apparatus,  drying  oven,  volumenometers, 
specific  gravity  apparatus  and  other  accessories.  The  beam 
testing  machine  is  run  by  a  three-phase  60-cycle  motor,  and  is 
also  provided  with  batteries  for  automatic  record. 

Drawing  Models  axd  Blue  Print  Room. — Several  models 
have  been  made  especially  to  order  for  use  in  Projection  and 
Descriptive  Geometry,  while  more  are  being  ordered. 

The  blue  print  room  has  a  large  blue  print  frame  supported 
by  a  carriage,  so  that  the  frame  can  be  turned  in  any  direction 
or  at  any  angle. 

Provision  is  made  for  washing  and  drying  blue  prints,  as 
well  as  for  preparing  same,  if  necessarv. 


COURSE   IN  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 


The  Matriculation  requirements,  and  the  courses  of  instruc- 
tion in  the  first  two  years,  are  the  same  as  those  in  Civil 
Engineering. 

Third  Year 

1.  Continuous  Currents  and  Continuous  Current  Machinery— 

A  course  of  lectures  on  the  flow  of  continuous  currents  in 
circuits  of  various  kinds,  the  laws  governing  the  growth  and 
decay  of  such  currents,  the  laws  of  magnetism,  and  the  appli- 
cation of  these  laws  and  principles  to  the  design  and  operation 
of  direct  current  machinery. 

Two  lectures  per  week. 

2.  Continuous  Current  Laboratory — 

Combined  with  course  number  one,  there  will  be  a  course 
of  practical  work  in  the  laboratory,  in  which  students  will  be 
trained  in  the  use  of  electrical  machines  of  different  types,  and 
the  various  methods  of  testing  electrical  machinery  to  deter- 
mine the  uses  to  which  they  may  be  put  and  their  limitations. 


Eh 

s 

w 


Z 

H 
PS 

o 

m 

O 

z 


z 

o 


151 

Two  laboratory  periods  per  week  of  two  hours  each. 

3.  Machine  Design — 

A  course  of  lectures  on  the  application  of  the  principles  of 
the  strength  of  materials  to  the  design  of  bolts,  rivetted  joints, 
shafts,  bearings  and  simple  machine  parts. 

Two  lectures  per  week. 

4.  Mechanical  Engineering — 

A  course  of  lectures  on  power  plants,  covering  fuels  and 
combustion,  steam  boilers,  steam  engines,  steam  turbines,  con- 
densers, feed  water  heaters,  and  auxiliaries,  gas  engines,  gas 
producers  and  the  general  considerations  involved  in  the  design 
and  economical  operation  of  power  plants  and  the  selection  of 
equipment. 

Two  lectures  per  week. 

5.  Mechanical  Drawing — 

A  course  in  design  and  drawing  of  machines  and  their  parts 
working  drawings,  assembly  drawings,  etc. 

Three  hours  per  week  in  draughting-room. 

6.  Physics — 

An  advanced  course  in  electrical  measurements,  including 
the  use  of  electrical  standards,  the  principles  of  electrical  in- 
struments, measurements  of  capacity,  self  induction,  testing 
of  storage  cells,  etc.      (See  Course  8,  page  108. ) 


One  lecture  and  three  hours  in  laboratory  per  week. 

7.  Strength   of  Materials — 

A  course  of  lectures  descriptive  of  the   various  materials 
used    in    engineering    structure-,    such    as    hydraulic    cement, 


152 

mortar,  brick,  stone,  timber,  iron  and  steel,  their  properties, 
manufacture  and  cost,  the  elasticity  and  strength  of  these 
materials  under  different  conditions,  safe  loads,  stresses,  and 
the  design  of  beams,  girders,  columns,  etc. 

Two  lectures  per  week. 


8.  Graphical  Statics — 

Principles  and  use  of  the  force  polygon,  equilibrium  polygon, 
and  influence  lines  in  the  determination  of  stresses,  reaction 
and  moments  for  beams  and  elementary  framed  structure-. 

Two  hours  per  week,  lectures  and  class  work. 

9.  Hydraulics— 

Principles  of  Hydraulics,  laws  of  flow  through  orifices  over 
weirs  and  in  open  and  closed  channels,  laws  of  flow  through 
long  pipes,  calculation  of  discharge  of  pipes,  size  of  pipes, 
methods  of  calculating  discharge  of  streams  and  rivers,  hydrau- 
lic motors,  and  theory  of  turbines,  calculation  of  water  power. 

Two  hours  per  week. 

10.  Material  Testing  Laboratory — 

Tensile,  compressive  and  transverse  strengths  of  iron,  steel. 
brick  and  stone.  Calculation  of  fibre  stresses,  elastic  limit, 
and  co-efficient  of  elasticity. 

11.  Mathematics — 

Differential  equations. 

Two  hours  per  week.  First  Term. 

Visits  to  Electrical  Plants. 

A  series  of  visits  to  electrical  power  plants  and  industries 
where  electricity  is  used,  will  be  made  under  the  guidance  of 
the  professor  of  Electrical  Engineering,  in  order  that  the 
student  may  become  familiar  with  the  methods  of  using  elec- 
tricity in  actual  commercial  practice. 


153 

Summer   Thesis. 

In  the  summer  holidays  each  student  will  be  required  to 
prepare  a  complete  set  of  drawings  of  some  electrical  power 
plant,  or  to  write  a  thesis  on  the  electrical  equipment  of  some 

industry. 

Summer  Work. 

Students  are  strongly  recommended  to  spend  their  holidays 
at  electrical  or  mechanical  engineering  work  of  some  kind,  and 
the  value  of  such  work  will  be  recognized  in  the  final  estimate 
of  the  student's  qualifications  for  the  degree. 

Fourth  Year. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  courses  of  lectures 
and  laboratory  work  to  be  taken  by  students  in  the  fourth 
year : — 

1.  Alternating  Currents  and  Alternating  Current  Machinery— 

A  course  of  lectures  involving  a  study  of  the  flow  of  alter 
nating  currents  in  circuits  containing  resistance  reactance  and 
capacity,  separately  and  combined,  and  the  application  of  tli 
laws  to  the  design  of  alternating  current  machinery. 

Three  lectures  per  w-eek. 

2.  Alternating  Current  Laboratory — 

A  course  of  experimental  work  with  alternating  current 
motors,  single  phase  and  polyphase,  generators,  transform* 
meters  of  various  types,  and  other  alternating  current  appar- 
atus. The  student  in  this  course  will  be  instructed  to  investi- 
gate certain  characteristics  of  machines  and  will  be  trained 
to  use  his  own  initiative  as  far  as  is  possible  in  determining 
the  methods  to  be  pursued. 

Three  laboratory  periods  per  week  of  two  hours  each. 

3.  Designing — 

Details  and  assembly  drawings  of,  and  full  calculations  in- 
volved in  the  design  of  alternating  current  apparatus,  such 
motors,  transformer-,  generators,  etc. 

Three  hours  per  week  in  draughting-room. 


154 

4.  Electric  Lighting  and  Power  Distribution — 

Design  of  lighting  and  power  systems,  including  generating 
plant,  distributing  and  transmission  lines,  and  the  application 
of  power  to  illumination  and  industrial  purposes. 

Two  lectures  per  week.     First  Term. 

5.  Electric  Traction — 

A  course  involving  track  and  overhead  construction  for 
electric  railways,  city  and  suburban,  determination  of  power 
required  to  draw  cars  under  various  conditions  of  track,  curves, 
grades,  etc. 

Two  lectures  per  week.     Second  Term. 

6.  Hydraulic  Machinery — 

A  course  of  descriptive  lectures  on  hydraulic  machinery, 
pumps,  turbines,  governors,  etc. 

One  lecture  per  week.     Second  Term. 

7.  Machine  Design — 

A  course  of  lectures  on  the  design  of  belts,  rope  drives,  pul- 
leys, engine  details,  fly  wheels,  valves,  etc. 

Two  lectures  per  week.    First  Term. 

8.  Mechanical  Engineering — 

The  laws  of  Thermodynamics,  the  properties  of  steam, 
saturated  and  superheated,  the  indicator,  and  the  elementary 
theory  of  steam  and  other  heat  engines. 

Two  lectures  per  week.     Second  Term. 
0.  Electro-Chemistry — 

A   descriptive   course   of   lectures   covering   the   elementary 

principles.      (  See  Course  5,  page  114.) 

( )ne  lecture  per  week. 
10.  Power  Development — 


155 

Reconnaissance  of  water  power,  structures  and  equipment, 

value  of  project. 

Two  lectures  per  week.     Second  Term. 

12.  Thesis— 

During  the  latter  part  of  the  second  term  the  time  allowed 
for  laboratory  work  will  be  devoted  to  some  original  investi- 
gation, the  results  of  which  will  be  presented  as  a  thesis  at 
the  end  of  the  session. 


ELECTRICAL  LABORATORIES 

Continuous  Current  Laboratory — 

This  laboratory  has  been  equipped  to  enable  the  students 
in  the  shortest  possible  time  to  perform  a  large  number  of  tests 
and  investigations.  A  30  horse-power.  20  kilowatt  mol 
generator  takes  alternating  current  from  the  Winnipeg  Electric 
Railway  Company's  system  and  converts  it  into  direct  currenl 
at  110  volts  for  use  in  the  laboratory.  A  number  of  machines 
of  various  types  are  used,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  the 
following:  a  7  horse-power.  110  volt.  Western  Electric,  auxili- 
ary pole,  variable  speed  motor;  a  3  horse-power.  110  volt, 
YVe^tinghouse,  type  "R"  series  motor;  a  6  kilowatt.  125  volt, 
Westinghouse,  compound  wound,  type  "S"  generator;  a  4 
kilowatt,  110  volt,  Edison  bipolar  generator,  and  a  2  kilowatt. 
125  volt.  General  Electric,  compound  wound  generator.  The 
laboratory  is  also  supplied  with  a  number  of  Weston  ammel 
voltmeters,  tachometers,  etc.,  and  the  necessary  switching  and 
controlling  apparatus  and  instrument  tabl< 

Standardizing  Laboratory — 

The  standardizing  laboratory  has  been  equipped  with  a 
"Leeds  Northrup"  potentiometer  with  multiplier-,  -limit-,  gal- 
vanometer and  two  Weston  standard  cells.  Two  Kelvin 
balances  have  also  been  installed,  a  "Composit<  "  and  :i  "I  >■ 
ampere."  For  obtaining  steady  readings  of  currenl  and  \ < dt- 
age  for  calibrating  purposes,  seventy-five  thine  quarter  amp 
and  six  twenty-five  ampere  storage  cell-  are  l>eiiiL,r  installed. 


156 

Alternating  Current  Laboratory — ■ 

An  alternating  current  laboratory  is  now  being  equipped  for 
the  work  of  the  fourth  year  students.  In  this  laboratory  there 
will  be  revolving  held  and  revolving  armature  alternators,  a 
rotary  convertor,  induction  motors,  single  and  polyphase, 
transformers,  and  all  the  instruments,  loading  and  switching 
devices  necessary  to  enable  the  student  to  become  thorough!)' 
familiar  with  the  characteristics  of  the  various  types  of  ma- 
chines and  the  methods  of  investigating  them. 

Donations 

The  following  instruments  and  other  pieces  of  apparatus 
have  been  presented  to  the  department  for  use  in  the 
laboratories : 

From  the  Canadian  Westinghouse  Company : 
Three  two-glower  Nernst  lamps. 
One  110  Volt  Direct  Current  Arc  Lamp. 
One  5  Ampere,  110  Volt  Direct  Current  Wattmeter. 

From  the  Town  of  Kenora : 

One  Crocker-Wheeler  Rotary  Transformer. 
Two  Thompson  Integrating  Wattmeters. 
Two  Wright  Maximum  Demand  Indicators. 
Two  Induction  Type  Meters. 
One  Lacey  Maximum  Current  Controller. 

From  the  Weston  Electrical  Instrument  Co. : 
One  Ammeter,  Range.  7?  Amperes. 
One  Voltmeter,  Range.  300  Volts. 


E§€( 


mm 


158 
CURRICULUM  IN  LAW 


A  candidate  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws  must : — 

1.  Have  presented  documentary  evidence  to  the  Registrar 
that  he  is  a  Bachelor  of  Laws,  or  Bachelor  of  Civil  Law.  of 
some  recognized  University  in   His   Majesty's  Dominions;  or 

2.  Have  passed  the  Matriculation  Examination  hereinafter 
mentioned,  or  have  presented  documentary  evidence  to  the 
Registrar  that  he  has  passed  the  Primary  and  First  intermedi- 
ate Examinations  of  the  Law  Society  of  Manitoba ;  or  of  such 
other  Law  Society  as  the  Board  of  Studies  may  from  time  to 
time  recommend ; 

and 

(a)  Thereafter  have  passed  in  separate  years  the  subjects 
hereinafter  laid  down  for  examination  ; 

(b)  Be  of  the  full  age  of  twenty-one  years. 


Any  person  who  is  a  graduate  in  Arts  of  any  University  in 
His  Majesty's  Dominions,  or  who  has  been  admitted  a  Barris- 
ter or  Solicitor  by  the  Law  Society  of  Manitoba,  or  bv  any 
Law  Society  recognized  by  the  University  of  Manitoba,  may 
enter  the  Faculty  of  Law  at  the  Second  Year's  Examination. 


Matriculation  Examination. 

The  subjects  of  this  Examination  shall  be  the  same  as  those 
for  the  Matriculation  Examination  in  Arts  in  the  University 
of  Manitoba,  and  the  same  standard  shall  be  required  to  entitle 
the  candidate  to  pass.      (See  pages  24  to  33.) 

First  Year. 

1.  Creighton. — Logic. 

2.  Stout. —  Psychology. 


159 

3.  Bagehot. — English  Constitution. 

4.  O'Sulliyan's  Canadian  Manual. — Civil  Polity. 

5.  Taswell-Langmead. — Constitutional  History. 

6.  Williams. — Real  Property. 

7.  Anson. — Contracts. 

8.  Deans. — The  Student's  Legal  History. 

9.  Street. — Foundations  of  Legal  Liability.  Vol.  I.  (Tort.) 

Second  Year. 

1.  May. — Constitutional  History. 

2.  Todd. — Parliamentary  Companion  for  the  Colonies. 

3.  MacKenzie. — Roman  Law. 

4.  Best. — Law  of  Evidence. 

5.  Ratcliffe  and  Miles. — Cases  Illustrating  Principles  of 

the  Law  of  Torts. 

6.  Leith. — Blackstone  (Armour's  Edition). 

7.  Dicey. — Conflict  of  Law.-. 

8.  Snell. — Equity. 

9.  Street. — Foundations  of  Legal  Liability.  Vol.   M.  (Con- 

tract). 

Final  Year. 

1.  Clement. — The  Law  of  the  Canadian  Constitution. 

2.  Hall. — International  Law. 

3.  Holdswortii. — A  History  of  English  Law.  \  ol.  1. 

4.  Broom. — Constitutional  Law. 


160 

5.  Maine's  Ancient  Law.— Jurisprudence. 

6.  Smith. — Mercantile  Law,  Vol.  I. 

7.  Dicey.— The  Law  of  the  Constitution. 

8.  Street. — Foundations     of     Legal     Liability,     Vol.     III. 

(Actions). 

The  percentages  required  in  the  Examinations  in  Law  shall 
be  the  following:  34  per  cent,  on  each  subject ;  50  per  cent,  on 
the  total. 

Supplemental  Examinations  in  Law  will  be  allowed  to  those 
students  who  fail  in  not  more  than  two  subjects,  providing 
their  average  on  the  whole  examination  reaches  50  per  cent, 
of  the  total  marks  given ;  such  supplemental  examinations 
must  be  passed  as  provided  in  the  case  of  conditioned  students 
in  Arts. 

On  the  successful  completion  of  this  course,  the  degree  of 
LL.B.  shall  be  conferred  upon  candidates. 

The  time  of  the  examination  shall  be  the  same  as  that  of 
the  examination  in  Arts  in  each  year. 

All  degrees  in  Law  shall  be  conferred  by  the  Council  at  its 
regular  meetings,  or  at  meetings  specially  called  for  that 
purpose. 


CURRICULUM  IN  PHARMACY 


Matriculation. 

Candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Pharmacy  must 
either : 

1.  Have  passed  a  Matriculation   Examination   accepted  by 
the  University  of  Manitoba;  or 

2.  Be  the  holders  of  such  other  certificates  as  in  the  opinion 
of  the  University  may  be  equivalent  thereto ; 


161 

and  have  complied   with   the  other   requirements   hereinafter 

specified. 

Regulations. 

A — Undergraduates  resident  in  the  Province  of  Manitoba 
must  have  complied  with  all  the  requirements  prescribed  from 
time  to  time  by  the  Council  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Association 
of  Manitoba  for  admission  to  examination  for  the  diploma 
licensing  to  practice  Pharmacy  in  Manitoba. 

B — Undergraduates  not  resident  in  the  Province  of  Mani- 
toba : — 


s 


(1)  Must  have  devoted  at  least  four  years  (not  being  en- 
gaged in  any  other  business)  to  the  study  of  Pharmacy,  being 
apprenticed  during  that  time,  to  a  regular  Pharmaceutical 
Chemist. 

(2)  Must  have  attended  a  full  course  of  lectures,  embracing 
all  the  subjects  of  the  curriculum,  the  length  of  each  course 
being  not  less  than  that  required  from  time  to  time  by  the 
Council  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Association  of  Manitoba,  and 
including  practical  work  at  some  College  of  Pharmacy  recog- 
nized by  this  University. 

All  candidates  who  have,  prior  to  June  1.  1005,  received  the 
diploma  of  the  Manitoba  College  of  Pharmacy,  shall  not  be 
required  to  conform  to  the  above,  but  shall  be  allowed  their 
degrees  on  passing  the  examination  in  the  subjects  hereinafter 
given. 

Examinations. 

Candidates  for  the  degree  must  pass  an  examination  to  be 
held  in  the  month  of  May  of  each  year,  and  must  presenl  to 
the  Registrar  of  the  University  certificates  covering  all  the 
requirements  relating  to  undergraduates  as  given  above, 

The  subjects  for  this  examination  shall  he  as  follows 

fa)   Botany,  with  use  of  the  microscope. 

(b)  Theoretical  and  Practical  Chemistry. 

(c)  Physics  as  outlined  for  -indents  of  Third  Year  in  Arts. 


162 

(d)  Materia  Medica,  and  Toxicology. 

(e)  Theory  and  Practice  of  Pharmacy,  including  interpre- 
tation of  Prescriptions  and  Dispensing. 

These  examinations  shall  be  partly  written,  and  partly  prac- 
tical. 

No  candidate  shall  be  considered  as  having  passed  the  exam- 
ination who  has  not  obtained  67  per  cent,  of  the  marks  allotted ; 
nor  shall  a  candidate  be  considered  as  having  passed  in  any 
subject  who  has  not  obtained  at  least  50  per  cent,  of  the  marks 
allotted  to  such  subject. 

Fees. 

For  Matriculation  or  registration  of  Matriculation  $  5  00 

For  Tuition  (each  course  of  study) - ." 8  00 

For  annual  Examination 8  00 

For  the  Degree  of  Phm.  B 10  00 


SJ 


The  course  of  studies  leading  up  to  License  in  Pharmacy, 
and  the  regulations  concerning  length  of  apprenticeship,  etc., 
as  outlined  in  the  Announcement  of  the  Manitoba  College  of 
Pharmack  for  1904-5,  are  in  the  meantime  approved. 

All  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Pharmacy  must 
attend  University  lectures  and  pass  the  University  Examination 
in  Botany  of  the  First  Year,  Theoretical  Chemistry  of  the 
Second  Year,  and  Physics  of  the  Third  Year  in  Arts. 


CURRICULUM  IN  COMMERCIAL  EDUCATION 


Candidates  for  the  Diploma  in  Commercial  Education  must 
either : — 

1.  Have  passed  the  .Matriculation  Examination  required  by 
the  University  of  Manitoba  ;   or 

2.  Be  the  holders  of  such  other  certificates  as  in  the  opinion 
of  the  University  may  be  equivalent  thereto  ; 


163 

and  have  complied   with   the  other  requirements   hereinafter 

specified. 


Matriculation. 

Candidates  for  this  examination  shall  take  the  following 
fixed  subjects : 

English. 
History. 
Mathematics ; 

and  any  two  of  the  following  options  : 

Latin. 

French. 

German. 

The  requirements  in  each  of  these  subjects  shall  be  the  same 

as  those  for  the  Matriculation  in  Arts,  and  the  same  standard 
shall  be  required  to  entitle  the  candidate  to  pa--,  i  See  pages 
24  to  33.) 

After  fulfilling  the  requirements  in  reference  to  the  Matricu- 
lation Examination,  the  candidate  shall  complete  a  course  of 
two  years'  duration.  A  diploma  shall  be  given  to  those  who 
are  successful  in  passing  examination  in  the  prescribed  sub- 
jects. 


First  Year  Examination. 

1.  English,— as  of  the  First  Year  in  Ar1 

2.  French  or  German. — as  of  the  Firsl  Year  in  Arts. 

3.  Modern  Histor)  and  Geograph)     "Colonies  and  Colonial 
Federations,"  ed.  E.J.  Payne.     (Macmillan  &  Co.    The  I  i 

lish  Citizen  Series.) 


164 

4.  Economic  History — Clive  Day — "History  of  Commerce." 

5.  Political     Economy — Seager — "Introduction     to     Econo- 
mics." 


Second  Year  Examination. 

1.  English, — as  of  the  Second  Year  in  Arts. 

2.  French  or  German, — as  of  the  Second  Year  in  Arts. 

3.  Political  Economy. — J.  S.   Mill — "Principles  of  Political 
Economy."      (Ed.  Ashley.  1909.) 

4.  Commercial  Law  and  Science. 

The  time  of  the  examinations  shall  be  the  same  as  that  of 
the  examinations  in  Arts  in  each  year. 


CURRICULUM  IN  AGRICULTURE 


Provision  has  been  made  for  an  advanced  course  leading  to 
a  degree  in  Agriculture  by  the  adoption  in  the  University 
Council  of  the  following  regulations  : 

(a)  A  degree  shall  be  granted  in  Agriculture,  to  be  called 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Agriculture  (B.S.A.). 

(b)  The  course  leading  to  the  B.S.A.  degree  shall  extend 
over  a  period  of  five  years  of  five  months  each. 

(c)  A  candidate  to  gain  admission  to  the  Third  Year  must 
hold  a  diploma  from  the  Manitoba  Agricultural  College  or 
its  equivalent,  and  must  have  satisfied  the  Faculty  of  that  in- 
stitution as  to  his  ability  to  proceed. 

(d)  After  completing  the  first  three  and  a  half  years  of  the 
full  course  a  student  may  proceed  to  the  degree  of  B.S.A.  by 
specializing  in  one  of  the  following  courses: 


O 

w 


J 
D 
O 


M 

O 

H 


165 

(1)  Field  Husbandry  and  Animal  Husbandry. 

(2)  Dairying. 

(3)  Agricultural  Engineering. 

(e)  Students  taking  the  course  in  Field  Husbandry  and 
Animal  Husbandry  must  spend  between  the  Second  and  Fifth 
Years  of  their  course  at  least  six  months  during  the  summer 
in  practical  work  on  a  farm,  and  those  taking  the  course  in 
Dairying,  one  summer  in  practical  work  in  a  creamery  or 
cheese  factory. 

(f)  The  following  subjects  will  be  given  in  the  course  in 
Agricultural  Engineering :  Plane  Geometry ;  Algebra  up  to  the 
end  of  quadratic  equations ;  advanced  forge  work  along 
machinery  repair  lines ;  machine  shop  practice  on  drill,  lathe, 
planer,  etc.;  mechanical  drawing;  study  and  testing  of  power 
machinery  and  implements ;  practical  work  with  firms  handling 
agricultural  implements  and  traction  engines  in  the  city. 
Students  will  be  required  to  spend  the  summer  vacation  be- 
tween the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Years  with  some  agricultural  im- 
plement firm  or  in  some  other  work  bringing  them  in  touch  with 
agricultural  machinery,  that  may  be  approved  by  the  professor 
of  Agricultural  Engineering. 


(g)  The  examinations  of  the  Third,  Fourth  and  Fifth  Years 
of  the  course  in  Agriculture  shall  be  conducted  by  the  Uni- 
versity. 

N.B. — For  detailed  outline  of  the  course  in  Agriculture,  see 
the  calendar  of  the  Manitoba  Agricultural  College. 


166 
EXTENSION  COURSES 


/.  ENGLISH. 

A  course  of  some  twenty-five  lectures  in  English  Literature 
is  given  by  Professor  A.  W.  Crawford  on  Saturday  mornings, 
at  10  o'clock,  throughout  the  session.  It  is  intended  especially 
for  teachers  and  students  of  the  Provincial  Normal  School,  but 
is  open  to  all  others  who  are  qualified  to  do  the  work.  It  con- 
sists of  exposition,  interpretative  readings  and  discussions  of 
the  methods  of  teaching  literature.  Each  year  one  or  more 
great  authors  will  be  studied  and  the  courses  are  so  arranged 
in  rotation  that  they  will  furnish  a  comprehensive  acquaintance 
with  the  best  English  literature  to  those  who  follow  them  for 
a  number  of  years.    The  following  indicates  the  range  of  work  : 

1910 — Shakespeare:  Romeo  and  Juliet;  Hamlet;  Macbeth; 
Antony  and  Cleopatra;  The  Merchant  of  Venice; 
Julius  Caesar;  As  You  Like  It;  The  Tempest. 

1911 — Tennyson  (The  Macmillan  Co.,  50c):  Dream  of 
Fair  Women ;  The  Lotus  Eaters ;  Ulysses ;  The 
Two  Voices  ;  The  Palace  of  Art ;  The  Vision  of  Sin  ; 
The  Princess  ;  Break !  Break  !  Break  ! ;  In  Memor- 
iam;  Idylls  of  the  King,  (a)  The  Coming  of  Ar- 
thur, (b)  Gareth  and  Lynette.  (c)  Launcelotte  and 
Elaine;  (d)  The  Holy  Grail,  (e)  Guinevere,  (f) 
The  Passing  of  Arthur. 


'b 


Browning  (Crowell  &  Co.,  50c)  :My  Last  Duchess; 
The  Flight  of  the  Duchess;  By  the  Fireside;  Pictor 
Ignotus  ;  Fra  Lippo  Lippi ;  Andrea  del  Sarto ;  The 
Bishop  Orders  His  Tomb;  How  it  Strikes  a  Con- 
temporary; Abt  Vogler;  Prospice ;  A  Grammar- 
ian's Funeral ;  An  Epistle  of  Karshish ;  Caliban 
Upon  Setebos;  Rabbi  Ben  Ezra;  Old  Pictures  in 
Florence. 

\()\2 — Chaucer  (Clarendon  Press):  Canterbury  Tales,  (a) 
The  Prologue,  (b)  The  Knight's  Tale. 

Spenser  (Clarendon  Press)  :  The  Faerie  Oueene, 
Book  1. 

Milton  (Globe  Edition):  L'Allegro ;  II  Penseroso; 
Comus  ;  Lycidas  ;  Paradise  Lost,  Books  I-IV. 


167 

(Note. — The  Department  of  Education  accepts  from  women 
students,  holding  Second-class  Teachers'  Certificates,  a  satis- 
factory examination  on  the  above  course,  in  lieu  of  the 
Mathematics  ordinarily  prescribed  for  the  First-class  Teacher-' 
Non-Professional  Examination.  In  such  eases  candidates  are 
given  papers,  reviewing  the  Mathematics  prescribed  for  tin- 
Second-class  Teachers'  Non-Professional  Examination.) 


//.    POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

An  evening  course  of  some  twenty-five  lectures  on  Political 
Economy  will  be  given  by  Professor  A.  B.  Clark  on  a  day  and 
at  an  hour  to  be  announced.  It  is  especially  designed  to  meet 
the  needs  of  teachers,  bankers,  lawyers,  accountants  and  others 
engaged  in  business  in  the  city. 

The  lectures  will  include  a  discussion  of  the  leading  prin- 
ciples of  Political  Economy  and  their  application  to  present 
day  problems  of  industry  and  commerce,  as  in  the  following 
synopsis : — 

1.  Introductory. — Character  and  Scope  of  Political  Econ- 
omv  ;  Wealth  ;  Economic  Laws  ;  Relation  of  Economic  Science 
to  Practice. 

2.  Production. — Its  Essence;  Its  Relation  to  Consumption; 
Law  of  Diminishing  Utility;  Agents  of  Production — Nature, 
Labor,  Capital ;  Causes  Determining  the  Productiveness  of 
Industry  :  Laws  of  Diminishing  and  Increasing  Return  ;  Growth 
of  Material  Capital. 

3.  Distribution. — Private  Property;  Property  in  Land; 
Socialism;  Wages,  Interest,  Profits,  Rent;  Influence  of  Trade 
Unions  and  Trusts. 

4.  Exchange. — Theory  of  Value,  Demand  and  Supply, 
Market  and  Normal  Value,  Relation  of  Rent  to  Value,  Mono- 
poly Value;  Money — Its  Function-.  Standard  and  Token 
Money,  Mint  Price  and  Market  Price  of  Gold,  Gresham's  Law; 
Money  and  Prices — The  Quantity  Theor)  ;  Inconvertible  Paper 
Currency ;  Credit — Its  Forms  and  It-  Basis;  Banking  It-  His- 
torical Development,  Regulation  of  Bank  Note  [ssues,  Dep 
Banking,  The  Money  Market,  The  Reserve,  The  Kate  of  D 
count,  The  Foreign  Exchanges,  Commercial  Crisis;  Theory  of 
International  Trade  and  International  Values;  Free  Trade  and 
Protection. 


168 

5.  The  Economic  Functions  of  Government. — Grounds 
and  Limits  of  Laisscr  Faire;  Public  Finance — Taxation  and 
Expenditure. 

The  lectures  will  form  in  themselves  a  course  independent 
of  any  text  book ;  but  Walker's  Political  Economy,  or  Seager's 
Introduction  to  Economics,  will  be  found  useful  for  supple- 
mentary reading.  References  to  these  works,  and  others  in 
special  departments  of  Economics,  will  be  given,  from  time  to 
time,  throughout  the  course. 


Other  Extension  Courses  will  be  offered  from  time  to  time 
as  the  facilities  for  them  are  provided  and  the  need  arises. 


LOCAL    LECTURES. 

The  members  of  the  University  Faculty  stand  ready  to  give 
a  number  of  single  lectures  or  short  courses  of  lectures  on  lit- 
erary or  scientific  subjects,  on  request,  in  the  City  of  Winnipeg, 
or  at  local  points  outside,  whenever  the  arrangements  for  such 
lectures  do  not  conflict  with  the  routine  duties  of  University 
work.  No  charge  is  made  for  these  lectures,  but  those  arrang- 
ing for  them  must  pay  the  travelling  and  hotel  expenses  of  the 
lecturers. 

A  pamphlet  giving  a  list  of  available  subjects,  etc.,  will  be 
issued  shortly  and  may  be  obtained  on  application  from  the 
Registrar. 


bihkSm 


170 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS 


REGISTRATION. 

All  undergraduates  in  Arts,  Medicine  and  Agriculture,  in 
attendance  at  the  various  Colleges,  whether  attending  lectures 
in  the  University  Building  or  not,  shall  register,  each  year  of 
their  course,  zvith  the  Registrar  of  the  University,  within  two 
weeks  after  entering  College.  Any  student  who  neglects  to 
register  within  two  weeks  after  entering  College  max  be  sub- 
ject to  a  fine  of  $2.00. 


EXAMINATIONS. 
Undergraduate  Examinations. 

1.  The  regular  University  Examinations  for  undergraduates 
in  Arts,  Engineering.  Law  and  Medicine,  and  Agriculture, 
begin  on  the  third  Monday  in  April,  in  each  year. 

2.  Examinations  in  Arts  up  to  the  end  of  the  Second  Year, 
and  in  Law;  may  also  be  held  at  such  outside  centres 
in  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  Alberta  and  British  Columbia, 
as  the  Board  of  Studies  may  from  time  to  time  approve  of;  it 
being  understood  that  this  does  not  apply  to  the  practical 
examinations  in  Arts,  where  such  are  required. 

Wherever  in  the  Provinces  of  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan, 
Alberta  and  British  Columbia,  incorporated  colleges  have  been, 
or  may  be  established,  the  University  of  Manitoba,  on  being 
satisfied  that  their  buildings  are  sufficient,  and  that  the  staff 
is  competent  to  give  instruction  in  the  Arts  course,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  may  give  recognition  to  such  institution,  and  on  ar- 
rangements being  made  by  candidates  or  otherwise  to  meet  the 
necessary  expenses,  grant  examinations  to  such  institutions, 
and  give  universitv  standing  to  successful  candidates. 

Matriculation  Examinations. 

1.  The  Examinations  for  Matriculation  into  all  Faculties  are 
held  twice  in  each  year,  beginning  on  the  fourth  Monday  in 
May  and  on  the  third  Thursday  in  September. 


171 

2.  The  examination  in  May  is  held  in  Winnipeg,  and  on 
application  at  the  following  centres  in  connection  with  the 
College,  Collegiate  Institute  or  High  School  as  the  case  may 
be:  Portage  la  Prairie,  Carberry,  Brandon,  Virden,  Neepawa, 
Carman.  Selkirk,  Morden,  Minnedosa,  Melita,  Souris,  Bois 
vain,  Deloraine,  Altona,  Stonewall,  Dauphin,  Regina,  Calgary, 
Edmonton,  Prince  Albert,  Vancouver,  and  Victoria,  and  at 
such  institutions  as  may  from  time  to  time  he  approved  of  by 
the  Board  of  Studies. 

3.  The  September  Examination  is  held  at  the  University 
Building  only. 

4.  Application  for  a  Local  Examination  shall  be  made  to  the 
Registrar  of  the  University  by  the  trustees  or  other  authori- 
ties of  a  college  or  school,  at  least  six  weeks  before  the  date 
of  examination  in  each  year. 

5.  The  presiding  examiner  or  examiners  at  each  centre  shall 
be  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Studies.  Where  the  number  of 
candidates  exceeds  fifteen  there  shall  be  at  least  two  presiding 
examiners. 

6.  The   fee   for  the  presiding  examiner  or   examiner-   at   a 
centre  shall  be  $2.00  per  half  day  each,  and  this  fee  and  such 
other  expenses  as  may  be  incurred  in    connection    with    the 
local  examination  shall  be  paid  by  the  authorities  of  the  sch 
or  college  on  whose  application  the  examination  is  held. 

Supplemental  Examinations. 

1.  Supplemental  examinations  are  allowed  those  candidates 
in  Arts,  Engineering  or  Agriculture  or  in  Parts  I.  and  II. 
Matriculation  (any  faculty)  who  have  failed  in  not  more  than 
three  papers,  and  to  those  candidates  in  Medicine,  Law.  or  Part 
1.  Matriculation  (any  faculty),  or  Part  II.  Matriculation  (any 
faculty),  who  have  failed  in  not  more  than  two  papers,  always 
provided  that  their  average  on  the  whole  examination  is  such 
as  will  admit  of  their  being  granted  Third  Cla>-  standing,  viz. : 

(a)  For  Matriculation   (any   faculty).  40  per  cent. 

(b)  For  Arts  and  Agriculture.  40  per  cent. 

(c)  For  Law,  Medicine  and  Engineering.  50  per  cent. 


174 

2.  The  fee  for  such  revision  is  $4.00  for  one  or  two  papers, 
and  $2.00  for  each  additional  paper.  This  fee  is  payable  at 
the  time  the  appeal  is  made  and  is  not  returnable  in  case  the 
original  marking  is  not  sustained. 

3.  There  is  no  special  form  of  application  for  such  revision. 


Conditioned  Students. 

1.  Candidates  for  matriculation  into  the  faculties  of  Arts, 
Law  and  Engineering,  who  have  failed  in  not  more  than  two 
papers,  or,  having  failed  in  three,  have  at  a  subsequent  supple- 
mental examination,  passed  in  at  least  one  of  them,  and 
candidates  for  matriculation  into  the  faculty  of  Medicine,  who 
present  teachers'  certificates  not  covering  Latin,  may  as  con- 
ditioned students  proceed  with  their  course  with  the  view  of 
subsequently  obtaining  full  undergraduate  standing.  This 
regulation  is  subject  to  the  limitations  laid  down  in  3  below. 

2.  Candidates  with  undergraduate  standing,  who  have  failed 
in  not  more  than  two  papers  at  the  First,  the  Second  or  the 
Third  Year  examinations  (or  the  Fourth  Year  examination  in 
case  of  a  five-year  course),  or  who,  having  failed  in  three, 
have  at  a  subsequent  supplemental  examination,  passed  in  at 
least  one  of  them,  may  as  conditioned  students  proceed  with 
their  course  with  the  view  of  subsequently  obtaining  full 
standing  in  their  year.  This  regulation  is  subject  to  the  limita- 
tions laid  down  in  3  below. 

3.  The  following  limitations  are  placed  on  the  application  of 
regulations  1  and  2  above : 

(a)  No  student  is  allowed,  even  in  the  interval  between  the 
regular  examination  in  the  spring  and  the  September  examin- 
ation, to  have  more  than  three  conditions  registered  against 
him  at  any  one  time. 

(b)  Matriculation  conditions  must  be  removed  before  the 
commencement  of  the  Second  Year,  First  Year  conditions 
before  the  commencement  of  the  Third  Year,  Second  Year 
conditions  before  the  commencement  of  the  Fourth  Year  and 
Third  Year  conditions  before  the  commencement  of  the  Fifth 
Year. 


175 

Equivalent  Examinations. 

1.  The  following  examinations  are  accepted  pro  tanto  by  the 
University,  in  so  far  as  the  subjects  and  standing  are,  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  Board  of  Studies,  the  sarrje  as,  or  equivalenl 
to,  those  required  by  the  University — Inn  candidates  offering 
certificates  of  having  passed  Mich  examinations  arc  required 
to  make  good  their  standing  by  passing  in  such  subject  <>r 
subjects  not  covered  by  their  certificates,  as  may,  in  tin- 
opinion  of  the  Board,  be  necessary  for  the  completion  of  the 
examination  for  which  such  certificates  are  presented  : 

(a)  Third  Class  Teacher's  Examination  for  Manitoba. 

(b)  Second  and  First  Class  Teacher's  Examinations  for 
Manitoba. 

(c)  Second  and  First  Class  Teacher's  Examinations  for 
Saskatchewan  and  Alberta. 

(d)  Second  and  First  Class  Teachers'  Examinations  and  the 
Junior  and  Senior  Leaving  Examinations  for  Ontario. 

2.  (a)  Third  Class  Certificates  shall  be  accepted  pro  tanto 
for  subjects  of  Part  I.  of  the  Matriculation  Examination. 

(b)  Second  Class  and  Junior  Leaving  Certificates  shall 
be  accepted  pro  tanto  for  subjects  of  any  Matriculation  Exam- 
ination. 

(c)  First  Class  and  Senior  Leaving  Certificates  shall  be 
accepted  pro  tanto  for  subjects  of  the  First  Year  in  Arts  and 
Part  II.  Engineering  Matriculation. 

3.  Provincial  or  Departmental  Certificates  for  any  other  pro- 
vinces of  the  Dominion  are  granted  such  pro  tanto  standing 
the  Board  of  Studies  may  from  time  to  time  recommend. 

4.  Candidates  presenting  pro  tanto  certificates  must  attempt 
to  pass  at  one  time  in  all  the  subjects  necessary  to  the  comple- 
tion of  the  entire  examination. 

5.  Holders  of  certificates  of  educational  value,  other  than 
those  above  mentioned,  receive  such  recognition  as  the  Board 
of  Studies  may  from  time  to  time  recommend. 


176 

6.  Students  of  recognized  colleges,  who  are  matriculated  in 
this  University,  may  pursue  their  course  of  study  in  said  col- 
lege and  may  come  up  to  the  University  examinations  as 
students  of  said  college. 

Admission  Ad  Eundem  Statum  and  Ad  Eundem  Gradum. 

Members  of  any  other  University  in  His  Majesty's  Domin- 
ions, who  may  apply  for  admission  to  this  University,  are  not 
required  to  take  the  Entrance  Examination  of  the  Faculty  to 
which  they  belong,  but  may  be  admitted  ad  eundem  statum  or 
ad  eundem  gradum,  on  presentation  of  their  credentials  and 
payment  of  the  required  fee. 


ATTENDANCE  ON  LECTURES  AND  PRACTICAL 

WORK. 

No  student  shall  be  allowed  to  present  himself  for  examin- 
ation in  any  subject  in  which  class  instruction  is  given,  who 
does  not  present  from  the  University  Faculty,  or  from  an 
affiliated  college  where  such  work  is  done  in  the  college,  a  cer- 
tificate of  having  attended  75  per  cent,  of  the  lectures  delivered 
in  that  subject. 

This  regulation,  however,  shall  not  affect  any  non-collegiate 
candidates  for  examination  in  Arts,  excepting  in  the  case  of  the 
Special  Courses  in  Natural  and  Physical  Science,  and  in  any 
other  course  or  subject  in  which  practical  or  laboratory  work 
is  required. 

Courses  in  Medicine,  Engineering  and  Agriculture  may  not 
be  taken  by  non-collegiate  students. 

No  student  shall  be  allowed  to  present  himself  for  exam- 
ination in  the  above-mentioned  science  subjects  or  in  mathe- 
matics unless  he  has  satisfactorily  carried  out  and  recorded 
the  minimum  of  practical  work  in  each  subject  decided  upon 
by  the  University  Faculty,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Board 
of  Studies ;  the  scheme  of  practical  work  to  be  announced  at 
the  beginning  of  each  session.  This  regulation  shall  apply  to 
all  classes  of  students,  whether  of  Arts,  Engineering,  or  Medi- 
cine, doing  practical  work  under  the  direction  of  the  University 
Faculty. 


177 

PRIZES    AND    SCHOLARSHIPS 

The  Prizes  and  Scholarships  hereinafter  mentioned  are 
provided  from  the  endowment  fund  presented  to  the  Univer- 
sity in  accordance  with  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  A.  K.  [sbister. 

Matriculation,  Part  I. 

Prizes  shall  be  awarded  to  pupils  of  any  school  in  the  Pro- 
vince as  follows  : 

(a)  These  prizes,  to  be  called  Isbister  Prizes,  shall  be  five 
in  number,  of  the  value  of  twenty  dollars  each,  and  shall  be 
awarded  on  the  aggregate  of  the  marks  of  all  papers  on  the 
fixed  subjects  of  Part  I.  of  the  Matriculation  Examination  in 
Arts  of  the  University  of  Manitoba. 

One  of  these  prizes  shall  be  awarded  to  French-speaking 
students.  In  the  event,  however,  of  no  French-speaking  stu- 
dent qualifying  for  a  prize,  all  five  prizes  may  be  awarded  to 
English-speaking  candidates. 

(b)  Any  successful  candidate  for  one  of  these  prizes  must 
send  in  to  the  Registrar  of  the  University  a  certificate  of  his 
having  been  in  attendance  at  a  public  or  private  school,  not 
being  an  affiliated  college,  in  the  Province  of  Manitoba,  for 
the  greater  part  of  the  preceding  school  year. 

Scholarships  shall  be  awarded  to  students  of  the  Univer- 
sity as  follows : 


Matriculation,  Part  II. 

(a)  At  Part  II.  of  the  Matriculation  Examination,  four 
scholarships  of  sixty  dollars  each  shall  be  awarded  on  the  Latin 
and  Mathematical  papers  of  the  examination. 

Two  scholarships  of  forty  dollar-  each  shall  be  awarded  I  i 
English-speaking  student-  on  English,  and  one  scholarship  of 
forty  dollars  to  French-speaking  students  on  French. 

One  scholarship  of  thirty  dollar-  shall  be  awarded  on 
Greek. 


178 

One  scholarship  of  thirty  dollars  on  the  French  and  German 
papers  of  the  course  for  English-speaking  students  of  the 
examination. 

The  successful  candidate  for  a  scholarship  in  this  examina- 
tion must  pass  in  each  of  the  additional  subjects  required  of 
him  other  than  those  in  which  he  takes  a  scholarship  in  said 
examination,  and  must  obtain  50  per  cent,  of  the  aggregate 
marks  of  his  whole  examination. 


First  Year,  Arts. 

(b)  At  the  Examination  of  the  First  Year  in  Arts,  four 
scholarships  of  sixty  dollars  each  shall  be  awarded  on  the  Latin 
and  Mathematical  papers  of  the  examination. 

Two  scholarships  of  forty  dollars  each  shall  be  awarded  to 
English-speaking  students  on  the  papers  in  English,  and  one 
scholarship  of  forty  dollars  to  French-speaking  students  on  the 
papers  in  French. 

One  scholarship  of  forty  dollars  on  the  Greek  papers  of  the 
examination. 

One  scholarship  of  forty  dollars  on  the  French  papers  of  the 
course  for  English-speaking  students  of  the  examination. 

One  scholarship  of  forty  dollars  on  the  German  papers  of 
the  course  for  English-speaking  students  of  the  examination. 

One  scholarship  of  forty  dollars  on  the  papers  on  Biology. 

One  prize  of  twenty  dollars  shall  be  awarded  to  English- 
speaking  students,  and  one  prize  of  twenty  dollars  to  French- 
speaking  students  on  the  History  paper  of  the  examination. 

One  prize  of  twenty  dollars  on  the  papers  in  Icelandic. 

The  successful  candidate  for  a  scholarship  in  this  examina- 
tion must  pass  in  each  of  the  additional  subjects  required  of 
him  other  than  those  in  which  he  takes  a  scholarship  in  said 
examination,  and  must  obtain  50  per  cent  of  the  aggregate 
marks  of  his  whole  examination. 


179 

Second  Year,  Arts. 

(c)   At  the  Examination  of  the  Second  Yeab  in  Arts,  four 

scholarships  of  sixty  dollars  each  shall  be  awarded  to  Engli 
speaking  students  on  the  English,  Philosophy,  Latin  and   His- 
tory papers  of  the  Examination,  and  one  scholarship  of  sixty 
dollars  to  French-speaking  students  on  the  French,  Philosophy, 
Latin  and  History  papers  of  the  examination. 

One  scholarship  of  forty  dollars  shall  be  awarded  on  each  of 
the   following  subjects  of  the  examination: — 

Greek,  English,  French  (for  English-speaking  >tudents), 
English  (for  French-speaking  students),  German,  Mathema- 
tics, Chemistry. 

One  prize  of  twenty  dollars  on  the  papers  in  Icelandic. 

.ne  successful  candidate  for  a  scholarship  in  this  Examina- 
tion must  pass  in  each  of  the  additional  subjects  required  of 
him  other  than  those  in  which  he  takes  a  scholarship  in  said 
Examination,  and  must  obtain  50  per  cent,  of  the  aggregate 
marks  of  his  whole  examination. 


Third  Year,  Arts. 

(d)  At  the  Examination  of  the  Third  Year  in  Arts,  one 
scholarship  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  and  one  of  one 
hundred  dollars  shall  be  awarded  on  the  papers  of  said  exami- 
nation in  each  of  the  following  courses:  (1)  Classics;  (2) 
Mathematics;  (3)  Philosophy  (English):  (4)  Philosophy 
(Latin);  (5)  General  Course;  (6)  Natural  and  Physical 
Science,  Division  A;  (7)  Natural  and  Physical  Science,  Divi- 
sion B;  (8)  Natural  and  Physical  Science.  Division  C; 
Natural  and  Physical  Science,  Division  D.  (In  the  General 
Course  only  the  fixed  subjects  shall  be  taken  into  account.) 
One  scholarship  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  and  one  "i 
one  hundred  dollars  shall  be  awarded  on  the  papers  of  the  said 
examination  in  each  of  the  following  subjects  or  groups  oi 
subjects:  (1)  English;  (2)  French  and  German:  (3)  History; 
(4)  Political  Economy. 

A  Scholarship  of  thirty  dollars  shall  be  awarded  in   Hebrew 
of  the  Third  Year. 


180 
Engineering. 

(e)  At  the  Examination  of  the  First  Year  of  the  Civil  and 
Electrical  Engineering  Course  (common)  a  scholarship  of 
fortv  dollars  shall  be  awarded. 

At  the  Examination  of  the  Second  Year  of  the  Civil  and 
Electrical  Engineering  Course  (common)  a  scholarship  of 
forty  dollars  shall  be  awarded. 

At  the  Examination  of  the  Third  Year  in  Civil  Engineering, 
one  scholarshio  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  and  one  of  one 
hundred  dollars  shall  be  awarded. 

At  the  Examination  of  the  Third  Year  in  Electrical 
Engineering,  one  scholarship  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars 
and  one  of  one  hundred  dollars  shall  be  awarded. 

Law. 

(f)  At  the  Examination  of  the  First  Year  of  the  LL.B. 
Course  one  scholarship  of  sixty  dollars  shall  be  awarded. 

At  the  Examination  of  the  Second  Year  of  the  LL.B.  Course 
one  scholarship  of  one  hundred  dollars  and  one  of  seventy-five 
dollars  shall  be  awarded. 

Medicine. 

(g)  Scholarships  shall  be  awarded  at  the  examination  of 
the  First,  Second,  Third  and  Fourth  Years  of  the  course  for 
the  M.D.  degree.  In  each  of  the  four  years  of  the  course  there 
shall  be  awarded  two  scholarships  of  eighty  dollars. 


CONDITIONS    GOVERNING    THE    PAYMENT    OF 
SCHOLARSHIPS. 


(a)  On  certification  by  the  Chancellor  and  the  Registrar  or 
other  person  authorized' by  the  Council,  the  several  scholar- 
ships shall  be  paid  by  the  Bursar  of  the  University  to  the  Bur- 
sar or  Treasurer  of  each  College,  in  moieties,  on  the  second 


181 

Wednesday  of  December  and   May,  except  in   the    following 
cases : 

The  mode  of  payment  of  the  scholarships  awarded  at  the 
Second  Year  Examination  in  Law,  at  the  Third  Year  Exami- 
nations in  Arts  and  Engineering,  and  at  the  Fourth  Year 
Examination  in  Medicine,  shall  be  as  follows:  One  moiety 
of  the  scholarship  shall  be  paid  in  December  of  the  Final  Year 
and  the  second  moiety  on  the  third  Thursday  of  May  of  the 
Final  Year ;  but  the  latter  portion  shall  not  be  paid  unless  the 
holder  of  the  scholarship  obtain  first-class  in  his  hinal  Exami- 
nation. 

(b)  In  the  case  of  undergraduates  the  University  requires 
before  payment  of  the  first  moiety  of  the  scholarships  a  certifi- 
cate from  the  Head  or  Acting  Head  of  the  College  that  the 
student's  attendance  has  been  satisfactory  up  to  the  8th  day  of 
December,  and  before  the  payment  of  the  second  moiety  a 
similar  certificate  that  the  student's  attendance  has  been  satis- 
factory from  January  up  ot  the  beginning  of  May.  And  it  is 
declared  that  the  attendance  at  the  College  to  be  required  of  a 
student  shall  be  actual  attendance  for  the  full  term  of  such 
college,  except  in  so  far  as  non-attendance  for  a  limited  period 
by  any  particular  student  may  be  excused  by  the  college 
authorities  on  the  ground  of  ill-health  or  other  proper  rea- 
sons. 

Should  the  conditions  in  this  section  as  to  certification  of  a 
scholarship  not  be  fulfilled  during  the  two  years  immediately 
following  the  date  of  the  taking  of  the  scholarship,  the  scholar- 
ship shall  lapse. 

(c)  A  student  shall  not  be  qualified  to  hold  a  scholarship 
unless  he  is  placed  in  the  first-class  in  the  aggregate  of  the 
subjects  for  which  the  scholarship  is  given,  and  unless  he  has 
passed  in  all  the  subjects  required.  In  the  case  of  the  scholar- 
ships in  the  subjects  English,  French  and  German,  History 
and  Political  Economy  of  the  Third  Year  in  Arts,  the  student 
receiving  the  same  must  also  have  gained  first  class  -landing 
in  the  course  he  is  pursuing  for  the  year. 

i  d  i  The  values  stated  for  the  scholarships  are  the  maximum 
values  which  the  scholarships  shall  not  exceed,  [f  the  funds 
do  not  allow  of  the  scholarships  being  of  such  maximum  value. 
then  they  shall  be  proportionately  of  such  value  as  the  funds 
will  allow. 


182 

(e)  No  student  shall  hold  more  than  one  scholarship.  If  a 
student  succeeds  in  gaining  more  than  one  scholarship  in  any 
year,  he  will  be  allowed  to  choose  which  one  he  will  take,  and 
his  name  will  be  entered  upon  the  list  as  having  gained  the 
other,  though  not  entitled  to  any  of  the  funds ;  and  such  other 
scholarship  shall  be  granted  to  the  one  ranking  next  to  him. 


SPECIAL    PRIZES 

I.  CAXADIAX  HISTORY  PRIZES. 

(a)  Two  prizes,  one  of  S30  and  one  of  $20,  are  awarded  to 
the  candidates  ranking  first  and  second,  respectively,  in  the 
Canadian  History  section  of  the  paper  in  History  of  the  Part  I. 
Matriculation  examination  (any  faculty),  in  May  of  each  year. 
These  prizes  are  the  gift  of  the  Canadian  Club  of  the  City  of 
Winnipeg. 

(b)  A  class  prize,  taking  the  form  of  pictures  or  other  works 
of  art,  commemorative  of  Canadian  history,  is  also  ottered  by 
the  Winnipeg  Canadian  Club  to  the  class  taking  the  highest 
average  standing  in  Canadian  History  at  the  aforesaid  exam- 
ination. The  precise  conditions  of  this  award  are  not  yet 
determined  and  will  be  announced  later. 

II.  THE  DEAN'S  PRIZES  IN  MEDICINE. 
Two  microscopes,  the  gift  of  Dr.  H.  H.  Chown,  Dean  of 
Manitoba  Medical  College,  are  awarded  to  the  two  students  of 
the  Fifth  Year  in  Medicine,  who  have  obtained  the  highest 
standing  on  the  aggregate  marks  of  the  five  annual  examina- 
tions of  their  course.  (These  prizes,  having  been  awarded  in 
1910  to  two  students  of  the  Fourth  Year,  these  students  are  not 
eligible  to  receive  them  again  in  1911  on  completing  their  Fifth 
Year,  j 


TRAVELLING    SCHOLARSHIP. 

The  sum  of  six  hundred  dollars  will  be  given  annually  for 
the  maintenance  of  a  Travelling  Scholarship,  to  be  awarded 
under  the  following  conditions  : — ■ 

1.  The  object  of  the  Travelling  Scholarship  shall  be  to 
assist  students  who  have  completed  their  Final  Year  in  the 
University  to  pursue  the  special  line  of  studies  which  they 
have  selected,  at  some  other  University  or  seat  of  learning. 

2.  No  student  shall  hold  a  Travelling  Scholarship  for  a 
longer  period  than  two  years ;  and  no  student  who  has  once 
held  such  scholarship  shall  be  eligible  for  a  second  time. 


183 

3.  Those  eligible  to  compete  for  the  scholarship  shall  be 
students  who  have  graduated  not  more  than  twelve  months 
previously,  at  the  regular  spring  examination,  in  one  of  the 
special  courses  in  Arts  or  in  the  course  in  Medicine  or  Engin- 
eering. 

4.  One  Travelling  Scholarship  shall  be  offered  for  competi- 
tion in  every  alternate  year,  or  oftener  if  a  scholarship 
vacant ;  and  the  course  in  which  it  is  offered  shall  be  decided 
by  rotation  in  the  following  order : — The  special  course  in 
Classics,  the  special  course  in  Mathematics,  the  special  ocurse 
in  Modern  Languages,  the  special  course  in  English  Philosophy, 
the  special  course  in  Latin  Philosophy,  the  special  courses  in 
Science,  the  course  in  Medicine,  the  courses  in  Engineering. 
The  course  in  which  it  is  proposed  to  award  it  shall  be  an- 
nounced in  the  Calendar  of  the  year  previous. 

5.  The  scholarship  shall  be  awarded  to  the  student  obtaining 
the  highest  marks  at  a  special  examination  in  the  subjects  of 
the  selected  course,  the  date  and  place  of  holding  which  shall 
be  announced  in  the  Calendar  of  the  year  previous.  Provided 
always  that  the  scholarship  shall  not  be  awarded  to  any  stu- 
dent who  shall  not  have  (a)  obtained  first  class  standing  at 
the  special  examination,  and  (b)  obtained  first  class  standing 
and  have  passed  in  all  subjects  of  his  final  examination.  1 1 
these  conditions  be  not  satisfied  the  scholarship  may.  if  the 
Board  of  Studies  deem  it  advisable,  be  offered  under  similar 
conditions  in  the  subjects  of  the  course  next  in  rotation. 

6.  The  place  at  which  the  successful  student  .-hall  pursue  his 
studies  shall  be  selected  by  the  student,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  Board  of  Studies. 

7.  The  scholarship  shall  be  of  the  yearly  value  of  $600,  and 
the  amount  shall  be  paid  each  year  in  two  moieties;  provided 
that  the  second  moiety  in  each  year  shall  not  be  paid  until  the 
student  shall  have  spent  at  least  three  month-  in  studying  at 
the  institution  selected,  and  shall  have  produced  a  certificate 
from  the  authorities  of  the  institution  of  his  having  made 
satisfactory  progress. 


The  Special  Scholar-hip  Examination  shall  be  held  each 
in  May.  beginning  on  the  opening  day  of  the  Matriculation 


182 

(e)  No  student  shall  hold  more  than  one  scholarship.  If  a 
student  succeeds  in  gaining  more  than  one  scholarship  in  any 
year,  he  will  he  allowed  to  choose  which  one  he  will  take,  and 
his  name  will  be  entered  upon  the  list  as  having  gained  the 
other,  though  not  entitled  to  any  of  the  funds ;  and  such  other 
scholarship  shall  be  granted  to  the  one  ranking  next  to  him. 


SPECIAL   PRIZES 

I.  CANADIAN  HISTORY  PRIZES. 

(a)  Two  prizes,  one  of  $30  and  one  of  $20,  are  awarded  to 
the  candidates  ranking  first  and  second,  respectively,  in  the 
Canadian  History  section  of  the  paper  in  History  of  the  Part  I. 
Matriculation  examination  (any  faculty),  in  May  of  each  year. 
These  prizes  are  the  gift  of  the  Canadian  Club  of  the  City  of 
Winnipeg. 

(b)  A  class  prize,  taking  the  form  of  pictures  or  other  works 
of  art,  commemorative  of  Canadian  history,  is  also  offered  by 
the  Winnipeg  Canadian  Club  to  the  class  taking  the  highest 
average  standing  in  Canadian  History  at  the  aforesaid  exam- 
ination. The  precise  conditions  of  this  award  are  not  yet 
determined  and  will  be  announced  later. 

II.  THE  DEAN'S  PRIZES  IN  MEDICINE. 
Two  microscopes,  the  gift  of  Dr.  H.  H.  Chown,  Dean  of 
Manitoba  Medical  College,  are  awarded  to  the  two  students  of 
the  Fifth  Year  in  Medicine,  who  have  obtained  the  highest 
standing  on  the  aggregate  marks  of  the  five  annual  examina- 
tions of  their  course.  (These  prizes,  having  been  awarded  in 
1910  to  two  students  of  the  Fourth  Year,  these  students  are  not 
eligible  to  receive  them  again  in  1911  on  completing  their  Fifth 
Year. ) 


TRAVELLING    SCHOLARSHIP. 

The  sum  of  six  hundred  dollars  will  be  given  annually  for 
the  maintenance  of  a  Travelling  Scholarship,  to  be  awarded 
under  the  following  conditions  : — ■ 

1.  The  object  of  the  Travelling  Scholarship  shall  be  to 
assist  students  who  have  completed  their  Final  Year  in  the 
University  to  pursue  the  special  line  of  studies  which  they 
have  selected,  at  some  other  University  or  seat  of  learning. 

2.  No  student  shall  hold  a  Travelling  Scholarship  for  a 
longer  period  than  two  years ;  and  no  student  who  has  once 
held  such  scholarship  shall  be  eligible  for  a  second  time. 


183 

3.  Those  eligible  to  compete  for  the  scholarship  shall  be 
students  who  have  graduated  not  more  than  twelve  months 
previously,  at  the  regular  spring  examination,  in  one  of  the 
special  courses  in  Arts  or  in  the  course  in  Medicine  or  Engin- 
eering. 

4.  One  Travelling  Scholarship  shall  be  offered  for  competi- 
tion in  every  alternate  year,  or  oftener  if  a  scholarship  be 
vacant :  and  the  course  in  which  it  is  offered  shall  be  decided 
bv  rotation  in  the  following  order :— The  special  course  in 
Classics,  the  special  course  in  Mathematics,  the  special  ocurse 
in  .Modern  Languages,  the  special  course  in  English  Philosophy , 
the  special  course  in  Latin  Philosophy,  the  special  courses  in 
Science,  the  course  in  Medicine,  the  courses  in  Engineering. 
The  course  in  which  it  is  proposed  to  award  it  shall  be  an- 
nounced in  the  Calendar  of  the  year  previous. 

5.  The  scholarship  shall  be  awarded  to  the  student  obtaining 
the  highest  marks  at  a  special  examination  in  the  subjects  of 
the  selected  course,  the  date  and  place  of  holding  which  shall 
be  announced  in  the  Calendar  of  the  year  previous.  Provided 
always  that  the  scholarship  shall  not  be  awarded  to  any  stu- 
dent who  shall  not  have  (a)  obtained  first  class  standing  at 
the  special  examination,  and  (b)  obtained  first  class  standing 
and  have  passed  in  all  subjects  of  his  final  examination.  If 
these  conditions  be  not  satisfied  the  scholarship  maw  if  tin- 
Board  of  Studies  deem  it  advisable,  be  offered  under  similar 
conditions  in  the  subjects  of  the  course  next  in  rotation. 

6.  The  place  at  which  the  successful  student  shall  pursue  his 
studies  shall  be  selected  by  the  student,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  Board  of  Studies. 

7.  The  scholarship  shall  be  of  the  yearly  value  of  $600,  and 
the  amount  shall  be  paid  each  year  in  two  moieties;  provided 
that  the  second  moiety  in  each  year  shall  not  be  paid  until  the 
student  shall  have  spent  at  least  three  months  in  studying  at 
the  institution  selected,  and  shall  have  produced  a  certificate 
from  the  authorities  of  the  institution  of  his  having  made 
satisfactory  progress. 


The  Special  Scholarship  Examination  shall  be  held  each  year 
in  May,  beginning  on  the  opening  day  of  the   Matriculation 


184 

Examination.     Applications  for  this  examination  shall  be  for- 
warded to  the  Registrar  thirty  days  in  advance. 

1911. 

The  scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  this  year  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematics.  The  examination  will  consist  of  the 
following  papers : — 

1.  Synthetic  Geometry  (Plane  and  Solid). 

2.  Analytical  Geometry  (  Plane  and  Solid ) . 

3.  Higher  Algebra  (including  Theory  of  Equations). 

4.  Trigonometry   (Plane  and  Spherical). 

5.  Infinitesimal  Calculus  and  Differential  Equations. 

6.  Statics  and  Particle  Dynamics. 


THE   RHODES'  SCHOLARSHIP. 

By  the  Will  of  the  late  Hon.  Cecil  Rhodes  a  Scholarship 
of  the  value  of  £300  yearly,  tenable  at  any  college  in  the 
University  of  Oxford  for  three  consecutive  academical  years, 
has  been  allotted  to  the  Province  of  Manitoba. 

Nominations  to  the  Scholarship  shall  be  made  by  a  com- 
mittee of  five,  to  be  named  by  the  University  of  Manitoba. 

Candidates  for  the  Scholarship  should,  during  the  month  of 
January,  notify  the  Committee  of  Selection  of  their  intention 
to  present  themselves  for  examination.  The  decision  of  the 
Committee  of  Selection  shall  be  final  as  regards  eligibility. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  nomination  to  this  Scholarship, 
candidates : 

(a)  Must  be  British  subjects. 

(b)  Must  have  spent   four  years  in  Manitoba  educational 

institutions,  two  at  least  of  which  must  have  been 
as  registered  undergraduates  of  the  University  of 
Manitoba. 


185 

(c)  Must  not  be  less  than  nineteen  nor  more  than  twenty- 
five  years  of  age  at  the  time  of  writing,  and  un- 
married. 

Prior  to  election  a  qualifying  examination  will  be  held. 
This  examination  is  not  competitive,  but  is  intended  to  give 
assurance  that  all  candidates  are  fully  qualified  to  enter  on 
a  course  of  study  at  Oxford  University. 

It  will  therefore  be  based  on  the  requirements  for  Res- 
ponsions — the  first  public  examination  exacted  by  the  Univer- 
sity from  each  candidate  for  a  degree. 

The  Rhodes  Scholars  will  be  selected  from  candidates  who 
have  successfully  passed  this  preliminary  examination. 

The  requirements  for  the  Responsions  examination,  as  stated 
in  the  Statutes  of  the  University  of  Oxford,  are  as  follow-. : 

Candidates  must  offer  the  following: — 

(1)  Arithmetic — the  whole. 

(2)  Either  Algebra. 

Addition,  Subtraction.  Multiplication.  Division.  Greatest 
Common  Measure,  Least  Common  Multiple,  Fractions,  Ex- 
traction of  Square  Root,  Simple  Equations  containing  one  or 
two  unknown  quantities,  and  problems  producing  such  equa- 
tions. 

Or,  the  Elements  of  Geometry. 

Elementary  Questions,  including  propositions  enunciated 
by  Euclid,  and  easy  deductions  therefrom,  will  be  set  on  the 
subject-matter  contained  in  the  following  portions  of  Euclid's 
Elements,  viz. : — 

Book      I.     The  whole,  excluding  proposition^  7.    16,   17. 
21. 

Book     fl.     The  whole,  excluding  proposition  8 

Book  III.     The   whole,   excluding  proposition*   2.   4    to 

10,  13,  23.  24.  26  to  2". 

Any  method  of  proof  will  be  ac  I  which  shows  clear- 

ness and  accuracy  in  geometrical  reasonin 


186 

far  as  possible,  candidates    should   aim   at   making   the 
proof  of  any  proposition  complete  in  itself. 

In  the  case  of  propositions  1  to  7.  9.  10  of  Book  II..  alge- 
braical proofs  will  be  allowed. 

.;      Greek  and  Latin  Grammar, 
i  4)    Translation   from  English  into  Latin  prose. 
5      Greek  and  Latin  author-. 

Candidates  must  offer  two  books,  one  Greek  and  one  Latin 
or  Unseen  Translation.  The  following  portions  of  the  under- 
mentioned authors  will  be  accepted : — 

Demosthenes:   De  Corona. 

Euripides  :    Any  two  of  the   following  plays :     Hecuba. 
Medea.  Alcestis.  Bacchas. 

Homer:    (1)   Iliad  1 — 5.  or  2 — ■•>:  or   (2)   Odvs>ev  1 — 5. 
or  2—6. 

Plato  :    Apology  and  Crito. 

S      hoci.es:   Antigone  and  Ajax. 

Xexophox  :   Anabasis  1 — k  or  2 — 5. 

Cesar:    De  Bello  Gallico.  1 — k 

Cicero:    (1)  the  first  two  Phillippic  Orations;     r     J     the 

first  three  Catiline  orations,  and  In  Yerrem.  Act  I. : 
or    (3)    the   Orations.    Pro    Murena    and    Pro    I     g 
Manilla :  or  <  4  i  the  theatises.  De  Senectute  and  De 
Amicitia. 

Horace:    (1     Odes  1 — I;  or    2     Satires;    r    3  i  Epis: 

-  V.  and  VI. 

Vergil:      il»    the    Bu  -.    with    Books    1 — 3    of    the 

/Eneid :  or     J     the   G     rg     -  :  .;       the    .Eneid, 

Books  1 — 5.  or  2 — 6. 

The  texts  used  in  setting  the  examination  papers  will  be 
those  of  the  Series  >sical  Texts,  >o  far  as  th   - 

ha.  n  published  by  the  Oxford  University  Pre.--. 

Paper?  covering  this  range  of  study  will  be  prepared  by 
examiners  appointed  by  the   Trustees,  and  will  be  sent  to  each 


187 

centre,  where,  at  a  date  publicly  announced,  the  examii 

will  be  held  under  proper  supervision,  and  the  papers  returned 

to  the  examiners. 

A  list  of  those  who  have  successfully  passed  this  test 
a<  soon  as  possible  be   furnished  the  committee  of  selecti 

and    from   this    list   the   committee   will   proceed   to   elect     the 
scholar-. 

The  committee  will  also  be  asked  to  furnish  to  the  Tru- 
as  full  a  statement  as  possible  of  the  school  and  college  career 
of  each  elected  scholar,   with  the  special  grounds  of  his   ap- 
pointment, together  with    sugg  -  if    desired,    as  to  the 
-    idy  for  which  he  is  1    -    fitted. 

Any  inquiries  about  Oxford,  its  colleg   -    md  -   - 

study   there,   should   be   addressed   to   F.   J.   Wylie,    Esq.,   the 
Oxford  agent  of  the  Rhodes  Trusl     - 


i>v 


pies   of  Oxford    R<.  -  n  pap  irs   can 

be  obtained   from  the  Copp,  Clark  Company.   Toronto.     The 
3      lent's  Handbook  ox  O:  can  be  ordered  at  the  same 

address.     [1  -       -    Full  information  about  the  examinati 
the  University,  subject  to  changes  made  since  the  last  edition 
was  issued. 

"Oxford  As  I:  Is,"  a  -mall  pamphlel  ired  by  Mr.  1. 

Dyer,  of  Harvard  and  Balliol  Colleg   5,       r  is  \meri- 

can  candidate  5.  g       s  all  ess  ntial  information  in  a 

m.     It  can     Is  rdered  from  the  Clark  Company, 

Toronl 

rd  and   it-   C  II  n   by   Mr.    1.   Wells 

Wadham  College,  and  '    edited 

the  San  ntleman,  may  '      i      tinmen  thos      vho  wish 

gain  full  in  ldouI  the  University  and  its 

F.xtract<    from   the    Will    of   the    Ritrht    Hon.     Cecil     John 
Rhode- : — 

My  that  the  nts  who  shall  i  !■■ 

the  scholarships  shall  not  be  merely  bookworms,  I  d  hat 

in  the  election  of  a 

1  |    his   literary  and   - 
ness  i  >f  and  -  in  manh 

:'     tball   and   the   IT  I    his   qualities   of   ma-  truth. 


186 

So  far  as  possible,  candidates  should  aim  at  making  the 
proof  of  any  proposition  complete  in  itself. 

In  the  case  of  propositions  1  to  7,  9,  10  of  Book  II.,  alge- 
braical proofs  will  be  allowed. 

(3)  Greek  and  Latin  Grammar. 

(4)  Translation   from   English  into  Latin  prose. 

(5)  Greek  and  Latin  authors. 

Candidates  must  offer  two  books,  one  Greek  and  one  Latin 
or  Unseen  Translation.  The  following  portions  of  the  under- 
mentioned authors  will  be  accepted : — 

Demosthenes:   De  Corona. 

Euripides  :  Any  two  of  the  following  plays :  Hecuba, 
Medea,  Alcestis,  Bacchae. 

Homer:  (1)  Iliad  1 — 5,  or  2 — 6;  or  (2)  Odyssey  1 — 5, 
or  2—6. 

Plato  :    Apology  and  Crito. 

Sophocles:  Antigone  and  Ajax. 

Xenophon  :  Anabasis  1 — 4,  or  2 — 5. 

Cesar:    De  Bello  Gallico,   1—4. 

Cicero:  (1)  the  first  two  Phillippic  Orations;  or  (2)  the 
first  three  Catiline  orations,  and  In  Verrem,  Act  I. ; 
or  (3)  the  Orations,  Pro  Murena  and  Pro  Lege 
Manilia;  or  (4)  the  theatises,  De  Senectute  and  De 
Amicitia. 

Horace:    (1)  Odes  1 — 4;  or  (2)  Satires;  or  (3)  Epistles. 

Livv  :    1  looks  Y.  and  VI. 

Vergil:  (1)  the  Bucolics,  with  Books  1 — 3  of  the 
/Eneid  ;  or  (  2  )  the  Georgics  ;  or  (  3  >  the  .Eneid, 
Books  1 — 5,  or  2 — 6. 

The  texts  used  in  setting  the  examination  papers  will  be 
those  of  the  Scries  of  Oxford  Classical  Texts,  so  far  as  these 
have  been  published  by  the  Oxford  University  Press. 

Papers  covering  this  range  of  stud)'  will  be  prepared  by 
examiners  appointed  by  the   Trustees,  and  will  be  sent  to  each 


187 

centre,  where,  at  a  date  publicly  announced,  the  examination 
will  be  held  under  proper  supervision,  and  the  papers  returned 
to  the  examiners. 

A  list  of  those  who  have  successfully  passed  this  test  will 
as  soon  as  possible  be  furnished  the  committee  of  selection, 
and  from  this  list  the  committee  will  proceed  to  elect  the 
scholars. 

The  committee  will  also  be  asked  to  furnish  to  the  Trm 
as  full  a  statement  as  possible  of  the  school  and  college  career 
of  each   elected  scholar,   with  the  special  grounds  of  his  ap- 
pointment, together  with    suggestions,    if    desired,    as  to  the 
course  of  study  for  which  he  is  best  fitted. 

Any  inquiries  about  Oxford,  its  colleges  and  the  courses  of 
study  there,  should  be  addressed  to  F.  J.  Wylie,  Esq.,  the 
Oxford  agent  of  the  Rhodes  Trustees. 

Copies  of  Oxford  Responsion  papers  for  past  years  can 
be  obtained  from  the  Copp,  Clark  Company.  Toronto.  The 
Student's  Handbook  of  Oxford  can  be  ordered  at  the  same 
address.  It  gives  full  information  about  the  examinations  of 
the  University,  subject  to  changes  made  since  the  last  edition 
was  issued. 

''Oxford  As  Tt  Is,"  a  small  pamphlet  prepared  by  Mr.  Louis 
Dyer,  of  Harvard  and  Balliol  Colleges,  for  the  use  of  Ameri- 
can candidates,  gives  all  essential  information  in  a  condensed 
form.  It  can  also  be  ordered  from  the  Copp,  Clark  Company, 
Toronto. 

"Oxford  and  its  Colleges,"  written  by  Mr.  J.^  Wells,  of 
Wadham  College,  and  "Oxford  and  <  Ixford  Life."  edited  by 
the  same  gentleman,  may  be  recommended  to  those  who  wish 
to  gain  full  information  about  the  University  and  it-  Colleg 

Extracts  from  the  Will  of  the  Righl  Hon.  Cecil  John 
Rhodes : — 

My  desire  being  that  the  students  who  shall  be  elected  to 
the  scholarships  shall  not  be  merely  bookworms,  I  direct  thai 
in  the  election  of  a  student  to  a  scholarship  regard  shall  be  had 
to  (1)  his  literary  and  scholastic  attainments;  (2)  his  fond- 
ness of  and  success  in  manly  outdoor  -port-,  such  as  cricket, 
football   and   the  like;    (3)    hi-  qualitii      of   manhood,   truth. 


188 

courage,  devotion  to  duty,  sympathy  for  and  protection  of  the 
weak,  kindliness,  unselfishness  and  fellowship;  and  (4)  his 
exhibition  during  school  days  of  moral  force  of  character  and 
of  instincts  to  lead  and  to  take  an  interest  in  his  schoolmates  ; 
for  those  latter  attributes  will  be  likely  in  after  life  to  guide 
him  to  esteem  the  performance  of  public  duties  as  his  highest 
aim.  As  mere  suggestions  for  the  guidance  of  those  who  will 
have  the  choice  of  students  for  the  scholarships,  I  record  that 
(1)  my  ideal  qualified  student  would  combine  these  four  quali- 
fications in  the  proportions  of  three-tenths  for  the  first,  two- 
tenths  for  the  second,  three-tenths  for  the  third,  and  two-tenths 
for  the  fourth  qualifications,  so  that  according  to  my  ideas  if 
the  maximum  number  of  marks  for  any  Scholarship  were  200 
they  would  be  apportioned  as  follows :  60  to  each  of  the  first 
and  third  qualifications  and  40  to  each  of  the  second  and  fourth 
qualifications;  (2)  the  marks  of  the  several  qualifications 
would  be  awarded  independently  as  follows  (that  is  to  say) 
the  marks  for  the  first  qualification  by  examination,  for  the 
second  and  third  qualification  respectively  by  ballot  by  the 
fellow-students  of  the  candidates,  and  for  the  fourth  qualifi- 
cation by  the  head  master  of  the  candidate's  school;  and  (3) 
the  results  of  the  awards  (that  is  to  say  the  marks  obtained 
by  each  candidate  for  each  qualification)  would  be  sent  as  soon 
as  possible  for  consideration  to  the  trustees  or  to  some  person 
or  persons  appointed  to  receive  the  same  and  the  person  or 
persons  so  appointed  would  ascertain  by  averaging  the  marks 
in  blocks  of  20  marks  each  of  all  candidates  the  best  ideal 
qualified  students. 

No  student  shall  be  qualified  or  disqualified  for  election  to 
scholarship  on  account  of  his  race  or  religious  opinions.  The 
election  to  scholarships  shall  be  by  the  trustees  after  such  (if 
any)  consultation  as  they  shall  think  fit  with  the  minister  hav- 
ing the  control  of  education  in  such  colony,  province,  state  or 
territory. 

A  qualified  student  who  has  been  eelcted  as  aforesaid  shall 
within  six  calendar  months  after  his  election  or  as  soon  there- 
after as  he  can  be  admitted  into  residence,  or  within  such  ex- 
tended time  as  my  trustees  shall  allow,  commence  residence  as 
an  undergraduate  at  some  college  in  the  University  of  Oxford. 


The  Scholarships  shall  be  payable  to  him  from  the  time  when 
he  shall  commence  such  residence. 


189 

,The  University  of  Manitoba  has  been  admitted  by  the  Uni 
versity  of  Oxford  to  the  privileges  of  the  Statute  on  Colonial 
and  Indian  Universities. 

This  statute  relieves  students  of  certain  standing  from  the 
requirements  of  Responsions,  providing  a  sufficient  knowledge 
of  the  Greek  language  has  been  shown.  It  also  admits  to 
Junior  or  Senior  status,  as  follows : — 

(a)  Any  member  of  a  University  so  admitted,  who  shall 
have  pursued  a  course  of  study  prescribed  by  it  and  extending 
over  two  years,  and  who  shall  have  passed  all  the  examinations 
incident  to  the  course,  may  be  admitted  to  the  status  and  privi- 
leges of  a  Junior  Colonial  or  Indian  Student. 

(b)  Any  member  of  a  University  so  admitted,  who  shall 
have  pursued  a  course  of  study  prescribed  by  it  and  extending 
over  three  full  years,  and  who  shall  have  taken  Honours  in  the 
final  examination  incident  to  the  course,  may  be  admitted  to 
the  status  and  privileges  of  a  Senior  Colonial  or  Indian 
Student. 


190 


MEDALS. 


(a)  The  Governor- General's  Medals. 

1.  The  Governor-General's  Silver  and  Bronze  Medals,  the 
gift  of  His  Excellency,  the  Governor-General,  are  awarded  to 
the  different  courses  in  Arts  at  the  final  examination  in  rota- 
tion, and  take  the  place  of  the  University  Silver  and  Bronze 
Medals  in  the  course  in  which  they  are  awerded. 

In  1911,  the  Governor-General's  Medals  will  he  awarded  in 
the  course  in  Modern  Languages. 

(b)  University  Medals. 

1.  A  Silver  Medal  shall  he  awarded  annually  to  the  student 
obtaining  the  highest  first-class  standing  in  each  course  in 
Arts  at  the  final  examination  ( in  the  case  of  the  General 
Course  fixed  subjects  only  shall  be  taken  into  account),  and 
to  the  student  obtaining  the  highest  first-class  standing  in  the 
final  examination  in  the  LL.B.  Course,  and  to  the  student  ob- 
taining the  highest  first-class  standing  in  the  final  year  examin- 
ation in  the  course  in  Medicine. 

2.  A  Bronze  Medal  shall  be  awarded  annually  to  the  student 
standing  second  in  order  of  merit  in  each  course  in  Arts  at  the 
final  examination,  provided  his  standing  also  be  first-class, 
and  to  the  student  standing  second  in  order  of  merit  in  the 
final  examination  of  the  LL.B.  Course,  provided  his  standing 
be  first-class,  and  to  the  student  standing  second  in  order  of 
merit  in  the  Final  Year  Examination  in  the  Course  in  Medi- 
cine, provided  his  standing  be  first-class. 

3.  A  Gold  Medal,  presented  by  Dr.  J.  If.  O'Donnell,  shall 
be  awarded  annually  to  the  student  obtaining  the  highest  fir^t- 
class  standing  in  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Children  in  the 
Final  Year  in  Medicine,  provided  his  standing  in  other  respects 
be  satisfactory. 

4.  A  Gold  Medal,  presented  by  Dr.  J.  X.  Hutchison,  shall 
be  awarded  annually  to  the  student  obtaining  the  highest  first- 


191 

class  standing  on  the  aggregate  mark-  of  the   full  course  in 

Medicine. 


DEGREES    IN    ABSENTIA. 

\o  degree  will  be  conferred  in  absentia  except  when  good 
reasons  for  absence  have  been  submitted  to,  and  approved 
by  the  Board  of  Studies,  or  the  Council,  and  an  additional  fee 
of  ten  dollars  will  be  exacted  in  each  case  where  permission  is 
granted. 

GRADING   OF   DEGREES. 

All  Diplomas  granted  by  the  University  are  graded  as  fol- 
lows : — rite,  indicating  standing  betwen  the  pass  mark  and  67 
per  cent. ;  cum  laude,  standing  between  66  per  cent,  and  80  per 
cent. ;  and  magna  cum  laude,  standing  above  79  per  cent. 

UNIVERSITY   DRESS. 

No  undergraduate  student  shall  present  himself  at  any 
University  Examination,  or  at  any  meeting  of  the  University, 
unless  he  be  clothed  in  the  academic  dress  peculiar  to  his 
college. 

The  materials  and  colors  prescribed  by  the  Council  for  the 
hoods  to  be  worn  by  graduates  of  the  University  in  the  various 
Faculties,  are  as  follows  : 

B.A. — Black  stuff,  edged  with  white  rabbit-skin,  with  a  braid 
of  green  silk. 

M.A. — Black  corded  silk,  lined  with  scarlet  corded  silk. 

M.D. — Black  cashmere,  lined  with  purple  corded  silk. 

M.I)..  CM. — Black  cashmere,  lined  with  purple  corded  silk 
and  edged  with  violet  silk. 


LL.B. — ['.lack  silk  stuff,  lined  with  white  silk,  edged  with  n 
row  white  rabbit  skin,  and  narrow  green  silk  bi 
along  the  border. 

B.S.A.— Black,  lined  with  green,  and  edged  with  while  rabbit 
skin. 


194 
Appeals. 

For  the  re-reading  of  one  or  two  papers $  4  00 

Each  additional  paper 2  00 

Special. 

For  a  Certificate  of  Standing $  2  00 

For  a  Statement  of  Marks  1  00 

For  a   Complete  Bound   Set  of    Examination 

Papers 50 

Any  student,  whether  attending  Lectures  in 
the  University  Building  or  not,  who 
neglects  to  register,  each  year  of  his 
course,  with  the  Registrar  of  the  Uni- 
versity, within  two  weeks  after  entering 
College,  will  be  liable  to  a  fine  of 2  00 


Caution  Money 


Students  in  Engineering  and  in  the  special  courses  in  Mathe- 
matics and  Natural  and  Physical  Science,  and  all  others  taking 
practical  or  laboratory  classes  in  the  University  are  required  to 
deposit  with  the  Registrar  at  the  beginning  of  each  session  the 
sum  of  $5.00.  Against  this  will  be  assessed  the  value  of  all 
apparatus  broken  or  materials  wasted  in  any  way  other  than  in 
the  legitimate  course  of  class  work,  and  the  balance  will  be 
refunded  at  the  close  of  the  term.  In  like  manner  assessments 
for  damage  done  will  be  made  by  University  professors  and 
lecturers  against  the  caution  money  deposits  made  by  Medical 
students  at  the  Manitoba  Medical  College. 


195 
DEGREES    GRANTED 


October  7th,  1909. 

B.A. 

Carmichael,  James  Malcolm 
Dixon.  Howard  C. 
Jackson.  Jean  S. 
Mather,  John  F. 
Ram.  H.  S. 

M.D. 

Green.  Charles  \Y. 

B.A.  Ad  Eundem  Gradum. 

Conway.  Edward,  B.A.,  Fordham 
University.  Xew  York. 

Kaneen,  William  Edward.  B.A., 
Western  University,  London. 

March  11th,  1910. 

B.A.  Ad  Eundem  Gradum. 

Macgibbon,  Duncan  Charles.  B.A.. 

McMaster  University,  Toronto. 
Riley,  Harold  J..   B.Sc,  Worcester 

Polytechnic  [nst. 


April  7th.  1910. 

M.D.  Ad  Eundem  Gradum. 

Paling,    Albert.    M.B.     I  London  I. 
B.S.  d.<md«»n).  F.R.C.S. 


May  13th,  1910. 

B.A. 

Adamson,  James  I  touglas 
Andrew-.  Al  fred  I  lerberl  John 
Atkinson,  Railton  Edward 


196 

Baragar,  Charles  Arthur 

Bastin,  May 

Beaubien,  Joseph  Thomas 

Beliveau,  Joseph 
Bell.  Morley  L. 
Cawley,  Herbert 
Charette,  Guillaume  Joseph 
Cole.  Richard 
Combe,  Charles  Victor 
Cottingham,  William  Randolph 
Craig,  John  S. 
Culver,  Albert  Fergusson 
Donald,  Robert  Fulton  Barbour 
Drysdale,  Gladstone  Ewart 
Durnin.  Edward  Howard 
Elliott,  Allan  Ball 
Elliott.  George  Henry 
Ferguson,  Robert  George 
Fillmore,  John  Eldon 
Ful ford,  Albert  Gilmour 
Fulford,  William  John  Dalhousie 
Halldorson,  Salome 
Hartie,  William  Bowley 
Hey  wood,  Percy 
Howarth,  David  Rusk  Lowrey 
Jackson,  Robert  Frederick 
Jackson,  Thorstena  Sigridur 
Kennedy,  George  Stanley 
Kyle,  David  Cantelon 
Lambert,  Alexandre 
Lamont,  John  Salmon 
Lindsay,  Gordon  C. 
Lockhart,  Emanuel 
Long.  Elizabeth  Dundas 
Macdonald,  Murdo 
Mackinnon,  Malcolm  Edey 
Mann,  William  Lawson 
Middleton,  Marie  Xesta 
McFetridge,  William  Alexander 
McLeod,  James  Dudley 
Moir,  James  1  lilton 
Montgomery,  Kate  Clare 
Muckle,  Anna   llollins 
Xeelin.  Thomas  Addison 
Olson.  Baldur 


197 

Philip,  Douglas  Campbell 
Pybus,  George  Garnet 
Ritchie,  John  Boyle 
Schultz,  Otto  Reginald 
Simonson,  Elizabeth 
Tait,  Helen  Jean 
Teskey,  Marquis  Harold 
Thomson,  Frank  Alexander 
Thorson,  Joseph  Thorarinn 
Warner,  Albert  Hurd 
Warner,  Edwin  Lloyd 
Watson.  Helen  Innes 
Wells.  George  Anderson 
Whiting,  George  A. 

LL.B. 

Branion,  Samuel  John  Albert,  B.A. 
Bryant.  John  Leslie 
Hamilton.  Frank  Kent 
Hetherington,  Evelyn  Guy 
Hugill.  John  William 
Kennedy.  Frederick  Charles,  B.A. 
Pridham,  Edwin  Allee 
Procter.  Arthur  Thomas 

M.D, 

Arthur,  George 

Peters,  Wilfred  Seymour 

Scott,  Robert  George.  B.A. 

CM. 

Arthur,  George 

M.A. 

Collins,  Ernest  Spencer,  I!. A..  Uni- 
versity    of      Manitoba.      1898. 
Thesis:    "Arc    We    Spoiling   the 
Native?"     An   Inquiry  into  and 
Defence  of  the  Policy  of  Edu 
ing  the  Subject  Native  K 
British  South  Africa. 


198 

Kaneen,    William    Edward,     B.A. 

Western      University,      London. 

Thesis:     "The     Philosophy     of 

War." 
Middleton,  Stephen  Douglas,  B.A., 

University    of    Manitoba,    1904. 

Thesis :  "Ancient  Astronomy." 

B.A.  Ad  Eundem  Gradum. 

Floeck,  Joseph,  B.A.,  Kaiser  Wil- 
helm  University,  Strassburg. 

Price,  J. A.,  B.A.,  Princeton  Univer- 
sity. 

Spence,  William  J.,  B.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Toronto. 


STUDENTS,  1909-1910 
ARTS 

Fourth  Year 

(N.B.) — Unless  otherwise  specified  the  post  office  is  in  Mani- 
toba). 

Adamson,  James  Douglas  Winnipeg. 

Andrews,  Alfred,  Herbert  John  ....Winnipeg. 

Atkinson,  Railton  Edward  Winnipeg. 

Baragar,  Charles  Arthur  Elm  Creek. 

Bastin,  May Winnipeg. 

Beaubien,  Joseph  Thomas  Winnipeg. 

Beliveau,  Joseph  St.  Boniface. 

Bell.  Morley  L Baldur. 

Bompas,  John  George  Gwvnnett  ....Wolseley,  Sask. 

Cawley,   Herbert   Winnipeg. 

Charette,  Guillaume  Joseph  .....La  Rochelle. 

Cole,  Richard  Melita. 

Combe,  Charles  Victor  Kent.  England. 

Cottingham,  William  Randolph  Winnipeg. 

Craig,  John  S Fortier. 

Culver,  Albert  Fergusson  Winnipeg. 

Donald,  Robert  Fulton  Barbour Moosomin,  Sask. 


199 

Drysdale.  Gladstone  Evvart Neepawa. 

Durnin,  Edward  Howard  Crewe.  (  tat. 

Elliott.  Allan  Ball Winnipeg. 

Elliott.  George  Henry  Winnipeg. 

Ferguson.  Robert  George  Yorkton.  Sask. 

Fillmore.  John  Eldon  Winnipeg. 

Fulford.  Albert  Gilmour Mather. 

Fulford,  William  John  Dalhousie..  .Mather. 

Gibson,  Alexander  Raeburn  Elm  Creek. 

Halldorson,  Salome  Lundar. 

Hartie.  William  Bowley  New  Westminster.   B.C. 

Hey  wood,  Percy Winnipeg. 

Howarth.  David  Rusk  Lowrey Winnipeg. 

Jackson,  Robert  Frederick  Souris. 

Jackson.  Thorstena  Sigridur  Fishing  Lake.  Sask 

Kennedy,  George  Stanley  Regina,  Sask. 

Kennedy,  Harvey  Everest  Winnipeg. 

Kyle,  David  Cantelon Brandon. 

Lambert.  Alexandre  D St.    Boniface. 

Lamont,  John  Salmon  Charlottetown,  P.E.I. 

Lindsay,  Gordon  C Winnipeg. 

Lockhart.  Emanuel  Spring  Valley,  P.E.I. 

Long.  Elizabeth  Dundas  Winnipeg. 

Macdonald.  Murdo  Winnipeg. 

McFetridge,  William  Alexander  ....Souris. 

MacKinnon,  Malcolm  Edey  Portage  la  Prairie. 

McLeod.  James  Dudley Winnipeg. 

Mann.  William  Lawson Macklin,  Sask. 

Middleton,  Marie  Xesta  Brandon. 

Moir,  James  Hilton  Winnipeg. 

Monette,  Joseph  Antonin  Lac  Pelletier,  Sask. 

Montgomery,  Kate  Clare  Winnipeg. 

Muckle,  Anna  Ilollins Clandeboye. 

Murray,  William  Anderson  Stonewall. 

Nfeelin,  '1  nomas  Addison  Minister.  Ont. 

Olson,  Baldur  Winnipeg. 

Philip,  Douglas  Campbell  Winnipeg. 

Pybus,  George  Garnet  Winnipeg. 

Ritchie,  John  Boyle  Port  Arthur,  (  tat. 

Schultz,  Otto  Reginald  Baldur. 

Simonson,  Elizabeth  Wetaskiwin,  Aha. 

Tait,  Helen  Jean Winnipeg. 

Teskey,  Marquis  Harold  Winnip< 

Thomson,  Frank  Alexander  Brandon. 

Thorson,  Joseph  Thorarinn  Winnipeg. 


200 

Warner.  Albert  Hurd Winnipeg. 

Warner,  Edwin  Lloyd  Winnipeg. 

Watson,  Helen  Innes Winnipeg. 

Wells,  George  Anderson  Winnipeg. 

Whiting,  George  A Moosomin,  Sask. 

Third  Year 


ior. 


Adamson,  Alan  C Winnipeg 

Anderson.  James  Thomas  Milton.... Grenfell,  Sask. 

Argue,  Robert  Fletcher Shillsville,  Ont. 

Berry,  Lester  Edward England. 

Bertrand,  Jacques  St.  Boniface. 

Bjarnason,  Stefan  August  Mary  Hill,  Sask. 

Beaupre,  Jean  Baptiste St.  Boniface. 

Beliveau,  Arthur Winnipeg. 

Brandon.  Isabel  Albina  Brandon. 

Bury,  George  Aylen  Ernest  Winnipeg. 

Cameron.  Charles  Frederick ..Carlyle,  Sask. 

Campbell,  John  Fletcher  Louise  Bridge. 

Carrick,  Cecil  Lome  Brandon. 

Chambers,  Samuel  David Winnipeg. 

Clyde,  John  Baxter Winnipeg. 

Denby,  Ella  Winnipeg. 

Dixson,  Percy  John  Winnipeg. 

Doidge.  Walter  Alexander  ..Winnipeg. 

Donnelly.  Henry  Bingham  Norwood. 

Dutton,  John  Brockway Sintaluta.  Sask. 

Eliott,  Albert  Leslie Maymont,  Sask. 

Evans,  Albert  Ethelbert  Aylward.. ..Winnipeg. 

Fahrni.  Roy Gladstone. 

Fox,  Vera  Margarita Winnipeg. 

Gardiner,  James  Garfield Clearwater. 

Howey,  John  Victor Moisse,  Ont. 

Johannsson,  Johann  Gertur  Poplar  Park. 

Johnson,  Baldur  Mimir,   Sask. 

Kerr.  Stanley  Harold  Franklin. 

Lamont,  Joseph  Laurie  Treherne. 

Lawson,  Clarkson  Brunskill  Brandon. 

Lukacs.  Joseph  Esterhazy,  Sask. 

McManus,  Joseph  Lewis Winnipeg. 

Major,  Fernand  B Hull,  Que. 

Leslie,  Eva  May Winnipeg. 

Lindal.  Walter  Holar,  .Sask. 

McPride,  Andrew  Winnipeg. 


201 

McCool,  Charles  Wesley  Burriss,  Out. 

McFarlane,  Margaret  Ethel  Winnipeg. 

McGill,  Sydney Neepawa. 

Mclntyre,  Neil  Albert  Winnipeg. 

Mclntyre,  Gladys  Isabella Winnipeg. 

McKnight,  Almyra Winnipeg. 

McLenaghen,  Myrtle  V Portage  la  Prairie. 

McQueen,  Robert .Brandon. 

Magowan,  Robert Drumbo,  Ireland. 

Matheson,  Edgar  Hugh  Ernest Winnipeg. 

Matheson,  Norah  Evelyn Winnipeg. 

Miller,  Charles  Samuel  Winnipeg. 

Morgan.  William  Henry Winnipeg. 

Morrison.  Wesley  Grenfell,    Sask. 

Mulligan,  William  Orr  Winnipeg. 

Neville,  Allen  E Goodlands. 

Noble,  William  Maurice  Glenboro. 

Palmer,  John  Francis Oak  River. 

Patterson,  Douglas  Richard Toronto,  Ont. 

Paul,  Morley  Perry  Govan.  Sask. 

Rutherford,  Gerald  Stuart  Winnipeg. 

Shearer,  William  Charles  Xeepawa. 

Sibley,  John  Cynddylan Winnipeg. 

Siddall,  Eldon  Rooklidge  Winnipeg. 

Singleton,  Wilfred  Burnett Winnipeg. 

Sissons,  Melrose Portage  la  Prairie. 

Strang,  John  Argyle Virden. 

Thompson,  Jean  Hathaway  Winnipeg. 

Ward,  Gladys  Irene Winnipeg. 

Webster.  Margaret Portage  la  Prairie. 

Wilkins,  James  West  London.  Ont. 

Second  Year 

Abbott,  William  Frederick  Winnipeg. 

Abrahamson,  Simon  Winnipeg. 

Adams,  Irene  Sutcliffe  Winnipeg. 

Adamson,  Morris  Clayland  Carman. 

Agar,  Georgina Brandon. 

Andrew.  Mary  Agnes Winnipeg. 

Baird,  Andrew  Stuart  Winnipeg. 

Beauchamp,  Christine  .Margaret  ...  South  Qu'Appelle,  Sask. 

Bell,  Elizabeth  MacGi 

Bell,  Ezra  D Baldur. 

Bloomer,  Edith  Mary  Basswood. 


202 

Bohemier,  Charles  Adolphe  Saint  Norbert. 

Boyle,  Russell  Ernest  Togo,  Sask. 

Broad,  Lloyd Winnipeg. 

Brownlee,  Thomas  Irwin High  View,  Sask. 

Bulloch,  Margaret  Adeline  Reston. 

Buchanan,  Margaret  Ruth  Winnipeg. 

Briggs,  Mary  A. Winnipeg. 

Bushe,  William  Feltrim Winnipeg. 

Cairns.  Amaret Poplar  Grove,  Sask. 

Caldwell,  Charles  Fleming  Dauphin. 

Cameron,  Catherine  Jane  Shoal  Lake. 

Campbell,  William  Alexander  Winnipeg. 

Campbell,  William  Russell  Winnipeg. 

Caswell,  Walter  Buchanan  Saskatoon,  Sask. 

Chapman,  Frederick  Colbourne Winnipeg. 

Clarke.  Ernest  H Borden,  Sask. 

Copeland,  Charles  Edgar  Winnipeg. 

Coxworth,  Morley  Dauphin. 

D'Arcy,  Norman  Joyce  Winnipeg. 

Dempsey,  James  Wesley  Kerfoot. 

Desorcy,  Lmile  Lorette. 

Dolmage,  Victor Souris. 

Dorey,  George Winnipeg. 

Everall,  Earle  Stuart Portage  la  Prairie. 

Eaton,  Harris Winnipeg. 

Ewert.  Alfred  Gretna. 

Ferrier,  Russell  Thompson  Brandon. 

Gauthier,  Charles  Henri Ste.  Agathe. 

Gauthier,  Conrad  Ste.  Agathe. 

Gill,  Clifford  Bickell Pettapiece. 

Gillespie,  Alma  L Winnipeg. 

Graham,  Alma  Winnipeg. 

Grain,  Gerald  Orton  Selkirk. 

Green,  Eva  May  Kenora,  Out. 

Haney,  Clifford  Ivan  Winnipeg. 

Hjalmarson,  Bjorn  Glenboro. 

Hopper,  Clark  Reid Newdale. 

Jenkins,  Llewellyn  Arthur  Winnipeg. 

Johnson,    Hallgrimur    Winnipeg. 

Jonasson,  Jonas  Th Mimir,  Sask. 

Kane,  Paul  Rathwell. 

Kelly,  Mildred  Helen  Winnipeg. 

Kerr,  John  Lindsay  Franklin. 

Kilfoyl,  Roland  Howard  MacGregor. 

Landry,  Joseph  Napoleon  St.  Norbert. 


203 

Laurin,  Alphonse  Dufresne. 

Leech,  Vera  Brandon. 

Little,  Grace  Elvie  Brandon. 

Logan,  Harold  Thomas  Peachland.  B.C. 

Lougheed,  Morley  Simmons  Cypress  River. 

McCaw,  Mina  Pearl  Winnipeg. 

McKenzie,  Roderick  Duncan  Winnipeg. 

Middal.   Ethel    Para   Winnipeg. 

Milliken,  Robert  Handyside  Reston. 

Milroy,  Reginald  Charles  Winnipeg. 

Moore,  Etta  M Brandon. 

Munroe,  Ina  Kildonan  East. 

Murdoch,  Sophie  May  Winnipeg. 

Naismith,  William  Condie,  Sask. 

Nason.  William - ...Winnipeg. 

Norton,  Glen  Reginald  Winnipeg. 

Orr,  Marian  Evelyn  Winnipeg. 

Paterson,  Donald  Hugh  Winnipeg. 

Paulson,  Gordon  Alexander Winnipeg. 

Pearson,  Evelyn  Mowbray  Winnipeg. 

Pearson,  Harold  John  Cory  Winnipeg. 

Potter,  Samuel  Howard  Brandon. 

Richardson,   Blaine  Winnipeg. 

Roblin,  Charles  Dufferin  Winnipeg. 

Savage,  James  Esterhazy,  Sask. 

Shinbane,  Abbie  Mark  Winnipeg. 

Simpson,  Fred  Irwin \  irden. 

Surtees,  Benjamin  Winnipeg. 

Thomson,  Lily  Gordon  Winnipeg. 

Warkentin,  Isaac  J Winkler. 

Weir,  Laura  Adelaide  Winnipeg. 

Wilton,  Winnifred  Marie  Winnipeg. 

Winkler,  Howard  Waldemar  Morden. 

First  Year 

Agar,  Annie  Jane  Brandon. 

Anderson,  Olafur  Thorrtur  Selkirk. 

Arnason,  Jon  Winnipeg. 

Austmann,  Kristjan  Jansson Woodside. 

Ball,  Fred  Blatchford  Winnipeg. 

Beaupre,  Joseph  Marcien  St.  Boniface. 

Bell,  Albert  Aylmer Baldur. 

Bell,  Gerald  Sylvester  Winnipeg. 

"Bergmann,  Magnea  G.   Winnipeg. 


204 

Bjornson,  Sveinn  Eriksson  Winnipeg. 

Black,  George  Patton  Winnipeg. 

Bleau,  Marius St.  Boniface. 

Bonneau,  S.  Marcien St.  Vital. 

Bowmann,  Harry  Isaac Winnipeg. 

Bridgman,  Bidwell  Wesley Portage  la  Prairie. 

Burns,  Charles  William Winnipeg. 

Bryan,  Owen  Oak  Lake. 

Campbell,  Harold  Reid  Carman. 

Campbell,  Neil  Stanley  Winnipeg. 

Chapman,  Arthur  Armstrong Forget.  Sask. 

Clark,  Marv  Gordon  Toronto,  Ont. 

Cleave,  William  Thomas Winnipeg. 

Clendenan,  Mary  Marguerite Winnipeg. 

Colcleugh,  William  Henry  Riverview,  Ont. 

Collins,  Emmett  F St.  Boniface. 

Constable,  Thomas  C Sandridge. 

Coubrough,  Robina  Frances  —Stonewall. 

Crookshanks,  Olive  Evelyn  Grand  View. 

Crummy,  Richard Winnipeg. 

Crummy,  William  T Winnipeg. 

Cunningham,  Olive  Isabel Winnipeg. 

Douglas,  Norman  Brent  Makinak. 

Ducker,  Stella  May Winnipeg. 

Dunrield,  Eber  Atkin  Winnipeg. 

English,  Harry  (  >swald  Harding. 

Erikson,  John  Winnipeg. 

Florence,  George  Roden. 

Forest,  Valmore  O .Paynton,  Sask. 

Frith,  Lawrence  Edward  Cokayne. -Winnipeg. 

Garrow,  William  Murison  Winnipeg. 

Garton,  Maris  Henry Winnipeg. 

Gelly,  George  Maurice -.Winnipeg. 

German,  Lionel  Yaughan  Winnipeg. 

Gordon.  Archie  Brandon. 

Graham.  Eleanor  Dell  Roland. 

Gunn,  Constance Stonewall. 

Gunn,  Evelyn  Stone  wall. 

Hansford,  Blossom  Winnipeg. 

Haney,  Gladys Winnipeg. 

Harris,  Tom  Hare  Brandon. 

Harvey,  Fern  Mildred  Winnipeg. 

Harvey,  Robert  Brandon. 

Henderson,  Richard  Carl  Winnipeg. 

Hoodspith.    Harry   Robert   Winnipeg. 


205 

Irvine,  Charles   Henry  Winnipeg. 

Irvine.  Wesley  William  Alameda.  Sask. 

Johannson,  A.  L Winnipeg. 

Johnston,   Lillian   Stewart   ..Winnipeg. 

Johnson,  Thomas  William  Winnipeg. 

Kerley,  Henry  Horace  Winnipeg. 

Killam,  George  Thomas  Alt.  Middleton,  X.B. 

Kristjansson,  Matthildur  Tantallon,  Sask. 

Leach.  Harold  Melville  Winnipeg. 

Letham,  Walter  Gibh  Minnedosa. 

Leighton,  Edmund  Herbert  Winnipeg. 

Lipsett,  Florence  Queenie Winnipeg. 

Loft.   Arthur   Winnipeg. 

Logan.  Lois  Ada  Lauder. 

Long,  William  Winnipeg. 

McCamis,  Muriel  Vivian  Arden. 

McEown,  Lawrence  Lewers  Souris. 

McFadden,  riamilton  Landers  Brandon. 

McKay,  Archie  A.  S Portage  la  Prairie. 

McKay,  Joseph  Fortescue Prince  Albert.  Sask. 

McKeague.  Minnie  Moote  Winnipeg. 

McKee.  William  Carey  Brandon. 

McKillop.  John   Winnipeg. 

MeKinnon.  Fraser  Reid  Brandon. 

McLachlan,  Lizzie  MacKay  Dislev,  Sask. 

McLaughlin,  Marguerite  Edith  Winnipeg. 

McPherson,  Marguerite  Hermione.AVinnipeg. 

McKeigue,  Gerald  Patrick  Alex Port  Arthur,  Ont. 

Margerie,  Antoine  de  Sainte  Anne  des  Chenes 

Maxwell.  Jessie  W Cordova. 

Meagher,  Charles  Winnipeg. 

Milner,  William  Herbert Winnipeg. 

Mitchell.  clinor  M Winnipeg. 

Moffatt,  Edward  K Winnipeg. 

Mountford,   Wilfred  Winnipeg. 

Munroe,  Marjorie  Kildonan. 

Munroe,  Robert   X'elson  Winnipeg. 

Murphy,  Thomas  Brandon. 

Murray,  George  Wishart  Slager,  Sa>k. 

Orr,  Nina  Janet  Winnipeg. 

Paquin,  Pierre  St.  Boniface. 

Parker,  George  Williamson     Winnipeg. 

Parsons,  Chester Fortier. 

Paulson,    Margaret   Winnipeg. 

Philip.  Mary  B Winnipi 


206 

Phillips,  John  Elbert  Wilhelm,  Sask; 

Popham,  Earle  C Winnipeg. 

Prud'homme,  Alexandre  Arthur St.  Boniface. 

Purdon,  Jessie  May Winnipeg. 

Raymer,  Alice  Rosa Selkirk. 

Reardon.  Leo  Francis     St.  Boniface. 

Reid,  .May  Gertrude Selkirk. 

Rhodenizer,  Vernon  Blaine  Winnipeg. 

Robinson,  James Brandon. 

Rose,  Nettie  Brandon. 

Seale,  Percy  Fred Winnipeg. 

Simpson,  Evelyn  J ...Brandon. 

Smith,   Beatrice Brandon. 

Speers,  L.  Wrilhelmina Brandon. 

Speers,  Russell  West  Brandon. 

Speirs,  Mable  Mildred Winnipeg. 

Stefanson,  Steinun  Jonasina Gimli. 

Strang,  Margaret  Helen  Virden. 

Styles,  Alfred  Gavilla Winnipeg. 

Thomson.  John  Wilfred  Grenfell,  Sask. 

Thomson,  Robert  Roden. 

Thorsteinsson,  Gudmundur  Olafur.  Stony  Hill. 

Thorvilson.  Arthur  W Winnipeg. 

Turner,  Ada  Hester P>eausejour. 

Underwood,  Percy  Wrilliam  Calgary,  Alta. 

Waind,  Edna  Blanche Areola,  Sask. 

Wark,  Plarold  Winnipeg. 

Watson,  William  Douglas Winnipeg. 

Weir,  Albert  Jackson Valley  River. 

Wilkin,  William  Ezra  Areola,  Sask. 

Williams,  Francis  Albert Winnipeg. 

Wilson,   Graham   Winnipeg. 

Wilson,  Petrina .St.  James. 

Wurster,  Oscar  A Winnipeg. 

Young,  John  Alexander Griswold. 

Yule,  Robert  Foreman Killarney. 

Zerebko,  Orest  Winnipeg. 

Zink,  Vera  Clare Brandon. 


ENGINEERING 

Fourth  Year 

Stout,  Clifford  Vier  Springfield. 

Taylor,  William  Caven  Winnipeg. 


207 

Third  Year 

Cavanagh.  Albert  Lee  Winnipeg. 

Dynes,  William  Warren Winnipeg. 

Easton.  Roy  Winnipeg. 

Karlan,  Sam.  George Winnipeg. 

Landon,  Charles  Sydney Winnipeg. 

Lothian.  Robert  Ingles Pipestone. 

O'Reilly,  J.  Arthur  Hamilton  Selkirk. 

Rimmington,  Harry  Stanley  Winnipeg. 

Saltzman,  Herman  Winnipeg. 

Croll.  Victor  iheodore  Winnipeg. 

MacCallum,  Duncan  Mundare,  Alta. 

Second  Year 


Bell,  James  Winnipeg. 

Boynton.  Vern  Knox Winnipeg. 

v^ruickshanks,  Raymond  Winnipeg. 

Davis.  Wilfrid  Ross  Winnipeg. 

Easton,  Leonard  Winnipeg. 

Fingland.  William  Chisholm Winnipeg. 

Hunt.  William  Harold Winnipeg. 

Irvine,  Joseph  H Winnipeg. 

Mitchell,  Caulson  Norman  Winnipeg. 

O'Reilly,  Richard  Hamilton  Selkirk. 

Shank,  Gordon  Lane  Winnipeg. 

Taunton,  Arthur  John Winnipeg. 

First  Year 

Aird,  John  • Winnipeg. 

Auger,  Albert  St.  Boniface. 

Bellhouse,  R.  Wynyard  Stacpoole... .Winnipeg. 

Berinstein,  Joshua  Winnipeg. 

Betournay,  Louis  St.  Boniface. 

Collins,  William  Scott  Miami. 

Collins,  Bower  Scott Miami. 

Earle,  Fred.  Graham  Brandon. 

Forbes,  James  Fraser  Neville Prince  Albert,  Sask. 

Johnston,  Bruce  Alexander  Deloraine. 

Johnston.  Harold  Leslie  Winnipeg. 

Jones,  William  Henry  Kildonan. 

Knox,  William  Douglas  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Leslie,  James  Frank Winnipeg. 


.     208 

McKinnon,  Hugh  William Winnipeg. 

McPherson,  David  Ewan  Winnipeg. 

Morris,  Harold  frwin  Winnipeg. 

Munro,  James  Calder  Miami. 

Pulford,  Fred  Meikle Winnipeg. 

Ruttan,  John  Douglas  Winnipeg. 

Sandison,  William  Ross  Winnipeg. 

Sharman,  William  W Winnipeg. 

Sharpe.  Clarence  Bogardus Listowel,  Ont. 

Stewart,  George  Lawrence  Winnipeg. 

Tait.  Victor  Huber Winnipeg. 

Urie,  Harry  Roy  - Deloraine. 

Wallace,  W'illiam  SherrifT Fort  William,  On' 

Wickson,  John  A Winnipeg. 


MEDICINE 

Fourth  Year — (Old  Course) 

Lambert,  C.  August St.  Boniface. 

Lee,  John  Howard - Winnipeg. 

McGregor,  Bruce ^arberry. 

Peters,  Wilfred  Seymour Wawanesa. 

Scott,  Robert  George  Wakaw,  Sask. 

Fourth  Year — (Five  Year  Course) 

Armstrong,  George  Perry  Carman. 

Atkinson,  Wilfred  L Gladstone. 

Breidenbach.  Lambert  Winnipeg. 

Iirvant,  Frank  Millwood ...Shellmouth. 

Clare.  Charles  Morley  Tweed,  Ont. 

Elliott,  William  James Bluevale,  Ont. 

Fahrni,  Gordon  Samuel  Gladstone. 

Fraser.  John  Brereton  Franklin. 

George, "Tames  Poison  Morden. 

Little,  Edwin  L Pilot  Mound. 

Mclntyre.  Dougald Winnipeg. 

McKenty,  Donald  Edmund Winnipeg. 

Martin,  John  Roy  Xewdale. 

Miller.  Thomas Mder  Grove.  B.C. 

Mooney,  George  William I.acombe.  Alta. 

Richardson,  James  Graham  ...   Manor,  Sask. 


209 

Rose,  Stuart  M Minnedosa. 

Stefansson,  Jon Winnipeg 

Story,  Herbert  Edward  Angele Lenore. 


-§■• 


Third  Year 

Banting,  Charles  Orby Wawanesa. 

Bedford,  George  Victor Winnipeg. 

Bunn,  Charles  Randolph  R Winnipeg. 

Campbell,  William  Ewert  Winnipeg. 

Jackson,  Frederick  William  Stonewall. 

Jamieson,  Fred  Lawrence Winnipeg. 

Kerster.  John  Kennedy  Kenton. 

McConnell,  Louie  Hansel Hamiota. 

McKinnon,  Frank  Lome Winnipeg. 

Moran,  John  E Winnipeg. 

Murison,  James  Alois  Winnipeg. 

Sharman,  William  James  Winnipeg. 

Shaw,  Edward   Albert  Minto. 

Sproule,   Abner   Richard,  Sask. 

Stephanson,    S Selkirk. 

Strong,  Caudren  ]\Iaurice  Medicine  Hat,  Alta. 

Talbot,  Albert  Edward  Calgary.  Alta. 

Thompsett,  David  Alexander Goodlanih. 

Wallace,  Douglas  Niverville. 

Wrarner,  Xorman  Wilfred  Winnipeg. 

Second  Year 

Alford,  Andrew  Alfred  Oak  Lake. 

Bates,  William  John  Winnipeg. 

Bird,  Frederick  Valentine  Dunara. 

Blondal,  August  Winnipeg. 

Cameron,  Lyle  John Shoal  Lake. 

Carr,  William  Mattison  Winnipeg. 

Chestnut,  William  A Winnipeg. 

Cole,  William  Melita. 

Creighton,  Douglas  St.  Clare Saskatoon,  Sask. 

Dunham,  Franklin  Fletcher  Portage  la  Prairie. 

Ferg,  Edwin  James  Arden. 

Floyd,  Frank  H Ft.  Francis,  Ont. 

Fryer,  Irwin  Offere  Winnipeg. 

Groulx.  Donald   Luther  Reston. 

Gunn.  Livingston  Gilbert  ....  Kenora,  Ont. 

Heddesheimer.  Philip  William  C.     [sabella. 


210 

Kitelcy.  John  Edgar Tugaske,  Sask. 

Mathers,  Alvin  Trotter  Neepawa. 

Monro,  Camphell  Hamilton  Ethelbert. 

Murray,  Angus  Allan  Winnipeg. 

Ross,  Edith  Mackay  Winnipeg. 

Stewart,  Aubon  Earle  Winnipeg. 

Stewart,   Floyd   Cecil   Neepawa. 

Taylor,   Benjamin   Headingly. 

WTaite,  James  Oak  Lake. 

Williams,  Gerald  Shaw  Winnipeg. 

First  Year 

Arthur,  Chas.  Lennox  Tulloch London,  England. 

Bell,  Harry  Chandler  C Yirden. 

Blight,  Clayton  Lee  ...Brandon. 

Boughton,  Harvey  Crawford  Arden. 

Bromley,  James  Lloyd Winnipeg. 

Brown,  Robert  Henry Morden. 

Buchanan,  James  Harvey Winnipeg. 

Burrows,  Frederick  Lindsay  .....Swan  Lake. 

Cairns,  James  William  Chesley,  Ont. 

Cassidy,  Dimock  Stanley Frobisher,  Sask. 

Christilaw,  John  Albert Keyes. 

Clarke,  John  Lester Edmonton.  Alta. 

Collins,  Ralph  Burritt Harrowby. 

Cropp,  James  Lome  Gerald.  Sask. 

Decosse,  Phoenix  Somerset. 

Gillespie,  Alexander  Johnston Regina,  Sask. 

Holmes,  Samuel  E Crystal  City. 

Johnston,  Clarence  Woods  Morden. 

McClelland,  Charles  Victor Letellier. 

McClelland,  James  Clarence Winnipeg. 

Mclntyre,  William  Hubert  Winnipeg. 

McKenzie,  ; lector  Charles  Winnipeg. 

McTavish,  George  Boyd  Plum  Coulee. 

?\fenzies,  Adam  Fisher  Winnipeg. 

Morley,  Harvey  Wilkin  Dauphin. 

Nicholson.  John  Robt.  Warburton.. Dauphin. 

Onhauser,  Vincent  F Winnipeg. 

Picard.  Joseph   Winnipeg. 

Prendergast,  James  St.  Boniface. 

Rollins.  Nelles  Killarney. 

Stewart,  John  Howard  Winnipeg. 

Stewart.  Neil  Roy  Weyburn,  Sask. 


211 

Treleavon.  George  Willard  Killarney. 

Trimble,  Noble  Garfield  Winnipeg. 

Whitemarsh,  TIarland  Chester Winnipeg. 

Wood,  Tohn  Ferrell  Miami. 


CANDIDATES  FOR  LICENSE 

Bearman,  George  Purvis,  M.D Ottawa.  Ont. 

Benoit.  Leon,  M.D Winnipeg. 

Bracken,  Edwin  James,  M.D Reston. 

Hammond,  James  Felton,  M.D Ironside,  P.O. 

Healy,  James  Joseph,  M.D Toronto.  Ont. 

Hurst,  Reuben  L..  M.D Lake  Superior  Jet..  Ont. 

Munroe,  Frederick  Dennis.  M.D Welwyn,  Sask. 

Panton,  Leon.  A.  Cattanach.  M.D..Kenora,  Ont. 

Pilcher,  John  Wesley,  M.D Westbourne. 

Rennie,  William  Henry,  M.D Portage  la  Prairie. 

Saucier,  Jos.  Tancride  Oscar.  M.D..Fannystelle. 

Soley,  Lawson  Armstrong,  M.D Xeche,  X.  Dakota. 

Young.  David  McM..  M.D Bristol,  Que. 


LAW 

Third  Year 

Branion,  Samuel  John  Albert  Wolseley,  Sask. 

Bryant,  John   Leslie  Moo^e  Jaw.  Sa>k. 

Hamilton,  Frank  Kent  Winnipeg. 

Hetherington,  Evelyn  Guy  Souris. 

Hugill,  John  William Calgary,  Alia. 

Kennedy,  Frederick  Charles  Winnipeg. 

Pridham,  Edwin  Allee  Winnipeg. 

Procter,  Arthur  Thomas Winnipeg. 

Second  Year 

Cumming,  William  Purday  Regina,  Sask^ 

Dysart,  Geo.  Augustus  Harrison    Winnipeg. 

George,  John  Milton      Delorainc. 

Guild,  William  Forbes  Kemnay. 

Honeyman,  Egbert  Douglas  Winnipeg. 

Hoskins,  Ronald  Manitou. 


212 

Kilbourne,  Robert  Bruce  Winnipeg. 

McMillan,  Norman  A Margaret. 

Masterman,  Lawrence  Arthur  Winnipeg. 

Mather,  John  Alexander  Deloraine. 

Procter,  Percy  John  Oswald. 

Tingley.  George  Russell Austin. 

Skene,  Stanley  Donald  Calgary,  Alta. 

Wallar,  John  Franklin Winnipeg. 

First  Year 

Gerrand,  Ernest  Walter  Virden. 

Gyles,  Henry  Foliott  Winnipeg. 

Haig,  Gordon  Stuart  Alexander. 

Hancock,  John  Neepawa. 

Hetherington,  Frank  Martin  Winnipeg. 

Hooge,  Peter  J Swift  Current,  Sask. 

MacMillan,  Allan  O'Neill Neepawa. 

McVicar,  John  Archibald  Winnipeg. 

.Mills,  Edward  Robert  Rufus  Winnipeg. 

Morrison,  John  W Winnipeg. 

Scott,  Clarence  Simpson  ..Winnipeg. 

Sypher,  James  Roy .Morden. 

Thompson,  Frederick  George ..Morden. 

Trotter,  Austin  Stanley Regina,  Sask. 

Wyness,  Harvey  Phin  , Swan  Lake. 


AGRICULTURE 


Fourth  Year    . 

Crawford,  Frederick  Walter Chater. 

Harrison,  Thomas  James Gravsville. 

Jones,  Edgar  Ward Carman. 

-McMillan,  Archibald  John  Greenbank.  Out. 

Noble,  John  Carmichael  Brandon. 

Partridge,  Charles  Grover Sintaluta.  Sask. 

Smith,  John  Cochrane Inverness.  Scotland. 

Thompson.  Harry  Nelson  Sourisford. 

Thomson.  William.  Walter Carberry. 

Tinline.  Milton  John  Elkhorn 


/i\ 


213 
Third  Year 


» 


Blackstock,  Adna  Lewis  Ovcnstown,  Sask. 

Evans,  James  Howell Lenore. 

Milne,  Robert  Mekiwin. 

Oually,  Arvil  Edwin  Dacotah. 

Shanks,  Graham  Lawson  Pettapiece. 

Walker,  Harry  Ewart  Winnipeg. 

Weston,  Joseph  Read Leicester,  England. 

Whiteman,  Robert  Russell. 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS 

Clark,  Alfred  George Austin. 

Dyker,  George  Anderson  Winnipeg. 

Fillmore,  Charles  Elwyn  Winnipeg. 

Halliwell,  Fred Winnipeg. 

Lowry,  Robert  Hamilton  Keyes. 

Marshall,  Tom  Winnipeg. 

Mills,  Loreley  Winnipeg. 

Park,  Robert  Elphinstone  Winnipeg. 

Renwick,  George Winnipeg. 

Sweetnam,  W Winnipeg. 

Tait.  William  McDougall  Arnprior,  Out. 

Whillams,  James Winnipeg. 


EXTENSION  COURSE— POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

Anderson,  Thomas Winnipeg. 

Fretwell,  E Winnipeg. 

Holmberg,  P.  W Winnipeg. 

Jones,  David  B Winnipeg. 

Kenway,  D.  J Winnipeg. 

Morris,  Charles Winnipeg. 

Monnin,  A.  L Winnipeg. 

Scott,  R.  L Winnipeg. 

Sirett.  E.  T Winnipeg. 

Thomas.  A.  V Winnipeg. 

Urquhart,  C Winnipeg. 

White.  G.  C Winnipeg. 

Wolverton,  C.  I Winnipeg. 


214 


EXTENSION  COURSE— ENGLISH 


Addison,  Gertrude  M W 

Agnes,  Sister  Mary W 

Baxter,  Margaret  R W 

Beckett,  John  W W 

Bernhart,  Alma W 

Brandon,  Lizzie  A W 

Boileau,  G.  C \Y 

Bowman,  David  W 

Bromley,  Hattie  W 

I'.urch,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  W 

Bull,  Lillian  B W 

Chapman,  Leona  R W 

Clark,   Birdena  M W 

Corbet,  Marjorie  W 

Cornell,  Anna  C W 

Day,   M.   Edith   W 

Dickie,  Margaret  W 

Doyle,  Francis  F W 

Doyle,  Birdie  W 

Eileen,   Sister  Mary  W 

Fielding,  r,dith  M W 

Gall,  Marjorie  W 

Gilbert,  Sister  Mary  W 

Glenn,  Amber  I W 

Gordon,  Miss  A.  R W 

Greenway,  C.  M .....W 

Groft",  Addie  H W 

Groff,  Clare  L W 

Haig,  Isabel  T W 

Haig,  Kennethe  W 

Haliday,  M.  H W 

Hall,  Ethel  M W 

Harper,  F.  E W 

Hugg,  J.  B W 

Judith,  Sister  Mary  W 

LaidTaw,  Chas.  W W 

Little,  Laura  P W 

Milne,  Annie  S W 

Milne,  Clara  J W 

Moir,  Mary  E W 

MacArthur.  P.  I W 

Macdonald,   Colina  W 

Macdougall,  Marion  W 


inn 

peg- 

mm 

Peg- 

mm 

peg- 

mm 

peg- 

mm 

peg- 

inn 

Peg- 

inn 

peg- 

mn 

peg- 

inn 

Peg- 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

peg- 

mn 

Peg- 

inn 

'Peg- 

inn 

Peg- 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

'Peg- 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

mn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

mn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

inn 

ipeg. 

215 

McKnight,  Lcla  H Winnipeg. 

McManus,  Alary  L Winnipeg. 

Page,  Mary  L Winnipeg. 

Parsons,  Ellen  Winnipeg. 

Paterson,  Jean  Winnipeg. 

Robertson,  Isabel  Winnipeg. 

Robson,  Jean  I Winnipeg. 

Rodgers,   Rebecca   Winnipeg. 

Sanders,  Kdith  V Winnipeg. 

Simpson,   Gertrude   Winnipeg. 

Sproule,  G.  A Winnipeg. 

Thompson,   Effie   Winnipeg. 

Wright,  Edith  M Winnipeg. 

Yuill,  Carrie  M Winnipeg. 


SUMMARY 


Number  of  Arts  Students 361 

Engineering  Students  53 

Medical    Students   * 119 

Law  Students  37 

Students  in  Agriculture  18 

Special  Students 12 

Extension  Course  Students  70 


Total 670 


'» 


i